N-2/A 1 d118324dn2a.htm N-2/A N-2/A
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 23, 2016

Securities Act File No. 333-213716

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM N-2

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

   THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933  
   Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1   x
   Post-Effective Amendment No.   ¨

 

 

Owl Rock Capital Corporation II

(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)

 

 

245 Park Avenue

41st Floor

New York, NY 10167

(212) 419-3000

(Address and telephone number, including area code, of principal executive offices)

 

 

Alan Kirshenbaum

Chief Operating Officer

245 Park Avenue

41st Floor

New York, NY 10167

(Name and address of agent for service)

 

 

COPIES TO:

 

Cynthia M. Krus, Esq.

Lisa A. Morgan, Esq.

Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP

700 Sixth Street, NW

Washington, DC 20004

Tel: (202) 383-0100

Fax: (202) 637-3593

  

Deborah Schwager Froling

Kutak Rock LLP

1625 Eye Street NW, Suite 800

Washington, DC 20006

Tel: (202) 828-2319

Fax: (202) 828-2488

 

 

Approximate date of proposed public offering: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box.  x

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

 

  ¨ when declared effective pursuant to Section 8(c).

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Title of

Securities Being Registered

 

Amount

to be

Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Offering Price

per Share

 

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)

  Amount of
Registration Fee(2)

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

  264,000,000 Shares   $9.47   $2,500,080,000   $268,169

 

 

(1) Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933 solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee.
(2) A filing fee of $143,045 was previously paid in connection with the initial filing of this Registration Statement regarding the registration of $1,420,500,000 of shares of the Registrant’s common stock on September 20, 2016. The Registrant is paying an additional $125,124 in connection with the filing of this Amendment No.1 to the Registration Statement in order to cover the registration of an additional $1,079,580,000 of shares of the Registrant’s common stock. The total filing fee for the 264 million shares of the Registrant’s common stock being registered pursuant to this Registration Statement is $268,169.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 23, 2016

Preliminary Prospectus

Owl Rock Capital Corporation II

Maximum Offering of 264,000,000 Shares of Common Stock

Minimum Offering of 263,992 Shares of Common Stock

 

 

We are a newly organized, externally managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). We are managed by Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC (the “Adviser”), which is registered as an investment adviser with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). We also intend to elect to be treated for federal income tax purposes, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a regulated investment company (a “RIC”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

Our investment objective is to generate current income, and to a lesser extent, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns. Our investment strategy focuses primarily on originating and making loans to, and making debt and equity investments in, U.S. middle market companies. We will invest in senior secured or unsecured loans, subordinated loans or mezzanine loans and, to a lesser extent, equity-related securities which includes common and preferred stock, securities convertible into common stock, and warrants. We use the term “middle market companies” to generally mean companies with earnings before interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization, or “EBITDA,” between $10 million and $250 million annually and/or annual revenue of $50 million to $2.5 billion at the time of investment. We may on occasion invest in smaller or larger companies if an attractive opportunity presents itself, especially when there are dislocations in the capital markets, including the high yield and large syndicated loan markets. Our target credit investments will typically have maturities between three and ten years. Once we raise sufficient capital, we expect that investments will typically range in size between $10 million and $125 million, although the investment size will vary with the size of our capital base. Prior to raising sufficient capital, we may make a greater number of investments in syndicated loan opportunities than we otherwise would expect to make in the future.

We are offering on a best efforts, continuous basis up to 264,000,000 shares of beneficial interest of our common stock at an initial offering price of $9.47 per share through Owl Rock Capital Securities, LLC (d/b/a Owl Rock Securities), our Dealer Manager. This is our initial public offering and there has been no public market for, or historical valuation of, our shares. The minimum permitted purchase by each individual investor is $5,000 of our common stock. We will solicit subscriptions until, but will not sell any shares unless, we raise gross proceeds of $2.5 million from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering or in separate private placement transactions outside of this offering within one year after the date of this prospectus. This is referred to as our minimum offering requirement. We may satisfy the minimum offering requirement through a private placement of shares of our common stock to our Adviser, and purchases of our common stock by our directors, officers and other affiliated persons and entities will be included for purposes of determining whether we have satisfied the minimum offering requirement. See “Plan of Distribution.” Pending satisfaction of this condition, all subscription payments will be placed in an account held by the escrow agent, UMB Bank, N.A. in trust for our subscribers’ benefit, pending release to us. If we do not meet the minimum offering requirement by one year from the date of this prospectus, we will promptly return all funds in the escrow account (including interest), and we will stop this offering. We will not deduct any fees or expenses if we return funds from the escrow account.

 

  This is an initial public offering.

 

  You should not expect to be able to sell your shares regardless of how we perform.

 

  If you are able to sell your shares, you will likely receive less than your purchase price.

 

  We do not intend to list our shares on any securities exchange for what may be a significant time after the first closing of this offering, and we do not expect a secondary market in our shares to develop.

 

  Beginning no later than the first full calendar quarter after the date that we satisfy the minimum offering requirement, we may, from time to time, determine to repurchase a portion of the shares of our common stock, and if we do, we expect that only a limited number of shares will be eligible for repurchase. In addition, any such repurchases will be at a price equal to the current net offering price per share in effect on each date of repurchase, which may be at a discount to the price at which you purchased shares of our common stock in this offering. Any repurchases will be limited to the lesser of (a) 2.5% of the weighted average number of shares of our common stock outstanding in the prior 12-month period and (b) the number of shares we can repurchase with the proceeds we receive from the sale of shares of our common stock under our distribution reinvestment plan. At the discretion of our board of directors, we may use cash on hand, cash available from borrowings, and cash from the sale of our investments as of the end of the applicable period to repurchase shares.

 

  You should consider that you may not have access to the money you invest for an indefinite period of time.

 

  An investment in shares of our common stock is not suitable for you if you need access to the money you invest. See “Suitability Standards” and “Share Liquidity Strategy.”

 

  Because you will be unable to sell your shares, you will be unable to reduce your exposure in any market downturn.

 

  Distributions on our common stock may exceed our taxable earnings and profits, particularly during the period before we have substantially invested the net proceeds from our public offering. Therefore, portions of the distributions that we pay may represent a return of capital to you. A return of capital is a return of a portion of your original investment in shares of our common stock. As a result, a return of capital will (i) lower your tax basis in your shares and thereby increase the amount of capital gain (or decrease the amount of capital loss) realized upon a subsequent sale or redemption of such shares, and (ii) reduce the amount of funds we have for investment in portfolio companies. We have not established any limit on the extent to which we may use offering proceeds to fund distributions.

 

  Distributions may also be funded in significant part, directly or indirectly, from (i) the waiver of certain investment advisory fees, that will not be subject to repayment to our Adviser and/or (ii) the deferral of certain investment advisory fees, that may be subject to repayment to our Adviser and/or (iii) the reimbursement of certain operating expenses, that will be subject to repayment to our Adviser and its affiliates. Significant portions of distributions may not be based on investment performance. In the event distributions are funded from waivers and/or deferrals of fees and reimbursements by our affiliates, such funding may not continue in the future. If our affiliates do not agree to reimburse certain of our operating expenses or waive certain of their advisory fees, then significant portions of our distributions may come from offering proceeds or borrowings. The repayment of any amounts owed to our affiliates will reduce future distributions to which you would otherwise be entitled.

 

  Because we have not identified specific investments that we will make with the proceeds of this offering, we may be considered a blind pool.

 

  Because you will pay a sales load of up to 5.0% and offering expenses of up to 1.5%, if you invest $100 in our shares and pay the full sales load, approximately $93.50 of your investment will actually be available to us for investment in portfolio companies. As a result, based on the initial public offering price of $9.47, you would have to experience a total net return on your investment of approximately 6.95% in order to recover your initial investment, including the sales load and expected offering expenses. See “Estimated Use of Proceeds” on page 56.

 

  We intend to invest in securities that are rated below investment grade by rating agencies or that would be rated below investment grade if they were rated. Below investment grade securities, which are often referred to as “junk,” have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. They may also be illiquid and difficult to value.


Table of Contents

 

If our net asset value increases above our net proceeds per share as stated in this prospectus, we will sell our shares at a higher price as necessary to ensure that shares are not sold at a net price, after deduction of upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees, that is below our net asset value per share. Also, in the event of a material decline in our net asset value per share, which we consider to be a 2.5% decrease below our current net offering price, we will reduce our offering price in order to establish a new net offering price that is not more than 2.5% above our net asset value. We will not sell our shares at a net offering price below our net asset value per share unless we obtain the requisite approval from our stockholders. Accordingly, subscriptions for this offering will be for a specific dollar amount rather than a specified quantity of shares, which may result in subscribers receiving fractional shares rather than full share amounts.

We intend to file post-effective amendments to our registration statement that will allow us to continue this offering for at least three years. We reserve the right to change our investment and operating policies without stockholder approval, except to the extent such approval is required by the 1940 Act.

Shares of our common stock are highly illiquid and appropriate only as a long-term investment. Investing in our common stock may be considered speculative and involves a high degree of risk, including the risk of a substantial loss of investment. See “Suitability Standards” and “Risk Factors” beginning on page 23 to read about the risks you should consider before buying shares of our common stock. Depending upon the terms and pricing of any additional offerings and the value of our investments, you may experience dilution in the book value and fair value of your shares. See “Risk Factors — Risks related to an investment in our common stock — A stockholder’s interest in us will be diluted if we issue additional shares, which could reduce the overall value of an investment in us” on page 48 for more information. We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, and under applicable rules of the SEC and intend to take advantage of extended transition periods for complying with new or revised accounting standards. See “Prospectus Summary—Emerging Growth Company Status.”

 

     Per Share      Minimum
Offering
Amount(1)
     Maximum
Offering Amount
 

Initial public offering price(2)

   $ 9.47       $ 2,500,000       $ 2,500,080,000   

Sales load(3)

   $ 0.47       $ 125,000       $ 125,004,000   

Net proceeds to us (before expenses)(4)

   $ 9.00       $ 2,375,000       $ 2,375,076,000   

 

(1) All subscription payments will be held in an escrow account for our subscribers’ benefit pending release to us after we satisfy the minimum offering requirement. If we do not satisfy the minimum offering requirement by one year after the initial effective date of this offering, we will promptly return all funds in the escrow account and we will stop offering shares. See “Plan of Distribution.”
(2) Assumes all shares are sold at the initial offering price per share, which is subject to adjustment based upon, among other things, our net asset value per share. The price per share in this table has been rounded to the nearest penny, thus the purchase price details of your confirmation statement may differ from the price per share above.
(3) Investors will pay a maximum upfront sales load of up to 5.0% of the price per share for combined upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees. The upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees will not be paid by you for shares issued under our distribution reinvestment plan. The “dealer manager fee” refers to the portion of the sales load available to our Dealer Manager and participating broker-dealers for assistance in selling and marketing our shares. In addition to the upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees, our Adviser may pay our Dealer Manager a fee equal to no more than 1.0% of the net asset value per share per year. Our Dealer Manager may reallow all or a portion of such amounts to participating broker-dealers. Such amounts will not be paid by our stockholders. See “Plan of Distribution.”
(4) In addition to the sales load, we estimate that in connection with this offering we will incur approximately $37,500 of offering expenses (approximately 1.5% of the gross proceeds) if the minimum number of shares is sold, and approximately $18.75 million of offering expenses (approximately 0.75% of the gross proceeds) if the maximum number of shares is sold at $9.47 per share.

This prospectus contains important information about us that a prospective investor should know before investing in our common stock. Please read this prospectus before investing and keep it for future reference. We were recently formed and have not been in the business described in this prospectus for at least three years. We will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information about us with the SEC. This information will be available free of charge by contacting us at 245 Park Avenue, 41st Floor, New York, New York 10167, or by telephone at (212) 419-3000 or on our website at [http:// www. [●].com]. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider that information to be part of this prospectus. The SEC also maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov. which contains such information.

Neither the SEC, the Attorney General of the State of New York nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. An investment in our shares is NOT a bank deposit and is NOT insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. The use of forecasts in this offering is prohibited. Any representation to the contrary and any predictions, written or oral, as to the amount or certainty of any present or future cash benefit or tax consequence which may flow from an investment in this program is not permitted.

 

 

OWL ROCK SECURITIES

Prospectus dated                     , 2016


Table of Contents

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we have filed with the SEC, in connection with a continuous offering process, to raise capital for us. As we make material investments or have other material developments, we will periodically provide prospectus supplements or may amend this prospectus to add, update or change information contained in this prospectus.

Shares will be offered at an initial offering price of $9.47 per share. We will seek to avoid interruptions in the continuous offering of shares of our common stock; we may, however, to the extent permitted or required under the rules and regulations of the SEC, supplement the prospectus or file an amendment to the registration statement with the SEC if our net asset value per share: (i) declines more than 10% from the net asset value per share as of the effective date of this registration statement or (ii) increases to an amount that is greater than the net proceeds per share as stated in the prospectus. There can be no assurance that our continuous offering will not be interrupted during the SEC’s review of any such registration statement amendment.

In addition, in the event of a material decline in our net asset value per share, which we consider to be a 2.5% decrease below our current net offering price, we will reduce our offering price in order to establish a new net offering price per share that is not more than 2.5% above our net asset value. We will not sell our shares at a net offering price below our net asset value per share unless we obtain the requisite approval from our stockholders. Additionally, our board of directors may change the offering price at any time such that the public offering price, net of sales load, is equal to or greater than net asset value per share when we sell shares of common stock.

We will supplement the prospectus in the event that we need to change the public offering price to comply with this pricing policy and we will also post the updated information on our website at www. [●].com.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. Our Dealer Manager is Owl Rock Capital Securities LLC (d/b/a Owl Rock Securities), which we refer to in this prospectus as our Dealer Manager. Neither we nor our Dealer Manager has authorized any other person to provide you with different information from that contained in this prospectus. The information contained in this prospectus is complete and accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or sale of shares of our common stock. If there is a material change in our affairs, we will amend or supplement this prospectus. Any statement that we make in this prospectus may be modified or superseded by us in a subsequent prospectus supplement. The registration statement we filed with the SEC includes exhibits that provide more detailed descriptions of the matters discussed in this prospectus. You should read this prospectus, all prospectus supplements and the related registration statement exhibits, together with additional information described below under “Additional Information.” In this prospectus, we use the term “day” to refer to a calendar day, and we use the term “business day” to refer to any day other than Saturday, Sunday, a legal holiday or a day on which banks in New York City are authorized or required to close.

We maintain a website at www. [●].com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider that information to be part of this prospectus.

 

i


Table of Contents

SUITABILITY STANDARDS

Shares of our common stock offered through this prospectus are suitable only as a long-term investment for persons of adequate financial means such that they do not have a need for liquidity in this investment. We have established financial suitability standards for initial stockholders in this offering which require that a purchaser of shares have either:

 

    a gross annual income of at least $70,000 and a net worth of at least $70,000, or

 

    a net worth of at least $250,000.

For purposes of determining the suitability of an investor, net worth in all cases should be calculated excluding the value of an investor’s home, home furnishings and automobiles. In the case of sales to fiduciary accounts, these minimum standards must be met by the beneficiary, the fiduciary account or the donor or grantor who directly or indirectly supplies the funds to purchase the shares if the donor or grantor is the fiduciary.

In addition, we will not sell shares to investors in the states named below unless they meet special suitability standards set forth below:

Alabama — In addition to the suitability standards set forth above, an investment in us will only be sold to Alabama residents that have a liquid net worth of at least 10 times their investment in us and our affiliates.

California — In addition to the suitability standards set forth above, California residents may not invest more than 10% of their liquid net worth in us.

Iowa — Iowa investors must have either (a) an annual gross income of at least $100,000 and a net worth of at least $100,000, or (b) a net worth of at least $350,000 (net worth should be determined exclusive of home, auto and home furnishings); and (ii) Iowa investors must limit their aggregate investment in this offering and in the securities of other non-traded business development companies (BDCs) to 10% of such investor’s liquid net worth (liquid net worth should be determined as that portion of net worth that consists of cash, cash equivalents and readily marketable securities).

Kentucky — A Kentucky investor may not invest more than 10% of its liquid net worth in us or our affiliates. “Liquid net worth” is defined as that portion of net worth that is comprised of cash, cash equivalents and readily marketable securities.

Missouri —In addition to the suitability standards set forth above, Missouri residents may not invest more than 10% of their liquid net worth in us.

New Jersey — New Jersey investors must have either (a) a minimum liquid net worth of $100,000 and a minimum annual gross income of $85,000, or (b) a minimum liquid net worth of $350,000. For these purposes, “liquid net worth” is defined as that portion of net worth (total assets exclusive of home, home furnishings, and automobiles, minus total liabilities) that consists of cash, cash equivalents and readily marketable securities. In addition, a New Jersey investor’s investment in us, our affiliates, and other non-publicly traded direct investment programs (including real estate investment trusts, business development companies, oil and gas programs, equipment leasing programs, and commodity pools, but excluding unregistered, Federally and state exempt private offerings) may not exceed 10% of his or her liquid net worth.

New Mexico — In addition to the general suitability standards listed above, a New Mexico investor may not invest, and we may not accept from an investor more than ten percent (10%) of that investor’s liquid net worth in shares of us, our affiliates, and in other non-traded business development companies. Liquid net worth is defined as that portion of net worth which consists of cash, cash equivalents, and readily marketable securities.

Oregon — In addition to the suitability standards set forth above, Oregon investors may not invest more than 10% of their liquid net worth. Liquid net worth is defined as net worth excluding the value of the investor’s home, home furnishings and automobile.

Tennessee — In addition to the suitability standards set forth above, Tennessee investors may not invest more than ten percent (10%) of their liquid net worth (exclusive of home, home furnishings, and automobiles) in us.

 

ii


Table of Contents

Those selling shares on our behalf and participating broker-dealers and registered investment advisers recommending the purchase of shares in this offering are required to make every reasonable effort to determine that the purchase of shares in this offering is a suitable and appropriate investment for each investor based on information provided by the investor regarding the investor’s financial situation and investment objectives and must maintain records for at least six years after the information is used to determine that an investment in our shares is suitable and appropriate for each investor. In making this determination, the participating broker-dealer, registered investment adviser, authorized representative or other person selling shares will, based on a review of the information provided by the investor, consider whether the investor:

 

    meets the minimum income and net worth standards established in the investor’s state;

 

    can reasonably benefit from an investment in our common stock based on the investor’s overall investment objectives and portfolio structure;

 

    is able to bear the economic risk of the investment based on the investor’s overall financial situation, including the risk that the investor may lose its entire investment; and

 

    has an apparent understanding of the following:

 

    the fundamental risks of the investment;

 

    the lack of liquidity of our shares;

 

    the background and qualification of our Adviser; and

 

    the tax consequences of the investment.

In purchasing shares, custodians, trustees or directors of, or any other person providing investment advice to, employee pension benefit plans or IRAs may be subject to the fiduciary duties imposed by ERISA, or other applicable laws and to the prohibited transaction rules prescribed by ERISA and related provisions of the Code. These additional fiduciary duties may require the custodian, trustee, director, or any other person providing investment advice to employee pension benefit plans or IRAs to provide information about the services provided and fees received, separate and apart from the disclosures in this prospectus. In addition, prior to purchasing shares, the custodian, trustee or director of an employee pension benefit plan or an IRA should determine that such an investment would be permissible under the governing instruments of such plan or account and applicable law.

In addition to investors who meet the minimum income and net worth requirements set forth above, our shares may be sold to financial institutions that qualify as “institutional investors” under the state securities laws of the state in which they reside. “Institutional investor” is generally defined to include banks, insurance companies, investment companies as defined in the 1940 Act, pension or profit sharing trusts and certain other financial institutions. A financial institution that desires to purchase shares will be required to confirm that it is an “institutional investor” under applicable state securities laws.

In addition to the suitability standards established herein, (i) a participating broker-dealer may impose additional suitability requirements and investment concentration limits to which an investor could be subject and (ii) various states may impose additional suitability standards, investment amount limits and alternative investment limitations.

 

iii


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

     i   

SUITABILITY STANDARDS

     ii   

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

FEES AND EXPENSES

     16   

CERTAIN QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS

     20   

RISK FACTORS

     23   

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     56   

ESTIMATED USE OF PROCEEDS

     57   

DISCUSSION OF EXPECTED OPERATING PLANS

     58   

BUSINESS

     66   

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

     77   

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

     84   

MANAGEMENT AND OTHER AGREEMENTS AND FEES

     86   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     94   

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     96   

DISTRIBUTIONS

     98   

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

     100   

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

     110   

SUBSCRIPTION PROCESS

     113   

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     114   

DISTRIBUTION REINVESTMENT PLAN

     119   

SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAM

     120   

SHARE LIQUIDITY STRATEGY

     122   

REGULATION

     123   

TAX MATTERS

     129   

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DISTRIBUTION PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR

     137   

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

     137   

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     137   

LEGAL MATTERS

     138   

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     138   

STOCKHOLDER PRIVACY NOTICE

     138   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

APPENDIX A: FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

     A-1   

 

iv


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights some of the information in this prospectus. It is not complete and may not contain all of the information that you may want to consider before investing in our common stock. You should read our entire prospectus before investing in our common stock. Throughout this prospectus we refer to Owl Rock Capital Corporation II as “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company” or “Owl Rock II,” “Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC,” our investment adviser, as “Owl Rock Capital Advisors” and the “Adviser” And “Owl Rock Capital Securities LLC,” our dealer manager, as “Owl Rock Securities” and the “Dealer Manager.”

Owl Rock Capital Corporation II

We are a newly organized, externally managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the 1940 Act. Formed as a Maryland corporation on October 15, 2015, we are externally managed by Owl Rock Capital Advisors, which is a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or the Advisers Act. Owl Rock Capital Advisors will be responsible for sourcing potential investments, conducting due diligence on prospective investments, analyzing investment opportunities, structuring investments and monitoring our portfolio on an ongoing basis. We also intend to elect to be treated for federal income tax purposes, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code.

Our investment objective is to generate current income, and to a lesser extent, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns. Our investment strategy focuses primarily on originating and making loans to, and making debt and equity investments in, U.S. middle market companies. We will invest in senior secured or unsecured loans, subordinated loans or mezzanine loans and, to a lesser extent, equity-related securities and warrants. We use the term “middle market companies” to generally mean companies with earnings before interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization, or “EBITDA,” between $10 million and $250 million annually and/or annual revenue of $50 million to $2.5 billion at the time of investment. We may on occasion invest in smaller or larger companies if an attractive opportunity presents itself, especially when there are dislocations in the capital markets, including the high yield and large syndicated loan markets. Our target credit investments will typically have maturities between three and ten years. Once we raise sufficient capital, we expect that investments will typically range in size between $10 million and $125 million, although the investment size will vary with the size of our capital base. Prior to raising sufficient capital, we may make a greater number of investments in syndicated loan opportunities than we otherwise expect to make in the future. For additional information about how we define the middle market, see “Business — Investment Selection.”

While our investment strategy focuses primarily on middle market companies in the United States, including senior secured loans, we also may invest up to 30% of our portfolio in investments of non-qualifying portfolio companies. Specifically, as part of this 30% basket, we may consider investments in investment funds that are operating pursuant to certain exceptions to the 1940 Act, as well as in debt and equity of companies located outside of the United States and debt and equity of public companies that do not meet the definition of eligible portfolio companies because their market capitalization of publicly traded equity securities exceeds the levels provided for in the 1940 Act.

Our investment activities are managed by Owl Rock Capital Advisors and supervised by our board of directors, a majority of whom are independent of us, Owl Rock Capital Advisors and its affiliates. Under the investment advisory agreement between us and Owl Rock Capital Advisors, or the Investment Advisory Agreement, we have agreed to pay Owl Rock Capital Advisors an annual base management fee based on the average value of our gross assets, excluding cash and cash-equivalents but including assets purchased with

 



 

1


Table of Contents

borrowed amounts, as well as an incentive fee based on our investment performance. For additional information regarding the fees paid to Owl Rock Capital Advisors, see “Management and Other Agreements and Fees — Investment Advisory Agreement.”

We have also entered into an administration agreement, or Administration Agreement, with our Adviser. Under our Administration Agreement, we have agreed to reimburse our Adviser for our allocable portion (subject to the review and approval of our independent directors) of overhead and other expenses incurred by our Adviser in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement.

With certain limited exceptions, we are only allowed to borrow amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% after such borrowing.

We may borrow money when the terms and conditions available are favorable to do so and are aligned with our investment strategy and portfolio composition. The use of borrowed funds to make investments would have its own specific benefits and risks, and all of the costs of borrowing funds would be borne by holders of our common stock.

We are issuing shares of common stock through this offering. Each share of our common stock has equal rights to distributions, voting, liquidation, and conversion. Our common stock is non-assessable, meaning that our common stockholders do not have liability for calls or assessments, nor are there any preemptive rights in favor of existing stockholders. Our distributions will be determined by our board of directors in its sole discretion. We intend to seek to complete a liquidity event within three to four years after the completion of our offering period, or at such earlier time as our board of directors may determine, taking into account market conditions and other factors. A liquidity event could include: (i) a listing of our shares on a national securities exchange; (ii) a merger or another transaction approved by our board of directors in which our stockholders will receive cash or shares of a listed company; or (iii) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets either on a complete portfolio basis or individually followed by a liquidation. We will view our offering period to be complete as of the termination date of our most recent public equity offering if we have not conducted a public equity offering in any continuous two-year period. Because of this timing for our anticipated liquidity event, stockholders may not be able to sell their shares promptly or at a desired price prior to a liquidity event. There can be no assurance that we will complete a liquidity event within this timeframe or at all. As a result, an investment in our shares is not suitable if you require short-term liquidity with respect to your investment in us.

Use of Proceeds

We will use the net proceeds from this offering to make investments in accordance with our investment objective and by following the strategies described in this prospectus. A portion of these proceeds may also be used for working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Estimated Use of Proceeds.”

Based on prevailing market conditions, after meeting our minimum offering requirement, we anticipate that we will invest the proceeds from each weekly subscription closing generally within 30 to 90 days. The precise timing will depend on the availability of investment opportunities that are consistent with our investment objective and strategies. Until we are able to find such investment opportunities, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering primarily in cash, cash-equivalents, U.S. government securities, money market funds and high-quality debt instruments maturing in one year or less from the time of investment. This is consistent with our status as a business development company and our intention to qualify annually as a RIC. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to pay our operating expenses, fund distributions to stockholders and for general corporate purposes. Any distributions we make during such period may be substantially lower than the distributions that we expect to pay when our portfolio is fully invested.

 



 

2


Table of Contents

Distribution Policy

Subject to our board of directors’ discretion and applicable legal restrictions, we intend to authorize and declare cash distributions to our stockholders on a monthly or quarterly basis and pay such distributions on a monthly or quarterly basis after the minimum offering requirement is met. Because we intend to qualify for and maintain our tax treatment as a RIC, we intend to distribute at least 90% of our annual investment company taxable income to our stockholders. There can be no assurance that we will be able to pay distributions at a specific rate or at all. Each year, as required by the Code, a statement on Internal Revenue Service Form 1099-DIV identifying the source of the distribution will be mailed to our stockholders subject to IRS tax reporting. Distributions on our common stock may exceed our taxable earnings and profits, particularly during the period before we have substantially invested the net proceeds from our public offering. Therefore, portions of the distributions that we pay may represent a return of capital to you. A return of capital is a return of a portion of your original investment in shares of our common stock. As a result, a return of capital will (i) lower your tax basis in your shares and thereby increase the amount of capital gain (or decrease the amount of capital loss) realized upon a subsequent sale or redemption of such shares, and (ii) reduce the amount of funds we have for investment in portfolio companies. We have not established any limit on the extent to which we may use offering proceeds to fund distributions (which may reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in portfolio companies). See “Distributions.”

We may fund our cash distributions to stockholders from any sources of funds available to us, including fee waivers or deferrals by our Adviser that may be subject to repayment, as well as offering proceeds and borrowings. We have not established limits on the amount of funds we may use from any available sources to make distributions. Distributions may be supported by our Adviser in the form of operating expense support payments and the deferral or waiver of investment advisory fees. We may be obligated to repay our Adviser over several years, and these repayments, if any, will reduce the future distributions that you would otherwise be entitled to receive from us. You should understand that such distributions may not be based on our investment performance. There can be no assurance that we will achieve the performance necessary to sustain our distributions, or that we will be able to pay distributions at a specific rate, or at all. Our Adviser has no obligation to waive or defer its advisory fees or otherwise reimburse expenses in future periods.

Our Adviser

Under the terms of our Investment Advisory Agreement, Owl Rock Capital Advisors oversees the management of our activities and is responsible for managing our business and activities, including sourcing investment opportunities, conducting research, performing diligence on potential investments, structuring our investments, and monitoring our portfolio companies on an ongoing basis through a team of investment professionals. The Adviser or its affiliates may engage in certain origination activities and receive attendant arrangement, structuring or similar fees.

Our Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company that has registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. Our Adviser is an indirect subsidiary of Owl Rock Capital Partners LP, or Owl Rock Capital Partners. Owl Rock Capital Partners is led by its three co-founders, Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz, and Craig W. Packer. Owl Rock Capital Advisors’ investment team, or Investment Team, is also led by Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz and Craig W. Packer and is supported by certain members of the Adviser’s senior executive team and the investment committee. All investment decisions require the unanimous approval of the investment committee, which is currently comprised of Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz, Craig W. Packer and Alexis Maged, or the Investment Committee.

Our Adviser also serves as investment adviser to Owl Rock Capital Corporation. Owl Rock Capital Corporation, our affiliated private business development company, was formed on October 15, 2015 as a

 



 

3


Table of Contents

corporation under the laws of the State of Maryland and has elected to be treated as a business development company under the 1940 Act. Its investment objective is similar to our investment objective, which is to generate current income, and to a lesser extent, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns. Owl Rock Capital Corporation expects to conduct private offerings, or Private Offerings, of its common shares to investors in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, or the Securities Act. The initial closing of the Private Offering occurred on March 3, 2016. As of September 30, 2016, Owl Rock Capital Corporation had $2.2 billion in total capital commitments from investors.

Sponsor Investment

We are currently conducting a private placement of shares of our common stock to certain members of our board of directors, individuals and entities affiliated with Owl Rock Capital Advisors. Upon completion of the private placement, we expect to receive approximately $[●] for the purchase of a total of [●] shares of our common stock at $9.00 per share, which represents the initial public offering price of $9.47 per share, net of selling commissions and dealer manager fees. Each purchaser has executed a subscription agreement and has agreed to pay for such shares of common stock upon demand by one of our executive officers following the effectiveness of this registration statement. Such purchases of our common stock will be included for purposes of determining we have satisfied the minimum offering requirement.

Our Administrator

Our Adviser also serves as our administrator. Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, the Adviser will perform, or oversee the performance of, required administrative services, which includes providing office space, equipment and office services, maintaining financial records, preparing reports to stockholders and reports filed with the SEC, and managing the payment of expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered by others. We will reimburse the Adviser for services performed for us pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Adviser may delegate its obligations under the Administration Agreement to an affiliate or to a third party and we will reimburse the Adviser for any services performed for us by such affiliate or third party.

Affiliated Dealer Manager

Our dealer manager, Owl Rock Securities, is an affiliate of Owl Rock Capital Partners and will not make an independent review of us or the offering. This relationship may create conflicts in connection with the Dealer Manager’s due diligence obligations under the federal securities laws. Although the Dealer Manager will examine the information in the prospectus for accuracy and completeness, due to its affiliation with Owl Rock Capital Advisors, no independent review of us will be made in connection with the distribution of our shares in this offering. Owl Rock Securities has applied for registration as a broker-dealer and will not act as dealer manager unless and until it is registered with the SEC and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA.

Risk Factors

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk and may be considered speculative. You should carefully consider the information found in “Risk Factors” before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. Risks involved in an investment in us include (among others) the following:

 

   

We are a new company and are subject to all of the business risks and uncertainties associated with any business with a limited operating history, including the risk that we will not achieve our investment objective and that the value of our common stock could decline substantially. In addition, we have not identified specific investments that we will make with the proceeds of this offering. As a result, this

 



 

4


Table of Contents
 

may be deemed to be a “blind pool” offering and you will not have the opportunity to evaluate historical data or assess any investments prior to purchasing shares of our common stock.

 

    We are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

 

    Our status as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act may make it more difficult to raise capital as and when we need it.

 

    You should not expect to be able to sell your shares regardless of how we perform.

 

    If you are able to sell your shares of common stock, you will likely receive less than your purchase price.

 

    We do not intend to list our common stock on any securities exchange for what may be a significant time after the first closing of this offering, and we do not expect a secondary market in our shares to develop.

 

    Beginning no later than the first full calendar quarter after the date that we satisfy the minimum offering requirement, we may, from time to time, determine to repurchase a portion of the shares of our common stock, and if we do, we expect that only a limited number of shares will be eligible for repurchase. In addition, any such repurchases will be at a price equal to the current net offering price per share in effect on each date of repurchase, which may be at a discount to the price at which you purchased shares of our common stock in this offering. Any purchases will be limited to up to the lesser of (a) 2.5% of the weighted average number of shares of our common stock outstanding in the prior 12-month period and (b) the number of shares we can repurchase with the proceeds we receive from the sale of shares of our common stock under our distribution reinvestment plan. At the discretion of our board of directors, we may use cash on hand, cash available from borrowings, and cash from the sale of our investments as of the end of the applicable period to repurchase shares.

 

    You should consider that you may not have access to the money you invest for an indefinite period of time.

 

    An investment in shares of our common stock is not suitable for you if you need access to the money you invest. See “Suitability Standards,” “Share Repurchase Program,” and “Share Liquidity Strategy.”

 

    Because you will be unable to sell your shares, you will be unable to reduce your exposure in any market downturn.

 

    We generally will not control the business operations of our portfolio companies and, due to the illiquid nature of our holdings in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to dispose of our interests in our portfolio companies.

 

    We intend to invest in securities that are rated below investment grade by rating agencies or that would be rated below investment grade if they were rated. Below investment grade securities, which are often referred to as “junk,” have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and return principal. They may also be illiquid and difficult to value.

 

    An investment strategy focused primarily on privately held companies presents certain challenges, including the lack of available information about these companies.

 

    The amount of any distributions we may make on our common stock is uncertain. We may not be able to pay you distributions, or be able to sustain distributions at any particular level, and our distributions per share, if any, may not grow over time, and our distributions per share may be reduced. We have not established any limit on the extent to which we may use borrowings, if any, and we may use offering proceeds to fund distributions (which may reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in portfolio companies).

 



 

5


Table of Contents
    Distributions on our common stock may exceed our taxable earnings and profits, particularly during the period before we have substantially invested the net proceeds from our public offering. Therefore, portions of the distributions that we pay may represent a return of capital to you. A return of capital is a return of a portion of your original investment in shares of our common stock. As a result, a return of capital will (i) lower your tax basis in your shares and thereby increase the amount of capital gain (or decrease the amount of capital loss) realized upon a subsequent sale or redemption of such shares, and (ii) reduce the amount of funds we have for investment in portfolio companies. We have not established any limit on the extent to which we may use offering proceeds to fund distributions.

 

    Distributions may also be funded in significant part, directly or indirectly, from (i) the waiver of certain investment advisory fees, that will not be subject to repayment to our Adviser and/or (ii) the deferral of certain investment advisory fees, that may be subject to repayment to our Adviser and/or (iii) the reimbursement of certain operating expenses, that will be subject to repayment to our Adviser and its affiliates. Significant portions of distributions may not be based on investment performance. In the event distributions are funded from waivers and/or deferrals of fees and reimbursements by our affiliates, such funding may not continue in the future. If our affiliates do not agree to reimburse certain of our operating expenses or waive certain of their advisory fees, then significant portions of our distributions may come from offering proceeds or borrowings. The repayment of any amounts owed to our affiliates will reduce future distributions to which you would otherwise be entitled.

 

    If we are unable to raise substantial funds in our ongoing, continuous “best efforts” offering, we may be limited in the number and type of investments we may make.

 

    To the extent original issue discount, or OID, and payment-in-kind, or PIK, interest income constitute a portion of our income, we will be exposed to risks associated with receipt of the cash representing such income.

 

    Because the Dealer Manager is an affiliate of Owl Rock Capital Partners, you will not have the benefit of an independent review of this prospectus customarily performed in underwritten offerings.

Market Trends

We believe the middle-market lending environment provides opportunities for us to meet our goal of making investments that generate attractive risk-adjusted returns based on a combination of the following factors:

Limited availability of capital for middle market companies. We believe that regulatory and structural changes in the market have reduced the amount of capital available to U.S. middle-market companies. In particular, we believe there are currently fewer providers of capital to middle market companies. Traditional middle market lenders, such as commercial and regional banks and commercial finance companies, have contracted their origination and lending activities and are focusing on more liquid asset classes, or have exited the business altogether. We believe the Basel III accord, and implementing regulations by the Federal Reserve, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation will significantly increase capital and liquidity requirements for banks, decreasing their capacity to hold non-investment grade leveraged loans on their balance sheets. Coupled with new risk retention requirements for collateralized loan vehicles, we believe these developments reduce the capacity of traditional lenders to serve this market segment and, as a result, increase the cost of borrowing for U.S. middle market companies.

Capital markets have been unable to fill the void in U.S. middle market finance left by banks. While underwritten bond and syndicated loan markets have been robust in recent years, middle market companies are rarely able to access these markets as participants are generally highly focused on the liquidity characteristics of the bond or loan being issued. For example, mutual funds and ETFs are significant buyers of underwritten bonds. However, mutual funds and ETFs generally require the ability to liquidate their investments quickly in order to

 



 

6


Table of Contents

fund investor redemptions. Accordingly, the existence of an active secondary market for bonds is an important consideration in these entities’ initial investment decision. Because there is typically little or no active secondary market for the debt of U.S. middle market companies, mutual funds and ETFs generally do not provide debt capital to U.S. middle market companies. We believe this is likely to be a persistent problem and creates an advantage for those like us who have a more stable capital base and have the ability to invest in illiquid assets.

Robust demand for debt capital. We believe U.S. middle market companies will continue to require access to debt capital to refinance existing debt, support growth and finance acquisitions. In addition, we believe the large amount of uninvested capital held by funds of private equity firms, estimated by Preqin Ltd., an alternative assets industry data and research company, to be $1.31 trillion as of December 2015, will continue to drive deal activity. We expect that private equity sponsors will continue to pursue acquisitions and leverage their equity investments with secured loans provided by companies such as us.

The middle market is a large addressable market. According to GE Capital’s National Center for the Middle Market 4th Quarter 2015 Middle Market Indicator, there are approximately 200,000 U.S. middle market companies, which have approximately 48 million aggregate employees. Moreover, the U.S. middle market accounts for approximately $4.3 trillion of private sector gross domestic product, or GDP, which, measured on a global scale, would be the fifth largest global economy. GE defines U.S. middle market companies as those between $10 million and $1 billion in annual revenue, which we believe has significant overlap with our definition of U.S. middle market companies.

Attractive investment dynamics. An imbalance between the supply of, and demand for, middle market debt capital creates attractive pricing dynamics. We believe the directly negotiated nature of middle market financings also generally provides more favorable terms to the lender, including stronger covenant and reporting packages and better call protection. Additionally, we believe BDC managers’ expertise in credit selection and ability to manage through credit cycles has generally resulted in BDCs experiencing lower loss rates than U.S. commercial banks through credit cycles. Further, we believe that historical middle market default rates have been lower, and recovery rates have been higher, as compared to the larger market capitalization, broadly distributed market, leading to lower cumulative losses.

Conservative capital structures. Following the credit crisis, which we define broadly as occurring between mid-2007 and mid-2009, lenders have generally required borrowers to maintain more equity as a percentage of their total capitalization, specifically to protect lenders during economic downturns. With more conservative capital structures, U.S. middle market companies have exhibited higher levels of cash flows available to service their debt. In addition, U.S. middle market companies often are characterized by simpler capital structures than larger borrowers, which facilitates a streamlined underwriting process and, when applicable, restructuring process.

Attractive opportunities in investments in loans. We intend to invest in senior secured or unsecured loans, subordinated loans or mezzanine loans and, to a lesser extent, equity-related securities. We believe that opportunities in senior secured loans are significant because of the floating rate structure of most senior secured debt issues and because of the strong defensive characteristics of these types of investments. Given the current low interest rate environment, we believe that debt issues with floating interest rates offer a superior return profile as compared with fixed-rate investments, since floating rate structures are generally less susceptible to declines in value experienced by fixed-rate securities in a rising interest rate environment. Senior secured debt also provides strong defensive characteristics. Senior secured debt has priority in payment among an issuer’s security holders whereby holders are due to receive payment before junior creditors and equityholders. Further, these investments are secured by the issuer’s assets, which may provide protection in the event of a default, if necessary.

 



 

7


Table of Contents

Potential Competitive Strengths

We believe the Adviser’s disciplined approach to origination, fundamental credit analysis, portfolio construction and risk management should allow us to achieve attractive risk-adjusted returns while preserving our capital. We believe we have the following competitive strengths, which will give us the opportunity to achieve our objectives:

Experienced team with expertise across all levels of the corporate capital structure. Each of the members of the Investment Committee have over 25 years of experience in private lending and investing at all levels of a company’s capital structure, particularly in high yield securities, leveraged loans, high yield credit derivatives and distressed securities, as well as experience in operations, corporate finance and mergers and acquisitions. The members of the Investment Committee have diverse backgrounds with investing experience through multiple business and credit cycles. Moreover, certain members of the Investment Committee and other employees of the Adviser and its affiliates have significant operating and/or investing experience at business development companies. We believe this experience provides the Adviser with an in-depth understanding of the strategic, financial and operational challenges and opportunities of middle market companies and will afford it numerous tools to manage risk while preserving the opportunity for attractive risk-adjusted returns on our investments.

Distinctive origination platform. We anticipate that a substantial majority of our investments will not be intermediated and that our origination platform provides us the ability to originate investments without the assistance of investment banks or other traditional Wall Street sources. The Investment Team will be responsible for originating, underwriting, executing and managing the assets of our direct lending transactions and for sourcing and executing opportunities directly. The Investment Team has significant experience as transaction originators and executing direct calling campaigns on private equity sponsors and companies.

The Investment Team also maintains direct contact with financial sponsors, banks, corporate advisory firms, industry consultants, attorneys, investment banks, “club” investors and other potential sources of lending opportunities. We believe the Adviser’s ability to source through multiple channels will allow us to generate investment opportunities that have more attractive risk-adjusted return characteristics than by relying solely on origination flow from investment banks or other intermediaries and to be more selective investors.

Since its inception through November 11, 2016, the Adviser has sourced potential investment opportunities from over 115 private equity sponsors. We believe that the Adviser receives “early looks” and “last looks” based on its relationships, allowing it to be highly selective in the transactions it pursues.

Potential long-term investment horizon. We believe our potential long-term investment horizon gives us flexibility, allowing us to maximize returns on our investments. We intend to invest using a long-term focus, which we believe will provide us with the opportunity to increase total returns on invested capital, as compared to other private company investment vehicles or investment vehicles with daily liquidity requirements (e.g. open-ended mutual funds and ETFs).

Defensive, income-oriented investment philosophy. The Adviser will employ a defensive investment approach focused on long-term credit performance and principal protection. This investment approach will involve a multi-stage selection process for each investment opportunity as well as ongoing monitoring of each investment made, with particular emphasis on early detection of credit deterioration. This strategy is designed to minimize potential losses and achieve attractive risk-adjusted returns.

Active portfolio monitoring. The Adviser will closely monitor the investments in our portfolio and take a proactive approach to identifying and addressing sector- or company-specific risks. The Adviser will receive and

 



 

8


Table of Contents

review detailed financial information from portfolio companies no less than quarterly and seek to maintain a regular dialogue with portfolio company management teams regarding current and forecasted performance. We anticipate that many of our investments will have financial covenants that we believe will provide an early warning of potential problems facing our borrowers, allowing lenders, including us, to identify and carefully manage risk.

Structure of Investments

Our investment objective is to generate current income, and to a lesser extent, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns.

Debt Investments. The terms of our debt investments are tailored to the facts and circumstances of each transaction and prospective portfolio company. The Adviser will negotiate the structure of each investment to protect our rights and manage risk while providing funding to help the portfolio company achieve its business plan. We intend to invest in the following types of debt:

 

  First-lien debt. First-lien debt is typically senior on a lien basis to other liabilities in the issuer’s capital structure and has the benefit of a first-priority security interest in assets of the issuer. The security interest ranks above the security interest of any second-lien lenders in those assets. Our first-lien debt may include “unitranche” loans and secured corporate bonds with similar features to these categories of first-lien loans. Unitranche loans combine features of first-lien, second-lien and mezzanine debt, generally in a first-lien position. In many such cases, the unitranche loan provides the borrower most, if not all, of the capital structure above the equity. The primary advantages to the borrower are the ability to negotiate the entire debt financing with one lender and the elimination of intercreditor issues.

 

  Second-lien debt. Our second-lien debt may include secured loans, and, to a lesser extent, secured corporate bonds, with a secondary priority behind first-lien debt. Second-lien debt typically is senior on a lien basis to other liabilities in the issuer’s capital structure and has the benefit of a security interest over assets of the issuer, though ranking junior to first-lien debt secured by those assets. First-lien lenders and second-lien lenders typically have separate liens on the collateral, and an intercreditor agreement provides the first-lien lenders with priority over the second-lien lenders’ liens on the collateral.

 

  Mezzanine debt. Structurally, mezzanine debt usually ranks subordinate in priority of payment to first-lien and second-lien debt, is often unsecured, and may not have the benefit of financial covenants common in first-lien and second-lien debt. However, mezzanine debt ranks senior to common and preferred equity in an issuer’s capital structure. Mezzanine debt investments generally offer lenders fixed returns in the form of interest payments and will often provide lenders an opportunity to participate in the capital appreciation, if any, of an issuer through an equity interest. This equity interest typically takes the form of an equity co-investment or warrants. Due to its higher risk profile and often less restrictive covenants compared to senior secured loans, mezzanine debt generally bears a higher stated interest rate than first-lien and second-lien debt.

In addition, we intend to invest in securities that are rated below investment grade by rating agencies or that would be rated below investment grade if they were rated. Below investment grade securities, which are often referred to as “junk,” have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. They may also be difficult to value and illiquid.

Equity Investments. Our investment in a portfolio company may include an equity interest, such as a warrant or profit participation right. In certain instances, we will also make direct equity investments, although those situations are generally limited to those cases where we are making an investment in a more senior part of the capital structure of the issuer.

 



 

9


Table of Contents

Operating and Regulatory Structure

We are a newly organized, externally-managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that filed an election to be regulated as a business development company under the 1940 Act. In addition, for tax purposes we intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. See “Tax Matters.” Our investment activities are managed by Owl Rock Capital Advisors and supervised by our board of directors, a majority of whom are independent of Owl Rock Capital Advisors and its affiliates. As a business development company, we will be required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. See “Regulation.”

Our Distribution Reinvestment Plan

We have adopted an “opt-in” distribution reinvestment plan that will allow our stockholders to elect to have the full amount of their distributions reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. See “Distribution Reinvestment Plan.”

Plan of Distribution

We are offering on a best efforts, continuous basis shares of common stock at an initial offering price of $9.47 per share. If or when our net asset value per share increases above our net proceeds per share as stated in this prospectus, our board of directors will increase our public offering price to ensure that shares are sold at a net price, after deduction of upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees, that is not below our net asset value per share. See “Plan of Distribution.”

Our Dealer Manager for this offering is Owl Rock Securities, which is an affiliate of Owl Rock Capital Partners and has applied for registration as a broker-dealer and to become a member of FINRA and the Securities Investor Protection Corporation, or SIPC. Owl Rock Securities will not act as dealer manager unless and until it is a member of FINRA. Our Dealer Manager is not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount of shares, but has agreed to use its best efforts to sell the shares offered. The minimum permitted purchase is $5,000 in shares of our common stock. We, our Dealer Manager, and participating broker-dealers will solicit subscriptions but will not sell any shares unless our minimum offering requirement is met. Our minimum offering amount will be met when we raise gross proceeds of $2.5 million from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering or in separate private placement transactions outside of this offering within one year after the date of this prospectus.

Once we have received the minimum offering amount, we will schedule weekly closings on subscriptions received and accepted by us. Subscriptions will be effective only upon our acceptance, and we reserve the right to reject any subscription in whole or in part. Subscriptions will be accepted or rejected within 30 days of receipt by us and, if rejected, all funds will be returned to subscribers without deduction for any fees and expenses within ten business days from the date the subscription is rejected. After we have met our minimum offering requirement, funds received in connection with a subscription will be placed in a non-interest-bearing escrow account pending closing. We are not permitted to accept a subscription until at least five business days after the date you receive this prospectus.

Compensation Paid to the Dealer Manager and Participating Broker-Dealers

Investors will pay a maximum sales load of up to 5.0% of the price per share for combined upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees. The upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees will not be paid in connection with purchases of shares pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan.

In addition to the upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees, our Adviser may pay our Dealer Manager a fee equal to no more than 1.0% of the net asset value per share per year. Our Dealer Manager may

 



 

10


Table of Contents

reallow all or a portion of such amounts to participating broker-dealers. Such amounts will not be paid by our stockholders. Our Adviser will cease making these payments to our Dealer Manager with respect to each share upon the earliest to occur of the following: (i) the date when the aggregate underwriting compensation would exceed that permitted under FINRA Rule 2310 over the life of the offering, which equals 10% of the gross offering proceeds from the sale of shares in this offering; (ii) the date of a liquidity event; (iii) the date that such share is redeemed or is no longer outstanding; (iv) the date when the aggregate upfront selling commission, dealer manager fees, and payments from the Adviser together equal 8% (or such other amount, as determined by the Adviser) of the actual price paid for such share; or (v) the date when Owl Rock Capital Advisors no longer serves as our investment adviser. See “Plan of Distribution.”

The maximum aggregate underwriting compensation, which includes payments of upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees and all items of compensation as defined in FINRA Rule 2310 from any other sources, including, among other things, the reimbursement of training and education expenses, will not exceed 10% of the gross offering proceeds from the sale of shares in this offering (excluding shares purchased through the distribution reinvestment plan). See “Plan of Distribution” for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

Suitability Standards

Pursuant to applicable state securities laws, shares of common stock offered through this prospectus are suitable only as a long-term investment for persons of adequate financial means who have no need for liquidity in this investment. Initially, there is not expected to be any public market for our shares, which means that investors will likely have limited ability to sell their shares if they can sell them at all and there can be no assurance that there will ever be a public market for our shares. As a result, we have established suitability standards which require investors, at a minimum, to have either: (i) a net worth of at least $70,000 and an annual gross income of at least $70,000, or (ii) a net worth of at least $250,000. Under these standards, net worth does not include your home, home furnishings or personal automobiles. In addition, each person selling shares on our behalf will require that a potential investor (1) can reasonably benefit from an investment in us based on such investor’s overall investment objectives and portfolio structuring; (2) is able to bear the economic risk of the investment based on the prospective stockholder’s overall financial situation; and (3) has apparent understanding of (a) the fundamental risks of the investment, (b) the risk that such investor may lose his or her entire investment, (c) the lack of liquidity of our shares, (d) the background and qualifications of our Adviser and (e) the tax consequences of the investment. For additional information, see “Suitability Standards.”

How to Subscribe

Investors who meet the suitability standards described in this prospectus may purchase shares of our common stock. Investors seeking to purchase shares of our common stock should proceed as follows:

 

    Read the entire final prospectus and the current supplement(s), if any, accompanying the final prospectus.

 

    Complete the execution copy of the subscription agreement. A specimen copy of the subscription agreement it, is included as Appendix A.

 

   

Deliver the amount of the shares being subscribed for, along with the completed subscription agreement. Prior to our meeting the minimum offering requirement, you should direct your payment to “UMB Bank, N.A., as escrow agent for Owl Rock Capital Corporation II.” Subsequent to our meeting the minimum offering requirement, you should direct your payment to “UMB Bank, N.A., as agent for Owl Rock Capital Corporation II.” The initial minimum permitted purchase is $5,000. Additional purchases must be for a minimum of $500, except for purchases made pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan. Pending acceptance of your subscription, proceeds will be deposited into an account for your benefit.

 



 

11


Table of Contents
 

Subscriptions received prior to our meeting the minimum offering requirement will be deposited into an interest-bearing account. The name of the participating dealer appears on the subscription agreement.

 

    By executing the subscription agreement and paying the full amount being subscribed for, each investor attests that he or she meets the minimum income and net worth standards as stated in the subscription agreement.

A sale of the shares may not be completed until at least five business days after the subscriber receives our final prospectus as filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 497 of the Securities Act. Within ten business days of our receipt of each completed subscription agreement, we will accept or reject the subscription. If we accept the subscription, we will send a confirmation within three business days. We expect to close on subscriptions received and accepted by us on a weekly basis. If for any reason we reject the subscription, we will promptly return the check and the subscription agreement, without interest or deduction, within ten business days after rejecting it.

Pending meeting the minimum offering requirement, all subscription payments will be placed in an account held by our escrow agent, UMB Bank, N.A. in trust for our subscribers’ benefit, pending release to us. If we do not raise gross offering proceeds of $2.5 million from this offering or one or more private offerings by one year from the date of this prospectus, we will promptly return all funds in the escrow account (including interest), and we will stop offering shares of our common stock. Purchases of our common stock by our directors, officers and other affiliated persons and entities will be included for purposes of determining whether we have satisfied the minimum offering requirement.

Share Liquidity Strategy

Within three to four years following the completion of the offering period, we intend to seek to complete a liquidity event for our stockholders. We will consider our offering period to be complete as of the termination date of our most recent public equity offering if we have not conducted a public equity offering in any continuous two-year period. A liquidity event could include: (i) a listing of our shares on a national securities exchange; (ii) a merger or another transaction approved by our board of directors in which our stockholders will receive cash or shares of a listed company; or (iii) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets either on a complete portfolio basis or individually followed by a liquidation. While our intention is to seek to complete a liquidity event within three to four years following the completion of our offering, there can be no assurance that a suitable transaction will be available or that market conditions will be favorable during that timeframe, in which case we may determine not to pursue a liquidity event. Hence, there can be no assurance that we will complete a liquidity event within this timeframe or at all. As a result, an investment in our shares is not suitable if you require short-term liquidity with respect to your investment in us. Prior to a liquidity event, our share repurchase program may provide a limited opportunity for you to have your shares of common stock repurchased as described below. See “Share Liquidity Strategy.”

Share Repurchase Program

Beginning no later than the first full calendar quarter after the date that we satisfy the minimum offering requirement, and at the discretion of our board of directors, we intend to commence a share repurchase program in which we intend to repurchase, in each quarter, up to the lesser of (a) 2.5% of the weighted average number of shares of our common stock outstanding in the prior 12-month period and (b) the number of shares we can repurchase with the proceeds we receive from the sale of shares of our common stock under our distribution reinvestment plan. Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the share repurchase program upon 30 days’ notice. All shares purchased by us pursuant to the terms of each tender offer will be retired and thereafter will be authorized and unissued shares.

 



 

12


Table of Contents

Adviser Fees under the Investment Advisory Agreement

We will pay Owl Rock Capital Advisors a fee for its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement. The fee will consist of two components: a base management fee and an incentive fee. The base management fee will be calculated at an annual rate of 1.75% on the average value of our gross assets, excluding cash and cash-equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts at the end of the two most recent completed calendar quarters and will be payable quarterly in arrears. The incentive fee will be comprised of the following two parts:

 

    An incentive fee on net investment income, which we refer to as the incentive fee on income, will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears and will be based upon our pre-incentive fee net investment income for the calendar quarter. The quarterly incentive fee on net investment income will be (a) 100% of the pre-incentive fee net investment income between 1.5%, which we refer to as the quarterly preferred return, and 1.875%, which we refer to as the upper level breakpoint, of adjusted capital, plus (b) 20% of pre-incentive fee net investment income in excess of 1.875% of adjusted capital. Adjusted capital is defined as cumulative proceeds generated from sales of our common stock, including proceeds from our distribution reinvestment plan, net of sales load (upfront selling commissions and upfront dealer manager fees) reduced for (i) distributions paid to our stockholders that represent a return of capital on a tax basis and (ii) amounts paid for share repurchases pursuant to our share repurchase program, if any, measured as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter. The quarterly preferred return of 1.5% and upper level breakpoint of 1.875% are also adjusted for the actual number of days in each calendar quarter.

 

    An incentive fee on capital gains will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year. It will be equal to (i) 20% of our realized capital gains on a cumulative basis from inception through the end of such calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less (ii) the aggregate amount of any previously paid incentive fees on capital gains as calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP.

The incentive fee may induce our Adviser to make investments on our behalf that are more risky or more speculative than would otherwise be the case. Similarly, because our base management fee is calculated based upon our gross assets (excluding cash and cash-equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts), Owl Rock Capital Advisors may be encouraged to use leverage to make additional investments. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to our Adviser and its Affiliates — Our incentive fee structure may create incentives for our Adviser to make speculative investments or use substantial leverage.” See “Management and Other Agreement and Fees — Investment Advisory Agreement.”

Administration

Our Adviser is reimbursed for administrative expenses it incurs on our behalf. See “Management and Other Agreement and Fees — Administration Agreement.”

Conflicts of Interest

Owl Rock Capital Advisors and its affiliates have procedures and policies in place designed to manage the potential conflicts of interest between Owl Rock Capital Advisors’ fiduciary obligations to us and its similar fiduciary obligations to other clients. An investment opportunity that is suitable for multiple clients of Owl Rock Capital Advisors and its affiliates may not be capable of being shared among some or all of such clients and affiliates due to the limited scale of the opportunity or other factors, including regulatory restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act. There can be no assurance that Owl Rock Capital Advisors’ or its affiliates’ efforts to allocate any

 



 

13


Table of Contents

particular investment opportunity fairly among all clients for whom such opportunity is appropriate will result in an allocation of all or part of such opportunity to us. Not all conflicts of interest can be expected to be resolved in our favor.

The principals of Owl Rock Capital Advisors may manage investment vehicles with similar or overlapping investment strategies, such as Owl Rock Capital Corporation, which Owl Rock Capital Advisors currently manages, whose investment strategy is similar to ours. In order to address these issues, Owl Rock Capital Advisors has put in place an investment allocation policy that seeks to ensure the equitable allocation of investment opportunities and addresses the co-investment restrictions set forth under the 1940 Act. We will follow this investment allocation policy in the absence of receiving exemptive relief from the SEC that would permit greater flexibility relating to co-investments.

We, Owl Rock Capital Advisors and certain of its affiliates have submitted an exemptive application to the SEC to permit us to co-invest with other funds managed by Owl Rock Capital Advisors or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. There can be no assurance that this exemptive order will be granted. If such relief is granted, then we will be permitted to co-invest with our affiliates if a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our independent directors make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the transactions, including the consideration to be paid, are reasonable and fair to us and our stockholders and do not involve overreaching by us or our stockholders on the part of any person concerned and (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our stockholders and is consistent with our investment objective and strategies. If the SEC grants us such exemptive relief, we will modify our investment allocation policy to incorporate the conditions of such exemptive relief, and will co-invest in a manner consistent with our investment allocation policy and the conditions of the exemptive relief. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Reports to Stockholders

Within 60 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, we will distribute our quarterly report on Form 10-Q to all stockholders of record. In addition, we will distribute our annual report on Form 10-K to all stockholders within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year. These reports will also be available on our website at http:// www. [●].com and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. These reports should not be considered a part of or as incorporated by reference into this prospectus, or the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Taxation of Our Company

We intend to elect to be treated, beginning with our first taxable year ending subsequent to the date that we commence investment operations, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that we distribute to our stockholders from our tax earnings and profits. To obtain and maintain our RIC tax treatment, we must meet specified source-of-income and asset diversification requirements and distribute annually at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any. See “Tax Matters.”

Company Information

Our administrative and executive offices are located at 245 Park Avenue, 41st Floor, New York, NY 10167, and our telephone number is (212) 419-3000. We maintain a website at http:// www. [●].com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus.

 



 

14


Table of Contents

Emerging Growth Company Status

We qualify as an emerging growth company, as that term is used in the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, for so long as we qualify as an emerging growth company. Specifically, under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies are not required to (1) provide an auditor’s attestation report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (2) comply with new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, (3) comply with new audit rules adopted by the PCAOB after April 5, 2012 (unless the SEC determines otherwise), (4) provide certain financial statements and disclosures relating to executive compensation generally required for larger public companies or (5) hold stockholder advisory votes on executive compensation.

In addition, Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act and Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, as amended by Section 102(b) of the JOBS Act provide that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We intend to take advantage of such extended transition periods. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (a) up to five years measured from the date of the first sale of common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement, (b) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues are $1 billion or more, (c) the date that we become a ‘‘large accelerated filer’’ as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (d) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

 



 

15


Table of Contents

FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the costs and expenses that an investor in shares of our common stock will bear, directly or indirectly. Other expenses are estimated and may vary. Actual expenses may be greater or less than shown. Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “you” or “us” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, stockholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses.

 

Stockholder transaction expenses (fees paid directly from your investment)

  

Sales load(1)

     5.0%   

Offering expenses(2)

     1.5%   

Distribution reinvestment plan fees(3)

     —  %   

Annual expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to shares of common stock)(4)

  

Base management fee(5)

     2.63%   

Incentive fees(6)

     —  %   

Interest payments on borrowed funds(7)

     1.50%   

Acquired fund fees and expenses(8)

     —  %   

Other expenses(9)

     1.60%   

Total annual expenses

     5.73%   

 

  (1) As shares are sold, you will pay a maximum upfront sales load of 5.0% for combined upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees to our Dealer Manager. Amounts are presented as a percentage of gross offering proceeds. Our Dealer Manager will engage unrelated, third-party participating broker-dealers in connection with the offering of shares. See “Plan of Distribution” for a description of the circumstances under which an upfront selling commission and/or dealer manager fee may be reduced or eliminated in connection with certain purchases. Upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees will not be paid in connection with the purchase of shares pursuant to the distribution reinvestment plan. In addition to the upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees, our Adviser may pay our Dealer Manager a fee equal to no more than 1.0% of the net asset value per share per year. Our Dealer Manager may reallow all or a portion of such amounts to participating broker-dealers. Such amounts will not be paid by our stockholders. Our Adviser will cease making these payments to our Dealer Manager with respect to each share upon the earliest to occur of the following: (i) the date when the aggregate underwriting compensation would exceed that permitted under FINRA Rule 2310 over the life of the offering, which equals 10% of the gross offering proceeds from the sale of shares in this offering (excluding shares purchased through our distribution reinvestment plan); (ii) the date of a liquidity event; (iii) the date that such share is redeemed or is no longer outstanding; (iv) the date when the aggregate upfront selling commission, dealer manager fees, and payments from the Adviser together equal 8% (or such other amount, as determined by the Adviser) of the actual price paid for such share; or (v) the date when Owl Rock Capital Advisors no longer serves as our investment adviser.

 

  (2)

The offering expense reimbursement rate of 1.5% is based on current estimates of (i) offering expenses of $2.25 million to be incurred and reimbursed by us in connection with this offering, (ii) $150 million of shares sold in the initial 12-month period of the offering following the date we meet the minimum offering requirement and (iii) a public offering price of $9.47 per share over the term of this offering. Amounts are presented as a percentage of gross offering proceeds. Under the terms of our Investment Advisory Agreement, upon satisfaction of the minimum offering requirement, Owl Rock Capital Advisors will be entitled to receive up to 1.5% of gross offering proceeds raised in our continuous public offering until all organization and offering costs funded by Owl Rock Capital Advisors or its affiliates have been recovered. The offering expenses consist of costs incurred by Owl Rock Capital Advisors and its affiliates on the Company’s behalf for legal, accounting, printing and other offering expenses, including costs associated with technology integration between the Company’s systems and those of our participating broker-dealers, permissible due diligence reimbursements, marketing expenses, salaries and direct expenses of Owl Rock Capital Advisors’ employees, employees of its affiliates and others while engaged in registering and marketing our shares, which will include

 

16


Table of Contents
  development of marketing materials and marketing presentations and training and educational meetings and generally coordinating the marketing process for the Company. Any such reimbursements will not exceed actual expenses incurred by Owl Rock Capital Advisors and its affiliates. Owl Rock Capital Advisors is responsible for the payment of our organization and offering expenses to the extent that these expenses exceed 1.5% of the aggregate gross offering proceeds, without recourse against or reimbursement by us; however, if we sell the maximum number of shares, we estimate we will incur offering expenses of 0.75% of gross offering proceeds.

 

  (3) The expenses of the distribution reinvestment plan are included in other expenses in the table above. See “Distribution Reinvestment Plan.”

 

  (4) Average net assets employed as the denominator for expense ratio computation is $71.25 million. This estimate is based on the assumption that we sell $150 million of our common stock in the initial 12-month period of the offering following the date we meet the minimum offering requirement. Actual net assets will depend on the number of shares we actually sell, realized gains/losses, unrealized appreciation/depreciation and share repurchase activity, if any.

 

  (5) The base management fee paid to our Adviser is calculated at an annual rate of 1.75% on the average value of our gross assets, excluding cash and cash-equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters, and assuming we borrow funds equal to 50% of net assets. The estimate in the Fees and Expenses table is greater than 1.75% since it is computed as a percentage of net assets. If we borrow funds in excess of the 50% debt-to-net asset value ratio, then our base management fee in relation to our net assets would be higher than the estimate presented in the fee table.

 

  (6) We may have capital gains and investment income that could result in the payment of an incentive fee in the first year of investment operations. The incentive fees, if any, are divided into two parts:

 

    An incentive fee on net investment income, which we refer to as the incentive fee on income, will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears and will be based upon our pre-incentive fee net investment income for the calendar quarter. The quarterly incentive fee on net investment income will be (a) 100% of the pre-incentive fee net investment income between 1.5%, which we refer to as the quarterly preferred return, and 1.875%, which we refer to as the upper level breakpoint, of adjusted capital, plus (b) 20% of pre-incentive fee net investment income in excess of 1.875% of adjusted capital. Adjusted capital is defined as cumulative proceeds generated from sales of our common stock, including proceeds from our distribution reinvestment plan, net of sales load (up-front selling commissions and upfront dealer manager fees) reduced for (i) distributions paid to our stockholders that represent a return of capital on a tax basis and (ii) amounts paid for share repurchases pursuant to our share repurchase program, if any, measured as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter. The quarterly preferred return of 1.5% and upper level breakpoint of 1.875% are also adjusted for the actual number of days in each calendar quarter.

 

    An incentive fee on capital gains will be earned on liquidated investments and will be calculated and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year. It will be equal to (i) 20% of our realized capital gains on a cumulative basis from inception through the end of such calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less (ii) the aggregate amount of any previously paid incentive fees on capital gains as calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).

 

  (7)

We may borrow funds to make investments, including before we have fully invested the proceeds of this continuous offering. To the extent that we determine it is appropriate to borrow funds to make investments, the costs associated with such borrowing will be indirectly borne by stockholders. The figure in the table assumes that we borrow for investment purposes an amount equal to 50% of our average net assets in the initial 12-month period of the offering after we meet the minimum offering requirement, and that the average annual cost of borrowings, including the amortization of cost associated with obtaining borrowings, on the amount borrowed is 3.0%. Our ability to incur leverage

 

17


Table of Contents
  during the 12 months following the commencement of this offering depends, in large part, on whether we meet our minimum offering requirement and the amount of money we are able to raise through the sale of shares registered in this offering.

 

  (8) From time to time, we may invest in the securities or other investment instruments of public investment companies or business development companies. In addition, under the 1940 Act we may invest in private investment companies in limited circumstances. If we were to make such investments, we would incur additional fees.

 

  (9) Other expenses include accounting, legal and auditing fees, as well as fees payable to our directors. The amount presented in the table estimates the amounts we expect to pay during the initial 12-month period of the offering following the date we meet our minimum offering requirement, and assuming we raise $150 million of gross proceeds during such time. See “Discussion of Expected Operating Results — Expenses.”

We have entered into an Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement, or the Expense Support Agreement, with our Adviser pursuant to which our Adviser agreed to pay to us some or all operating expenses, or an Expense Payment, for each quarter during the Expense Support Payment Period (as defined below) in which our board of directors declares a distribution to our stockholders. The “Expense Support Payment Period” begins on the date we meet our minimum offering requirement. Our Adviser is conditionally entitled to be reimbursed promptly by us, or a Reimbursement Payment, for Expense Payments if the sum of the Company’s net investment income for tax purposes, net capital gains and the amount of any dividends and other distributions paid to the Company on account of its investments in portfolio companies exceeds the distributions the Company paid to stockholders, subject to four limitations. Specifically, the Company will not make Reimbursement Payments to the Adviser, unless: (i) the Reimbursement Payment is made within three years prior to the last business day of the quarter in which the Adviser made the Expense Payment, (ii) the Company’s current “operating expense ratio” is equal to or greater than the Company’s operating expense ratio at the time the Adviser made the Expense Payment, (iii) the Company’s current annualized rate of regular cash distribution per share is equal to or greater than the Company’s annualized rate of regular cash distribution per share at the time the Adviser made the Expense Payment. Finally, any Reimbursement Payment will be reduced to the extent that it would cause our other operating expenses to exceed the lesser of (A) 1.75% of our average net assets attributable to shares of common stock and (B) the percentage of our average net assets attributable to shares of common stock represented by other operating expenses during the fiscal year in which such Expense Payment from the Adviser was made (provided, however, that this clause (B) will not apply to any reimbursement payment which relates to an Expense Payment from the Adviser made during the same fiscal year). See “Discussion of Expected Operating Plans — Expenses — Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement” for additional information regarding the Expense Support Agreement.

Example: We have provided an example of the projected dollar amount of total expenses that would be incurred over various periods with respect to a hypothetical $1,000 investment in our common stock. In calculating the following expense amounts, we have assumed that: (1) we have indebtedness, equal to 50% of our average net assets, (2) that our annual operating expenses remain at the levels set forth in the table above, (3) that the annual return on investments before fees and expenses is 5.0%, (4) that the net return after payment of fees and expenses is distributed to stockholders and reinvested at net asset value, and (5) that subscribers to our shares will pay an upfront sales load of 5.0%, excluding shares issued through the distribution reinvestment plan.

If you did not sell your shares at the end of the period:

 

     1 Year      3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  

You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5.0% annual return from investment income:

   $ 119       $ 225       $ 332       $ 597   

Total expenses assuming a 5.0% annual return solely from realized capital gains:

   $ 133       $ 268       $ 403       $
740
  

 

18


Table of Contents

While the example assumes a 5.0% annual return on investment before fees and expenses, our performance will vary and may result in an annual return that is greater or less than 5.0%. This example should not be considered a representation of your future expenses. If we achieve sufficient returns on our investments to trigger a quarterly incentive fee on income of a material amount, both our distributions to our stockholders and our expenses would be higher. If the 5.0% annual return is generated entirely from annual, realized capital gains, an incentive fee on capital gains under the Investment Advisory Agreement would be incurred, as shown above. See “Management and Other Agreements and Fees” for information concerning incentive fees.

 

19


Table of Contents

CERTAIN QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS

 

Q: What are business development companies?

 

A: Business development companies are closed-end funds that elect to be treated as business development companies under the 1940 Act. As such, business development companies are subject to only certain sections of and rules under the 1940 Act, as well as the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. Business development companies typically invest in private or thinly traded public companies in the form of long-term debt or equity capital, with the goal of generating current income and/or capital growth. Business development companies can be internally or externally managed and may qualify to elect to be taxed as regulated investment companies, or RICs, for federal tax purposes if they so choose.

 

Q: What is a RIC?

 

A: A RIC is a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. A RIC generally does not have to pay corporate-level federal income taxes on income it distributes to its stockholders as taxable distributions. To qualify as a RIC, a company must meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements. In addition, in order to maintain RIC tax treatment, a company must distribute to its stockholders for each taxable year at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income,” which is generally its net ordinary income plus the excess of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses.

 

Q: What is a “best efforts” securities offering and how long will this securities offering last?

 

A: When shares of common stock are offered to the public on a “best efforts” basis, the broker-dealers participating in the offering are only required to use their best efforts to sell such shares. Broker-dealers are not underwriters, and they do not have a firm commitment or obligation to purchase any of the shares of common stock. We intend to file post-effective amendments to this registration statement, which will be subject to SEC review, to allow us to continue this offering for at least three years. Under certain conditions, we may decide to extend this offering beyond three years.

 

Q: At what periodic frequency do we intend to accept and close on subscriptions?

 

A: We intend to schedule weekly closings on subscriptions received and accepted by us.

 

Q: Will I receive a stock certificate?

 

A: No. Our board of directors has authorized the issuance of shares of our capital stock without stock certificates. All shares of our common stock are issued in book-entry form only. The use of book-entry registration protects against loss, theft or destruction of stock certificates and reduces our offering costs and transfer agent costs.

 

Q: Can I invest through my IRA, SEP or after-tax deferred account?

 

A:

Yes, subject to the suitability standards. A custodian, trustee or other authorized person must process and forward to us subscriptions made through individual retirement accounts, or IRAs, simplified employee pension plans, or SEPs, or after-tax deferred accounts. In the case of investments through IRAs, SEPs or after-tax deferred accounts, we will send the confirmation and notice of our acceptance to such custodian, trustee or other authorized person. Please be aware that in purchasing shares, custodians or directors of, or any other person providing advice to, employee pension benefit plans or IRAs may be subject to the fiduciary duties imposed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA,

 

20


Table of Contents
  or other applicable laws and to the prohibited transaction rules prescribed by ERISA and related provisions of the Code. These additional fiduciary duties may require the custodian, trustee, director, or any other person providing investment advice to employee pension benefit plans or IRAs to provide information about the services provided and fees received, separate and apart from the disclosures in this prospectus. In addition, prior to purchasing shares, the trustee or custodian of an employee pension benefit plan or an IRA should determine that such an investment would be permissible under the governing instruments of such plan or account and applicable law. See “Suitability Standards” for more information.

 

Q: What kinds of fees will I be incurring?

 

A: As an externally managed business development company, we will incur various recurring fees, including the base management fees and incentive fees that are payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement and administrative costs that are payable under the Administration Agreement. These expenses incurred by us will be directly borne by the stockholder.

See “Fees and Expenses” and “Management and Other Agreements and Fees — Investment Advisory Agreement” and “Plan of Distribution” for more information.

 

Q: How will the payment of fees and expenses affect my invested capital?

 

A: The payment of fees and expenses will reduce: (i) the funds available to us for investments in portfolio companies, (ii) the net income generated by us, (iii) funds available for distribution to our stockholders and (iv) the net asset value of your shares of common stock.

 

Q: Are there any restrictions on the transfer of shares?

 

A: No. Shares of our common stock have no preemptive, exchange, conversion or redemption rights and are freely transferable. We do not intend to list our securities on any securities exchange for what may be a significant time after the first closing of this offering, and we do not expect there to be a public market for our shares in the foreseeable future. As a result, your ability to sell your shares will be limited. We will not charge for transfers of our shares except for necessary and reasonable costs actually incurred by us. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to an Investment in our Common Stock.”

 

Q: Are there risks related to an investment in this offering?

 

A: Investing in our common stock may be considered speculative and involves a high degree of risk, including the risk of a substantial loss of investment. Shares of our common stock are highly illiquid and appropriate only as a long-term investment. Please see “Risk Factors” for a discussion of the risks related to an investment in this offering.

 

Q: Will I be able to sell my shares of common stock in a secondary market?

 

A: We do not intend to list our shares on a securities exchange during the offering period and do not expect a public market to develop for our shares in the foreseeable future. Because of the lack of a trading market for our shares, stockholders may not be able to sell their shares promptly or at a desired price. If you are able to sell your shares, you may have to sell them at a discount to the purchase price of your shares.

 

Q: Will I otherwise be able to liquidate my investment?

 

A:

Our board of directors expects to contemplate a liquidity event for our stockholders within three to four years after the completion of our offering. A liquidity event could include: (i) a listing of our shares on a national securities exchange; (ii) a merger or other transaction approved by our board of directors in which our stockholders will receive cash or shares of another publicly traded company; or (iii) a sale of all or

 

21


Table of Contents
  substantially all of our assets, either on a complete portfolio basis or individually, followed by a liquidation. However, there can be no assurance that we will complete a liquidity event within this timeframe or at all. To provide limited, interim liquidity to our stockholders, we conduct quarterly tender offers in accordance with the 1940 Act. This will be the only method available to our stockholders to obtain liquidity that we will offer prior to a liquidity event. See “Share Repurchase Program.”

 

Q: Will the distributions I receive be taxable?

 

A: Yes. Although we intend to maintain annually our qualification as a RIC and generally not to pay federal corporate-level taxes, distributions by us generally are taxable to stockholders as ordinary income or capital gains. Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” (generally our net ordinary income plus realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses) will be taxable as ordinary income to stockholders to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares of common stock. Distributions of our net capital gains (generally our realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) properly designated by us as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to a stockholder as long-term capital gains in the case of individuals, trusts or estates, regardless of the stockholder’s holding period for its common stock and regardless of whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional common stock. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits, or return of capital, first will reduce a stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in such stockholder’s common stock and, after the adjusted basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to such stockholder. See “Tax Matters.”

 

Q: When will I get my detailed tax information?

 

A: Consistent with the Code requirements, we intend to send to each of our U.S. stockholders subject to IRS tax reporting, as promptly as possible after the end of each calendar year, a Form 1099-DIV detailing the amounts includible in such U.S. stockholder’s taxable income for such year as dividend income and as capital gain dividends, if any.

 

Q: Where are the principal executive offices of Owl Rock Capital?

 

A: Our principal executive offices are located at 245 Park Avenue, 41st Floor, New York, NY 10167.

 

Q: Who can help answer my questions?

 

A: If you have more questions about this offering and the suitability of investing, you should contact your registered representative, financial advisor or investment advisory representative. If at any time you wish to receive this prospectus or any amendments to it, you may do so, free of charge, by contacting us through written communication at 245 Park Avenue, 41st Floor, New York, NY 10167 or by telephone at 212-419-3000 or by downloading these materials on our website at www. [●].com.

 

22


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a number of significant risks. In addition to the other information contained in this prospectus, you should consider carefully the following information before making an investment in our common stock. The risks below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not presently deemed material by us may also impair our operations and performance. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, the net asset value of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have a limited operating history.

We are a new company and are subject to all of the business risks and uncertainties associated with any business with a limited operating history, including the risk that we will not achieve or sustain our investment objective and that the value of our common stock could decline substantially.

We have not identified any specific investments that we will make with the proceeds from this offering. As a result, this may be deemed to be a “blind pool” offering and you will not have the opportunity to evaluate historical data or assess any investments prior to purchasing shares of our common stock.

Neither we nor our Adviser has presently identified, made, or contracted to make any investments on our behalf. As a result, you will not be able to evaluate the economic merits, transaction terms or other financial or operational data concerning our investments prior to purchasing shares of our common stock. You must rely on our Adviser and our board of directors to implement our investment policies, to evaluate investment opportunities and to structure the terms of investments rather than evaluating our investments in advance of purchasing shares. Because investors are not able to evaluate our investments in advance of purchasing shares of our common stock, this offering may entail more risk than other types of offerings. This additional risk may hinder your ability to achieve your own personal investment objectives related to portfolio diversification, risk-adjusted investment returns and other objectives.

The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.

We may acquire a significant percentage of our portfolio company investments from privately held companies in directly negotiated transactions. Substantially all of these investments are subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or are otherwise less liquid than exchange-listed securities. We typically would be unable to exit these investments unless and until the portfolio company has a liquidity event such as a sale, refinancing, or initial public offering.

The illiquidity of our investments may make it difficult or impossible for us to sell such investments if the need arises. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we have previously recorded our investments, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Moreover, investments purchased by us that are liquid at the time of purchase may subsequently become illiquid due to events relating to the issuer, market events, economic conditions or investor perceptions.

 

23


Table of Contents

Price declines in the corporate leveraged loan market may adversely affect the fair value of our portfolio, reducing our net asset value through increased net unrealized depreciation and the incurrence of realized losses.

Conditions in the U.S. corporate debt market may experience disruption or deterioration in the future, which may cause pricing levels to decline or be volatile. As a result, our net asset value could decline through an increase in unrealized depreciation and incurrence of realized losses in connection with the sale of our investments, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Global economic, political and market conditions may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, including our revenue growth and profitability.

The current worldwide financial market situation, as well as various social and political tensions in the United States and around the world, may contribute to increased market volatility, may have long-term effects on the United States and worldwide financial markets, and may cause economic uncertainties or deterioration in the United States and worldwide. We monitor developments and seek to manage our investments in a manner consistent with achieving our investment objective, but there can be no assurance that we will be successful in doing so.

In August 2011 and then affirmed in August 2013, Standard & Poor’s Rating Services lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on the U.S. from “AAA” to “AA+”. Additionally in January of 2012, Standard & Poor’s Rating Services lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating for several large European countries. These ratings negatively impacted global markets and economic conditions. Although U.S. lawmakers have taken steps to avoid further downgrades, U.S. budget deficit concerns and similar conditions in Europe, China and elsewhere have increased the possibility of additional credit-rating downgrades and worsening global economic and market conditions. There can be no assurance that current or future governmental measures to mitigate these conditions will be effective. These conditions, government actions and future developments may cause interest rates and borrowing costs to rise, which may adversely affect our ability to access debt financing on favorable terms and may increase the interest costs of our borrowers, hampering their ability to repay us. Continued or future adverse economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In October 2014, the Federal Reserve announced that it was concluding its bond-buying program, or quantitative easing, which was designed to stimulate the economy and expand the Federal Reserve’s holdings of long-term securities, suggesting that key economic indicators, such as the unemployment rate, had showed signs of improvement since the inception of the program. It is possible that, without quantitative easing by the Federal Reserve, these developments, along with the United States government’s credit and deficit concerns and other global economic conditions, could cause interest rates and borrowing costs to rise, which may negatively impact our ability to access the debt markets on favorable terms. Additionally, in December 2015, the Federal Reserve raised the target range for the federal funds rate by 0.25%. However, if key economic indicators, such as the unemployment rate or inflation, do not progress at a rate consistent with the Federal Reserve’s objectives, the target range for the federal funds rate may further increase and cause interest rates and borrowing costs to rise, which may negatively impact our ability to access the debt markets on favorable terms and may also increase the costs of our borrowers, hampering their ability to repay us.

Economic recessions or downturns could impair our portfolio companies and harm our operating results.

Many of our portfolio companies may be susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to repay our debt investments during these periods. Therefore, our non-performing assets may increase, and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during these periods. Adverse economic conditions may also decrease the value of any collateral securing our loans. A severe recession may further decrease the value of such

 

24


Table of Contents

collateral and result in losses of value in our portfolio and a decrease in our revenues, net income, assets and net worth. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us on terms we deem acceptable. These events could prevent us from increasing investments and harm our operating results.

The occurrence of recessionary conditions and/or negative developments in the domestic and international credit markets may significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the value of our investments, and our ongoing operations, costs and profitability. Any such unfavorable economic conditions, including rising interest rates, may also increase our funding costs, limit our access to capital markets or negatively impact our ability to obtain financing, particularly from the debt markets. In addition, any future financial market uncertainty could lead to financial market disruptions and could further impact our ability to obtain financing. These events could limit our investment originations, limit our ability to grow and negatively impact our operating results and financial condition.

Our ability to achieve our investment objective depends on our Adviser’s ability to manage and support our investment process. If our Adviser were to lose a significant number of its key professionals, or terminate the Advisory Agreement, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be significantly harmed.

We do not have any employees. Additionally, we have no internal management capacity other than our appointed executive officers and will be dependent upon the investment expertise, skill and network of business contacts of our Adviser to achieve our investment objective. Our Adviser will evaluate, negotiate, structure, execute, monitor, and service our investments. Our success will depend to a significant extent on the continued service and coordination of our Adviser, including its key professionals. The departure of a significant number of key professionals from Owl Rock Capital Advisors could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective.

Our ability to achieve our investment objective also depends on the ability of our Adviser to identify, analyze, invest in, finance, and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria. Our Adviser’s capabilities in structuring the investment process, providing competent, attentive and efficient services to us, and facilitating access to financing on acceptable terms depend on the involvement of investment professionals of adequate number and sophistication to match the corresponding flow of transactions. To achieve our investment objective, our Adviser may need to retain, hire, train, supervise, and manage new investment professionals to participate in our investment selection and monitoring process. Our Adviser may not be able to find qualified investment professionals in a timely manner or at all. Any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, the Investment Advisory Agreement has a termination provision that allows the agreement to be terminated by us on 60 days’ notice without penalty by the vote of a majority of our outstanding voting securities (as defined under the 1940 Act) or by the vote of our independent directors. The Investment Advisory Agreement may be terminated at any time, without penalty, by Owl Rock Capital Advisors upon 120 days’ notice to us. Furthermore, the Investment Advisory Agreement automatically terminates in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act, by the Adviser. If the Adviser resigns or is terminated, or if we do not obtain the requisite approvals of stockholders and our board of directors to approve an agreement with the Adviser after an assignment, we may not be able to find a new investment adviser or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms prior to the termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption and costs under any new agreements that we enter into could increase. Our financial condition, business and results of operations, as well as our ability to pay distributions, are likely to be adversely affected, and the value of our common stock may decline.

 

25


Table of Contents

The amount of any distributions we may make on our common stock is uncertain. We may not be able to pay you distributions, or be able to sustain distributions at any particular level, and our distributions per share, if any, may not grow over time, and our distributions per share may be reduced. We have not established any limit on the extent to which we may use borrowings, if any, and we may use offering proceeds to fund distributions (which may reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in portfolio companies).

Subject to our board of directors’ discretion and applicable legal restrictions, we intend to authorize and declare cash distributions on a monthly or quarterly basis and pay such distributions on a monthly or quarterly basis. We expect to pay distributions out of assets legally available for distribution. However, we cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a consistent targeted level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. Our ability to pay distributions might be adversely affected by the impact of the risks described in this prospectus. In addition, the inability to satisfy the asset coverage test applicable to us as a business development company can limit our ability to pay distributions. Distributions from offering proceeds also could reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in debt or equity securities of portfolio companies. We cannot assure you that we will pay distributions to our stockholders in the future.

Distributions on our common stock may exceed our taxable earnings and profits, particularly during the period before we have substantially invested the net proceeds from our public offering. Therefore, portions of the distributions that we pay may represent a return of capital to you. A return of capital is a return of a portion of your original investment in shares of our common stock. As a result, a return of capital will (i) lower your tax basis in your shares and thereby increase the amount of capital gain (or decrease the amount of capital loss) realized upon a subsequent sale or redemption of such shares, and (ii) reduce the amount of funds we have for investment in portfolio companies. We have not established any limit on the extent to which we may use offering proceeds to fund distributions.

We may pay our distributions from offering proceeds in anticipation of future cash flow, which may constitute a return of your capital and will lower your tax basis in your shares, thereby increasing the amount of capital gain (or decreasing the amount of capital loss) realized upon a subsequent sale or redemption of such shares, even if such shares have not increased in value or have, in fact, lost value. Distributions from offering proceeds also could reduce the amount of capital we ultimately have available to invest in portfolio companies.

Because our business model depends to a significant extent upon relationships with corporations, financial institutions and investment firms, the inability of our Adviser to maintain or develop these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.

We expect that Owl Rock Capital Advisors will depend on its relationships with corporations, financial institutions and investment firms, and we will rely to a significant extent upon these relationships to provide us with potential investment opportunities. If Owl Rock Capital Advisors fails to maintain its existing relationships or develop new relationships or sources of investment opportunities, we may not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom Owl Rock Capital Advisors have relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities, and, therefore, there is no assurance that such relationships will generate investment opportunities for us.

We may face increasing competition for investment opportunities, which could delay further deployment of our capital, reduce returns and result in losses.

We may compete for investments with other business development companies and investment funds (including registered investment companies, private equity funds and mezzanine funds), as well as traditional financial services companies such as commercial banks and other sources of funding. Moreover, alternative investment vehicles, such as hedge funds, continue to increase their investment focus in our target market of privately owned U.S. companies. We may experience increased competition from banks and investment vehicles

 

26


Table of Contents

who may continue to lend to the middle market. Additionally, the Federal Reserve and other bank regulators may periodically provide incentives to U.S. commercial banks to originate more loans in middle market private companies. As a result of these market participants and regulatory incentives, competition for investment opportunities in privately owned U.S. companies is strong and may intensify. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical, and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of capital and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments than us. These characteristics could allow our competitors to consider a wider variety of investments, establish more relationships and offer better pricing and more flexible structuring than we are able to do.

We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms, and investment structure criteria. If we are forced to match these competitors’ investment terms criteria, we may not be able to achieve acceptable returns on our investments or may bear substantial risk of capital loss. A significant increase in the number and/or the size of our competitors in our target market could force us to accept less attractive investment terms. Furthermore, many competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a business development company or the source of income, asset diversification and distribution requirements we must satisfy to maintain our RIC status. The competitive pressures we face, and the manner in which we react or adjust to competitive pressures, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, effective yield on investments, investment returns, leverage ratio, and cash flows. As a result of this competition, we may not be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities from time to time. Also we may not be able to identify and make investments that are consistent with our investment objective.

A majority of our investment portfolio will be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith in accordance with procedures established by our board of directors and, as a result, there is and will be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.

Under the 1940 Act, we are required to carry our portfolio investments at market value or, if there is no readily available market value, at fair value as determined in accordance with procedures established by our board of directors. There is not a public market or active secondary market for many of the types of investments in privately held companies that we intend to make. The majority of our investments may not be publicly traded or actively traded on a secondary market but, instead, may be traded on a privately negotiated over-the-counter secondary market for institutional investors, if at all. As a result, we will value a majority of these investments quarterly at fair value as determined in good faith in accordance with valuation policy and procedures approved by our board of directors.

The determination of fair value, and thus the amount of unrealized appreciation or depreciation we may recognize in any reporting period, is to a degree subjective, and our Adviser has a conflict of interest in making recommendations of fair value. We will value our investments quarterly at fair value as determined in good faith in accordance with procedures established by our board of directors based on input from our Adviser. Our board of directors will utilize the services of an independent third-party valuation firm to aid us in determining the fair value of our investments. The types of factors that may be considered in determining the fair values of our investments include the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to publicly traded companies, discounted cash flow, current market interest rates and other relevant factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, the valuations may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time due to changes in current market conditions. The determinations of fair value in accordance with procedures established by our board of directors may differ materially from the values that would have been used if an active market and market quotations existed for such investments. Our net asset value could be adversely affected if the determinations regarding the fair value of the investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such investments.

 

27


Table of Contents

Our board of directors may change our operating policies and strategies without prior notice or stockholder approval, the effects of which may be adverse to our stockholders.

Our board of directors has the authority to modify or waive current operating policies, investment criteria and strategies without prior notice and without stockholder approval. We cannot predict the effect any changes to current operating policies, investment criteria and strategies would have on our business, net asset value, operating results and the value of our securities. However, the effects might be adverse, which could negatively impact our ability to pay you distributions and cause you to lose all or part of your investment. Moreover, we will have significant flexibility in investing the net proceeds of this offering and may use the net proceeds from this offering in ways with which our investors may not agree.

Changes in laws or regulations governing our operations may adversely affect our business or cause us to alter our business strategy.

We and our portfolio companies will be subject to regulation at the local, state, and federal levels. Changes to the laws and regulations governing our permitted investments may require a change to our investment strategy. Such changes could differ materially from our strategies and plans as set forth in this prospectus and may shift our investment focus from the areas of expertise of our Adviser. Thus, any such changes, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment in us.

We are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are and we will remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act until the earlier of (a) the last day of the fiscal year (i) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (ii) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (iii) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (b) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company” we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on some or all of these exemptions.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of such extended transition periods.

Our status as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act may make it more difficult to raise capital as and when we need it.

Because of the exemptions from various reporting requirements provided to us as an “emerging growth company” and because we will have an extended transition period for complying with new or revised financial accounting standards, we may be less attractive to investors and it may be difficult for us to raise additional capital as and when we need it. Investors may be unable to compare our business with other companies in our industry if they believe that our financial accounting is not as transparent as other companies in our industry. If we are unable to raise additional capital as and when we need it, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

 

28


Table of Contents

We may experience fluctuations in our operating results.

We could experience fluctuations in our operating results due to a number of factors, including our ability or inability to make investments in companies that meet our investment criteria, interest rates and default rates on the debt investments we make, the level of our expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized gains or losses, unrealized appreciation of depreciation, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets, and general economic conditions. These occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, the value of your investment in us and our ability to pay distributions to you and our other stockholders.

Any unrealized depreciation we experience on our portfolio may be an indication of future realized losses, which could reduce our income available for distribution.

As a business development company, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at the fair value as determined in good faith in accordance with procedures established by our board of directors. Decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments relative to amortized cost will be recorded as unrealized depreciation. Any unrealized losses in our portfolio could be an indication of a portfolio company’s inability to meet its repayment obligations to us with respect to the affected loans. This could result in realized losses in the future and ultimately in reductions of our income available for distribution in future periods. In addition, decreases in the market value or fair value of our investments will reduce our net asset value. See “Determination of Net Asset Value.”

We are a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, and therefore we are not limited with respect to the proportion of our assets that may be invested in a single issuer.

We are classified as a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, which means that we are not limited by the 1940 Act with respect to the proportion of our assets that we may invest in a single issuer. Beyond the asset diversification requirements associated with our qualification as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we do not have fixed guidelines for diversification. While we are not targeting any specific industries, our investments may be focused on relatively few industries. To the extent that we hold large positions in a small number of issuers, or within a particular industry, our net asset value may fluctuate to a greater extent than that of a diversified investment company as a result of changes in the issuer’s financial condition or the market’s assessment of the issuer. We may also be more susceptible to any single economic or regulatory occurrence or a downturn in particular industry in which we may invest significantly than a diversified investment company.

We are dependent on information systems and systems failures could significantly disrupt our business, which may, in turn, negatively affect our liquidity, financial condition or results of operations.

Our business is dependent on our and third parties’ communications and information systems. Any failure or interruption of those systems, including as a result of the termination of an agreement with any third-party service providers, could cause delays or other problems in our activities. Our financial, accounting, data processing, portfolio monitoring, backup or other operating systems and facilities may fail to operate properly or become disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control. There could be:

 

    sudden electrical or telecommunications outages;

 

    natural disasters such as earthquakes, tornadoes and hurricanes;

 

    disease pandemics;

 

    events arising from local or larger scale political or social matters, including terrorist acts;

 

    outages due to idiosyncratic issues at specific service providers; and

 

    cyber-attacks.

 

29


Table of Contents

These events, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and negatively affect the net asset value of our common stock and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.

Cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents may adversely affect our business by causing a disruption to our operations, a compromise or corruption of our confidential information and/or damage to our business relationships, all of which could negatively impact our business, results of operations or financial condition.

A cyber incident is considered to be any adverse event that threatens the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our information resources. These incidents may be an intentional attack or an unintentional event and could involve gaining unauthorized access to our information systems for purposes of misappropriating assets, stealing confidential information, corrupting data or causing operational disruption. The result of these incidents may include disrupted operations, misstated or unreliable financial data, liability for stolen information, misappropriation of assets, increased cybersecurity protection and insurance costs, litigation and damage to our business relationships. Any such attack could result in significant losses, reputational damage, litigation, regulatory fines or penalties, or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures and to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures arising from operational and security risks. We face risks posed to our information systems, both internal and those provided to us by third-party service providers. We, our Adviser and its affiliates have implemented processes, procedures and internal controls to help mitigate cybersecurity risks and cyber intrusions, but these measures, as well as our increased awareness of the nature and extent of a risk of a cyber incident, may be ineffective and do not guarantee that a cyber incident will not occur or that our financial results, operations or confidential information will not be negatively impacted by such an incident.

Third parties with which we do business (including those that provide services to us) may also be sources or targets of cybersecurity or other technological risks. We outsource certain functions and these relationships allow for the storage and processing of our information and assets, as well as certain investor, counterparty, employee and borrower information. While we engage in actions to reduce our exposure resulting from outsourcing, ongoing threats may result in unauthorized access, loss, exposure or destruction of data, or other cybersecurity incidents, with increased costs and other consequences, including those described above. Privacy and information security laws and regulation changes, and compliance with those changes, may also result in cost increases due to system changes and the development of new administrative processes.

We are exposed to risks resulting from the current low interest rate environment.

Because we may borrow money to make investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest those funds. The current, historically low interest rate environment can, depending on our cost of capital, depress our net investment income, even though the terms of our investments generally will include a minimum interest rate. In addition, any reduction in the level of interest rates on new investments relative to interest rates on our current investments could adversely impact our net investment income, reducing our ability to service the interest obligations on, and to repay the principal of, our indebtedness, as well as our capacity to pay distributions. Any such developments would result in a decline in our net asset value and in net asset value per share.

Risks Related to Our Adviser and Its Affiliates

The Adviser and its affiliates have limited experience managing a business development company.

Our Adviser and its affiliates have limited experience managing a vehicle regulated as a business development company and may not be able to operate our business successfully or achieve our investment objective. As a result, an investment in our securities may entail more risk than the securities of a comparable company with a substantial operating history.

 

30


Table of Contents

The 1940 Act and the Code impose numerous constraints on the operations of business development companies and RICs that do not apply to the other types of investment vehicles previously managed by the personnel of our Adviser and its affiliates. For example, under the 1940 Act, business development companies are generally required to invest at least 70% of their total assets primarily in securities of qualifying U.S. private or thinly traded companies. Moreover, qualification for RIC tax treatment under subchapter M of the Code requires satisfaction of source-of-income, asset diversification and other requirements. Any failure by us to comply with these provisions could prevent us from maintaining our qualification as a business development company or RIC or could force us to pay unexpected taxes and penalties, which could be material. Our Adviser’s and its affiliates’ limited experience in managing a portfolio of assets under such constraints may hinder their ability to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities and, as a result, achieve our investment objective.

The Adviser and its affiliates, including our officers and some of our directors, may face conflicts of interest caused by compensation arrangements with us and our affiliates, which could result in increased risk-taking by us.

The Adviser and its affiliates will receive substantial fees from us in return for their services, including certain incentive fees based on the amount of appreciation of our investments. These fees could influence the advice provided to us. Generally, the more equity we sell in public offerings and the greater the risk assumed by us with respect to our investments, the greater the potential for growth in our assets and profits, and, correlatively, the fees payable by us to the Dealer Manager and our Adviser. These compensation arrangements could affect our Adviser’s or its affiliates’ judgment with respect to public offerings of equity and investments made by us, which allow the Dealer Manager to earn additional upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees and our Adviser to earn increased asset management fees.

The time and resources that individuals associated with our Adviser devote to us may be diverted, and we may face additional competition due to the fact that neither our Adviser nor its affiliates is prohibited from raising money for or managing another entity that makes the same types of investments that we target.

The Adviser and its respective affiliates currently manage other investment entities, including Owl Rock Capital Corporation, and are not prohibited from raising money for and managing future investment entities that make the same types of investments as those we target. As a result, the time and resources that our Adviser devotes to us may be diverted, and during times of intense activity in other programs they may devote less time and resources to our business than is necessary or appropriate. In addition, we may compete with any such investment entity also managed by the Adviser for the same investors and investment opportunities.

The Adviser will experience conflicts of interest in connection with the management of our business affairs.

Our Adviser will experience conflicts of interest in connection with the management of our business affairs relating to and arising from a number of matters, including: the allocation of investment opportunities by our Adviser and its affiliates; compensation to our Adviser; services that may be provided by our Adviser and its affiliates to issuers in which we invest; investments by us and other clients of our Adviser, subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act; the formation of additional investment funds managed by our Adviser; differing recommendations given by our Adviser to us versus other clients; our Adviser’s use of information gained from issuers in our portfolio for investments by other clients, subject to applicable law; and restrictions on our Adviser’s use of “inside information” with respect to potential investments by us.

The Adviser may face conflicts of interest with respect to services performed for issuers in which we invest.

Our Adviser and its affiliates may provide a broad range of financial services to companies in which we invest, including providing arrangement, syndication, origination structuring and other services to our borrowers, in compliance with applicable law, and will generally be paid fees for such services. In addition, affiliates of our Adviser may act as placement agents or in similar capacities in connection with an offering of securities by one of the companies in our portfolio. Any compensation received by our Adviser for providing these services will

 

31


Table of Contents

not be shared with us and may be received before we realize a return on our investment. Our Adviser may face conflicts of interest with respect to services performed for these companies, on the one hand, and investments recommended to us, on the other hand.

The Adviser may have incentives to favor their respective other accounts and clients over us, which may result in conflicts of interest that could be harmful to us.

Because our Adviser and its affiliates manage assets for, or may in the future manage assets for, other investment companies, pooled investment vehicles and/or other accounts (including institutional clients, pension plans, co-invest vehicles and certain high net worth individuals), certain conflicts of interest are present. For instance, the Adviser and its affiliates may receive asset management performance-based, or other fees from certain accounts that are higher than the fees received by our Adviser from us. In those instances, a portfolio manager for our Adviser has an incentive to favor the higher fee and/or performance-based fee accounts over us. In addition, a conflict of interest exists to the extent our Adviser, its affiliates, or any of their respective executives, portfolio managers or employees have proprietary or personal investments in other investment companies or accounts or when certain other investment companies or accounts are investment options in our Adviser’s or its affiliates’ employee benefit plans. In these circumstances, our Adviser has an incentive to favor these other investment companies or accounts over us. Our board of directors will monitor these conflicts but there can be no assurances that such monitoring will fully mitigate any such conflicts.

Our fee structure may create incentives for our Adviser to make speculative investments or use substantial leverage.

The incentive fee payable by us to our Adviser may create an incentive for our Adviser to make investments on our behalf that are risky or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation arrangements. The way in which the incentive fee is determined may encourage our Adviser to use leverage to increase the leveraged return on our investment portfolio.

In addition, the fact that our base management fee is payable based upon our average gross assets (which includes any borrowings for investment purposes) may encourage our Adviser to use leverage to make additional investments. Such a practice could make such investments more risky than would otherwise be the case, which could result in higher investment losses, particularly during cyclical economic downturns. Under certain circumstances, the use of substantial leverage (up to the limits prescribed by the 1940 Act) may increase the likelihood of our defaulting on our borrowings, which would be detrimental to holders of our securities.

Our Adviser’s actions on behalf of its other accounts and clients may be adverse to us and our investments and harmful to us.

Our Adviser and its affiliates manage assets for accounts other than us, including private funds (for purposes of this section, “Adviser Funds”). Actions taken by our Adviser or its affiliates on behalf of its Adviser Funds may be adverse to us and our investments, which could harm our performance. For example, we may invest in the same credit obligations as other Adviser Funds, although, to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, our investments may include different obligations of the same issuer. Decisions made with respect to the securities held by one Adviser Fund may cause (or have the potential to cause) harm to the different class of securities of the issuer held by other Adviser Funds (including us).

Our Adviser serves as an adviser to another business development company with substantially the same investment objective and strategies, subjecting our Adviser to certain conflicts of interests.

We may compete for investments with affiliated business development companies that are also advised by our Adviser, subjecting our Adviser and its affiliates to certain conflicts of interest in evaluating the suitability of investment opportunities and making or recommending acquisitions on our behalf. To mitigate these conflicts, our Adviser will seek to execute such transactions for all of the participating investment accounts, including us,

 

32


Table of Contents

on a fair and equitable basis and in accordance with their respective allocation policies, taking into account such factors as the relative amounts of capital available for new investments, cash on hand, existing commitments and reserves, the investment programs and portfolio positions of the participating investment accounts, the clients for which participation is appropriate, targeted leverage level, targeted asset mix and any other factors deemed appropriate.

In the future, we may co-invest with investment funds, accounts and vehicles managed by the Adviser, where doing so is consistent with our investment strategy as well as applicable law and SEC staff interpretations. We generally will only be permitted to co-invest with such investment funds, accounts and vehicles where the only term that is negotiated is price. However, we and the Adviser have filed an exemptive application with the SEC to permit greater flexibility to negotiate the terms of co-investments with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by the Adviser in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. Although we have filed this exemptive application, there can be no assurance that we will receive exemptive relief from the SEC to permit us to co-invest with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by the Adviser where terms other than price are negotiated.

Our Adviser may provide services to our portfolio companies.

Our Adviser and its affiliates may provide a broad range of financial services to our portfolio companies, including providing arrangement, syndication, origination, structuring and other services to our portfolio companies, in compliance with applicable law, and will generally be paid fees for such services. In addition, affiliates of our Adviser may act as placement agents or in similar capacities in connection with an offering of securities by one of our portfolio companies. Any compensation received by the Adviser for providing these services will not be shared with us and may be received before we realize a return on our investment. Our Adviser may face conflicts of interest with respect to services performed for these companies, on the one hand, and investments recommended to us, on the other hand.

Our access to confidential information may restrict our ability to take action with respect to some investments, which, in turn, may negatively affect our results of operations.

We, directly or through our Adviser, may obtain confidential information about the companies in which we have invested or may invest or be deemed to have such confidential information. Our Adviser may come into possession of material, non-public information through its members, officers, directors, employees, principals or affiliates. The possession of such information may, to our detriment, limit the ability of us and our Adviser to buy or sell a security or otherwise to participate in an investment opportunity. In certain circumstances, employees of our Adviser may serve as board members or in other capacities for portfolio or potential portfolio companies, which could restrict our ability to trade in the securities of such companies. For example, if personnel of our Adviser come into possession of material non-public information with respect to our investments, such personnel will be restricted by our Adviser’s information-sharing policies and procedures or by law or contract from sharing such information with our management team, even where the disclosure of such information would be in our best interests or would otherwise influence decisions taken by the members of the management team with respect to that investment. This conflict and these procedures and practices may limit the freedom of our Adviser to enter into or exit from potentially profitable investments for us, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will be able to fully leverage the resources and industry expertise of our Adviser in the course of its respective duties. Additionally, there may be circumstances in which one or more individuals associated with our Adviser will be precluded from providing services to us because of certain confidential information available to those individuals or to other parts of our Adviser.

 

33


Table of Contents

We may be obligated to pay our Adviser incentive fees even if we incur a net loss due to a decline in the value of our portfolio and even if our earned interest income is not payable in cash.

The Investment Advisory Agreement entitles our Adviser to receive an incentive fee based on our pre-incentive fee net investment income regardless of any capital losses. In such case, we may be required to pay our Adviser an incentive fee for a fiscal quarter even if there is a decline in the value of our portfolio or if we incur a net loss for that quarter.

Any incentive fee payable by us that relates to the pre-incentive fee net investment income may be computed and paid on income that may include interest that has been accrued but not yet received or interest in the form of securities received rather than cash (“payment-in-kind”, or “PIK”, income). PIK income will be included in the pre-incentive fee net investment income used to calculate the incentive fee to our Adviser even though we do not receive the income in the form of cash. If a portfolio company defaults on a loan that is structured to provide accrued interest income, it is possible that accrued interest income previously included in the calculation of the incentive fee will become uncollectible. Our Adviser is not obligated to reimburse us for any part of the incentive fee it received that was based on accrued interest income that we never receive as a result of a subsequent default.

The quarterly incentive fee on income is recognized and paid without regard to: (i) the trend of pre-incentive fee net investment income as a percent of adjusted capital over multiple quarters in arrears which may in fact be consistently less than the quarterly preferred return, or (ii) the net income or net loss in the current calendar quarter, the current year or any combination of prior periods.

For federal income tax purposes, we may be required to recognize taxable income in some circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash and to make distributions with respect to such income to maintain our status as a RIC and/or minimize excise tax. Under such circumstances, we may have difficulty meeting the annual distribution requirement necessary to maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code. This difficulty in making the required distribution may be amplified to the extent that we are required to pay the incentive fee on income with respect to such accrued income. As a result, we may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital, or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates will be restricted.

We will be prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with certain of our affiliates without the prior approval of a majority of our independent directors and, in some cases, the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of our outstanding voting securities will be our affiliate for purposes of the 1940 Act, and we will generally be prohibited from buying or selling any securities from or to such affiliate on a principal basis, absent the prior approval of our board of directors and, in some cases, the SEC. The 1940 Act also prohibits certain “joint” transactions with certain of our affiliates, which in certain circumstances could include investments in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or different times to the extent the transaction involves a joint investment), without prior approval of our board of directors and, in some cases, the SEC. If a person acquires more than 25% of our voting securities, we will be prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to such person or certain of that person’s affiliates, or entering into prohibited joint transactions with such persons, absent the prior approval of the SEC. Similar restrictions limit our ability to transact business with our officers or directors or their affiliates or anyone who is under common control with us. The SEC has interpreted the business development company regulations governing transactions with affiliates to prohibit certain joint transactions involving entities that share a common investment adviser. As a result of these restrictions, we may be prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to any portfolio company that is controlled by a fund managed by either of our Adviser or its affiliates without the prior approval of the SEC, which may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to us.

 

34


Table of Contents

We, Owl Rock Capital Advisors and certain of its affiliates have submitted an exemptive application to the SEC to permit us to co-invest with other funds managed by Owl Rock Capital Advisors or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. There can be no assurance that this exemptive order will be granted. If such relief is granted, then we will be permitted to co-invest with our affiliates if a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our independent directors make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the transactions, including the consideration to be paid, are reasonable and fair to us and our stockholders and do not involve overreaching by us or our stockholders on the part of any person concerned and (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our stockholders and is consistent with our investment objective and strategies.

In situations when co-investment with affiliates’ other clients is not permitted under the 1940 Act and related rules, existing or future staff guidance, or the terms and conditions of any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC (as discussed above), our Adviser will need to decide which client or clients will proceed with the investment. Generally, we will not be entitled to make a co-investment in these circumstances and, to the extent that another client elects to proceed with the investment, we will not be permitted to participate. Moreover, except in certain circumstances, we will not invest in any issuer in which an affiliate’s other client holds a controlling interest.

We may make investments that could give rise to a conflict of interest.

We do not expect to invest in, or hold securities of, companies that are controlled by an affiliate’s other clients. However, an affiliate’s other clients may invest in, and gain control over, one of our portfolio companies. If an affiliate’s other client, or clients, gains control over one of our portfolio companies, it may create conflicts of interest and may subject us to certain restrictions under the 1940 Act. As a result of these conflicts and restrictions our Adviser may be unable to implement our investment strategies as effectively as they could have in the absence of such conflicts or restrictions. For example, as a result of a conflict or restriction, our Adviser may be unable to engage in certain transactions that they would otherwise pursue. In order to avoid these conflicts and restrictions, our Adviser may choose to exit such investments prematurely and, as a result, we may forego any positive returns associated with such investments. In addition, to the extent that an affiliate’s other client holds a different class of securities than us as a result of such transactions, our interests may not be aligned.

The recommendations given to us by our Adviser may differ from those rendered to their other clients.

Our Adviser and its affiliates may give advice and recommend securities to other clients which may differ from advice given to, or securities recommended or bought for, us even though such other clients’ investment objectives may be similar to ours, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our Adviser’s liability is limited under the Investment Advisory Agreement, and we are required to indemnify our Adviser against certain liabilities, which may lead our Adviser to act in a riskier manner on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.

Our Adviser has not assumed any responsibility to us other than to render the services described in the Investment Advisory Agreement, and it will not be responsible for any action of our board of directors in declining to follow our Adviser’ advice or recommendations. Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, our Adviser and its directors, officers, stockholders, members, agents, employees, controlling persons, and any other person or entity affiliated with, or acting on behalf of our Adviser will not be liable to us for their acts under the Investment Advisory Agreement, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard in the performance of their duties. We have also agreed to indemnify, defend and protect our Adviser and its directors, officers, stockholders, members, agents, employees, controlling persons and any other person or entity affiliated with, or acting on behalf of our Adviser with respect to all damages, liabilities, costs and

 

35


Table of Contents

expenses resulting from acts of our Adviser not arising out of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard in the performance of their duties. These protections may lead our Adviser to act in a riskier manner when acting on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.

Our Adviser’s net worth is not available to satisfy our liabilities and other obligations.

As required by the Omnibus Guidelines, as adopted by the North American Securities Administrators Association (“NASAA”), our Adviser and its parent entities have an aggregate net worth in excess of $30.5 million. However, no portion of such net worth will be available to us to satisfy any of our liabilities or other obligations. The use of our own funds to satisfy such liabilities or other obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Business Development Companies

The requirement that we invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets could preclude us from investing in accordance with our current business strategy; conversely, the failure to invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets could result in our failure to maintain our status as a business development company.

As a business development company, the 1940 Act prohibits us from acquiring any assets other than certain qualifying assets unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets. Therefore, we may be precluded from investing in what we believe are attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets. Conversely, if we fail to invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could lose our status as a business development company, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Similarly, these rules could prevent us from making additional investments in existing portfolio companies, which could result in the dilution of our position, or could require us to dispose of investments at an inopportune time to comply with the 1940 Act. If we were forced to sell non-qualifying investments in the portfolio for compliance purposes, the proceeds from such sale could be significantly less than the current value of such investments.

Failure to maintain our status as a business development company would reduce our operating flexibility.

If we do not remain a business development company, we might be regulated as a closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act, which would subject us to substantially more regulatory restrictions and correspondingly decrease our operating flexibility.

Regulations governing our operation as a business development company and RIC affect our ability to raise capital and the way in which we raise additional capital or borrow for investment purposes, which may have a negative effect on our growth. As a business development company, the necessity of raising additional capital may expose us to risks, including risks associated with leverage.

As a result of the annual distribution requirement to qualify as a RIC, we may need to access the capital markets periodically to raise cash to fund new investments in portfolio companies. We may issue “senior securities,” including borrowing money from banks or other financial institutions only in amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% after such incurrence or issuance. If we issue senior securities, we will be exposed to risks associated with leverage, including an increased risk of loss. Our ability to issue different types of securities is also limited. Compliance with RIC distribution requirements may unfavorably limit our investment opportunities and reduce our ability in comparison to other companies to profit from favorable spreads between the rates at which we can borrow and the rates at which we can lend. Therefore, we intend to seek to continuously issue equity securities, which may lead to stockholder dilution.

We may borrow to fund investments. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy the asset coverage test, which would prohibit us from paying distributions and could prevent us from qualifying as a RIC, which would generally result in a corporate-level tax on any income and net gains. If we cannot satisfy the

 

36


Table of Contents

asset coverage test, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our debt financing, repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous. Also, any amounts that we use to service our indebtedness would not be available for distributions to our stockholders.

In addition, we anticipate that as market conditions permit, we may securitize our loans to generate cash for funding new investments. To securitize loans, we may create a wholly owned subsidiary, contribute a pool of loans to the subsidiary and have the subsidiary issue primarily investment grade debt securities to purchasers who would be expected to be willing to accept a substantially lower interest rate than the loans earn. We would retain all or a portion of the equity in the securitized pool of loans. Our retained equity would be exposed to any losses on the portfolio of loans before any of the debt securities would be exposed to such losses.

Risks Related to Our Investments

Our investments in portfolio companies may be risky, and we could lose all or part of our investments.

We intend to pursue a strategy focused primarily on originating and making loans to, and making debt and equity investments in, U.S. middle market companies, with a focus on originated transactions sourced through the networks of our Adviser. Short transaction closing timeframes associated with originated transactions coupled with added tax or accounting structuring complexity and international transactions may result in higher risk in comparison to non-originated transactions.

First-Lien Debt. When we make a first-lien loan, we generally take a security interest in the available assets of the portfolio company, including the equity interests of its subsidiaries, which we expect to help mitigate the risk that we will not be repaid. However, there is a risk that the collateral securing our loans may decrease in value over time, may be difficult to sell in a timely manner, may be difficult to appraise, and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business and market conditions, including as a result of the inability of the portfolio company to raise additional capital. In some circumstances, our lien is, or could become, subordinated to claims of other creditors. Consequently, the fact that a loan is secured does not guarantee that we will receive principal and interest payments according to the loan’s terms, or at all, or that we will be able to collect on the loan should we need to enforce our remedies. In addition, in connection with any “last out” first-lien loans in which we may invest, we would enter into agreements among lenders. Under these agreements, our interest in the collateral of the first-lien loans may rank junior to those of other lenders in the loan under certain circumstances. This may result in greater risk and loss of principal on these loans.

Second-Lien and Mezzanine Debt. Our investments in second-lien and mezzanine debt generally are subordinated to senior loans and will either have junior security interests or be unsecured. As such, other creditors may rank senior to us in the event of insolvency. This may result in greater risk and loss of principal.

Equity Investments. When we invest in first-lien debt, second-lien debt or mezzanine debt, we may acquire equity securities, such as warrants, options and convertible instruments, as well. In addition, we may invest directly in the equity securities of portfolio companies. We seek to dispose of these equity interests and realize gains upon our disposition of these interests. However, the equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.

Most debt securities in which we intend to invest will not be rated by any rating agency and, if they were rated, they would be rated as below investment grade quality. Debt securities rated below investment grade quality are generally regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics and may carry a greater risk with respect to a borrower’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

 

37


Table of Contents

The credit ratings of certain of our investments may not be indicative of the actual credit risk of such rated instruments.

Rating agencies rate debt securities based upon their assessment of the likelihood of the receipt of principal and interest payments. Rating agencies do not consider the risks of fluctuations in market value or other factors that may influence the value of debt securities. Therefore, the credit rating assigned to a particular instrument may not fully reflect the true risks of an investment in such instrument. Credit rating agencies may change their methods of evaluating credit risk and determining ratings. These changes may occur quickly and often. While we may give some consideration to ratings, ratings may not be indicative of the actual credit risk of our investments in rated instruments.

Prepayments of our debt investments by our portfolio companies could adversely impact our results of operations and reduce our return on equity.

We are subject to the risk that the investments we make in our portfolio companies may be repaid prior to maturity. When this occurs, we will generally reinvest these proceeds in temporary investments, pending their future investment in new portfolio companies. These temporary investments will typically have substantially lower yields than the debt being prepaid and we could experience significant delays in reinvesting these amounts. Any future investment in a new portfolio company may also be at lower yields than the debt that was repaid. As a result, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected if one or more of our portfolio companies elect to prepay amounts owed to us. Additionally, prepayments, net of prepayment fees, could negatively impact our return on equity. This risk will be more acute when interest rates decrease, as we may be unable to reinvest at rates as favorable as when we made our initial investment.

A redemption of convertible securities held by us could have an adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective.

A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument. If a convertible security held by us is called for redemption, we will be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security, convert it into the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. Any of these actions could have an adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective.

To the extent original issue discount (OID) and payment-in-kind (PIK) interest income constitute a portion of our income, we will be exposed to risks associated with the deferred receipt of cash representing such income.

Our investments may include OID and PIK instruments. To the extent OID and PIK constitute a portion of our income, we will be exposed to risks associated with such income being required to be included in income for financial reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and taxable income prior to receipt of cash, including the following:

 

    Original issue discount instruments may have unreliable valuations because the accruals require judgments about collectability or deferred payments and the value of any associated collateral;

 

    Original issue discount instruments may create heightened credit risks because the inducement to the borrower to accept higher interest rates in exchange for the deferral of cash payments typically represents, to some extent, speculation on the part of the borrower;

 

    For GAAP purposes, cash distributions to stockholders that include a component of OID income do not come from paid-in capital, although they may be paid from the offering proceeds. Thus, although a distribution of OID income may come from the cash invested by the stockholders, the 1940 Act does not require that stockholders be given notice of this fact;

 

    The presence of OID and PIK creates the risk of non-refundable cash payments to our Adviser in the form of incentive fees on income based on non-cash OID and PIK accruals that may never be realized; and

 

38


Table of Contents
    In the case of PIK, “toggle” debt, which gives the issuer the option to defer an interest payment in exchange for an increased interest rate in the future, the PIK election has the simultaneous effect of increasing the investment income, thus increasing the potential for realizing incentive fees.

Our portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies.

We intend to pursue a strategy focused on investing primarily in the debt of privately owned U.S. companies with a focus on originated transactions sourced through the networks of our Adviser. Our portfolio companies may have, or may be permitted to incur, other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the debt in which we invest. By their terms, such debt instruments may entitle the holders to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments with respect to the debt instruments in which we invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, any holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution. After repaying such senior creditors, such portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to us. In the case of debt ranking equally with debt instruments in which we invest, we would have to share on an equal basis any distributions with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company and our portfolio company may not have sufficient assets to pay all equally ranking credit even if we hold senior, first-lien debt.

If we cannot obtain debt financing or equity capital on acceptable terms, our ability to acquire investments and to expand our operations will be adversely affected.

The net proceeds from the sale of our shares will be used for our investment opportunities, and, if necessary, the payment of operating expenses and the payment of various fees and expenses such as base management fees, incentive fees, other fees and distributions. Any working capital reserves we maintain may not be sufficient for investment purposes, and we may require additional debt financing or equity capital to operate. Pursuant to tax rules that apply to us, we will be required to distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders to maintain our RIC status. Accordingly, in the event that we need additional capital in the future for investments or for any other reason we may need to access the capital markets periodically to issue debt or equity securities or borrow from financial institutions in order to obtain such additional capital. These sources of funding may not be available to us due to unfavorable economic conditions, which could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. Consequently, if we cannot obtain further debt or equity financing on acceptable terms, our ability to acquire additional investments and to expand our operations will be adversely affected. As a result, we would be less able to diversify our portfolio and achieve our investment objective, which may negatively impact our results of operations and reduce our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

Subordinated liens on collateral securing debt investments that we may make to portfolio companies may be subject to control by senior creditors with first priority liens. If there is a default, the value of the collateral may not be sufficient to repay in full both the first priority creditors and us.

Certain debt investments that we will make in portfolio companies will be secured on a second priority basis by the same collateral securing senior debt of such companies. We also make debt investments in portfolio companies secured on a first priority basis. The first priority liens on the collateral will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under any outstanding senior debt and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under the agreements governing the debt. In the event of a default, the holders of obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral will generally control the liquidation of and be entitled to receive proceeds from any realization of the collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and

 

39


Table of Contents

economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from the sale or sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the debt obligations secured by the first priority or second priority liens after payment in full of all obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral. If such proceeds are not sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the debt obligations secured by the first priority or second priority liens, then we, to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, will only have an unsecured claim against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

We may also make unsecured debt investments in portfolio companies, meaning that such investments will not benefit from any interest in collateral of such companies. Liens on any such portfolio company’s collateral, if any, will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under its outstanding secured debt and may secure certain future debt that is permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under its secured debt agreements. The holders of obligations secured by such liens will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of such collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of such collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of such collateral would be sufficient to satisfy our unsecured debt obligations after payment in full of all secured debt obligations. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay the outstanding secured debt obligations, then our unsecured claims would rank equally with the unpaid portion of such secured creditors’ claims against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

The rights we may have with respect to the collateral securing the debt investments we make in our portfolio companies with senior debt outstanding may also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more inter-creditor agreements that we enter into with the holders of senior debt. Under such an inter-creditor agreement, at any time obligations that have the benefit of the first priority liens are outstanding, any of the following actions that may be taken in respect of the collateral will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first priority liens: the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral; the ability to control the conduct of such proceedings; the approval of amendments to collateral documents; releases of liens on the collateral; and waivers of past defaults under collateral documents. We may not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights are adversely affected.

Certain of our investments may be adversely affected by laws relating to fraudulent conveyance or voidable preferences.

Certain of our investments could be subject to federal bankruptcy law and state fraudulent transfer laws, which vary from state to state, if the debt obligations relating to certain investments were issued with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors or, in certain circumstances, if the issuer receives less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for issuing such debt obligations. If the debt proceeds are used for a buyout of stockholders, this risk is greater than if the debt proceeds are used for day-to-day operations or organic growth. If a court were to find that the issuance of the debt obligations was a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, the court could void or otherwise refuse to recognize the payment obligations under the debt obligations or the collateral supporting such obligations, further subordinate the debt obligations or the liens supporting such obligations to other existing and future indebtedness of the issuer or require us to repay any amounts received by us with respect to the debt obligations or collateral. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent transfer or conveyance occurred, we may not receive any repayment on such debt obligations.

Under certain circumstances, payments to us and distributions by us to our stockholders may be reclaimed if any such payment or distribution is later determined to have been a fraudulent conveyance, preferential payment or similar transaction under applicable bankruptcy and insolvency laws. Furthermore, investments in restructurings may be adversely affected by statutes relating to, among other things, fraudulent conveyances, voidable preferences, lender liability and the court’s discretionary power to disallow, subordinate or disenfranchise particular claims or recharacterize investments made in the form of debt as equity contributions.

 

40


Table of Contents

There may be circumstances where our debt investments could be subordinated to claims of other creditors or we could be subject to lender liability claims.

Although we intend to generally structure certain of our investments as senior debt, if one of our portfolio companies were to go bankrupt, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we provided managerial assistance to that portfolio company or a representative of us or our Adviser sat on the board of directors of such portfolio company, a bankruptcy court might re-characterize our debt investment and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to that of other creditors. In situations where a bankruptcy carries a high degree of political significance, our legal rights may be subordinated to other creditors.

In addition, a number of U.S. judicial decisions have upheld judgments obtained by borrowers against lending institutions on the basis of various evolving legal theories, collectively termed “lender liability.” Generally, lender liability is founded on the premise that a lender has violated a duty (whether implied or contractual) of good faith, commercial reasonableness and fair dealing, or a similar duty owed to the borrower or has assumed an excessive degree of control over the borrower resulting in the creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or its other creditors or stockholders. Because of the nature of our investments in portfolio companies (including that, as a business development company, we may be required to provide managerial assistance to those portfolio companies if they so request upon our offer), we may be subject to allegations of lender liability.

We generally will not control the business operations of our portfolio companies and, due to the illiquid nature of our holdings in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to dispose of our interest in our portfolio companies.

We do not expect to control most of our portfolio companies, although we may have board representation or board observation rights, and our debt agreements may impose certain restrictive covenants on our borrowers. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company in which we invest may make business decisions with which we disagree and the management of such company, as representatives of the holders of their common equity, may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not serve our interests as a debt investor. Due to the lack of liquidity for our investments in private companies, we may not be able to dispose of our interests in our portfolio companies as readily as we would like or at a favorable value. As a result, a portfolio company may make decisions that could decrease the value of our portfolio holdings.

We will be exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates.

General interest rate fluctuations may have a substantial negative impact on our investments and investment opportunities and, accordingly, may have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective and the rate of return on invested capital. Because we may borrow money to make investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest these funds. As a result, there can be no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income.

We expect that many of our debt investments will be based on floating interest rates, such as LIBOR, EURIBOR, the Federal Funds Rate or the Prime Rate, that reset on a periodic basis, and that many of our investments will be subject to interest rate floors. A reduction in the interest rates on new investments relative to interest rates on current investments could have an adverse impact on our net investment income, which also could be negatively impacted by our borrowers making prepayments on their loans. On the other hand, an increase in interest rates could increase the interest repayment obligations of our borrowers and result in challenges to their financial performance and ability to repay their obligations. In addition, our cost of funds likely will increase because the interest rates on the majority of amounts we may borrow are likely to be floating, which could reduce our net investment income to the extent any debt investments have fixed interest rates, and the interest rate on investments with an interest rate floor will not increase until interest rates exceed the applicable floor.

 

41


Table of Contents

Trading prices for debt that pays a fixed rate of return tend to fall as interest rates rise. Trading prices tend to fluctuate more for fixed-rate securities that have longer maturities. Moreover, an increase in interest rates available to investors could make investment in our common stock less attractive if we are not able to increase our dividend rate, which could reduce the value of our common stock. Federal Reserve policy, including with respect to certain interest rates and the decision to end its quantitative easing policy, may also adversely affect the value, volatility and liquidity of dividend- and interest-paying securities. Market volatility, rising interest rates and/or a return to unfavorable economic conditions could adversely affect our business.

We may enter into certain hedging transactions, such as interest rate swap agreements, in an effort to mitigate our exposure to adverse fluctuations in interest rates and we may increase our floating rate investments to position the portfolio for rate increases. However, we cannot assure you that such transactions will be successful in mitigating our exposure to interest rate risk or if we will enter into such interest rate hedges. Hedging transactions may also limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to our portfolio investments.

We will not have a policy governing the maturities of our investments. This means that we are subject to greater risk (other things being equal) than a fund invested solely in shorter-term securities. A decline in the prices of the debt we own could adversely affect our net asset value. Also, an increase in interest rates available to investors could make an investment in our common stock less attractive if we are not able to increase our dividend rate.

To the extent that we make floating rate debt investments, a rise in the general level of interest rates would lead to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates may result in an increase in the amount of the Incentive Fee payable to the Adviser.

International investments create additional risks.

We expect to make investments in portfolio companies that are domiciled outside of the United States. We anticipate that up to 30% of our investments may be in these types of assets. Our investments in foreign portfolio companies are deemed “non-qualifying assets”, which means, as required by the 1940 Act, they, along with other non-qualifying assets, may not constitute more than 30% of our total assets at the time of our acquisition of any such asset, after giving effect to the acquisition. Notwithstanding the limitation on our ownership of foreign portfolio companies, such investments subject us to many of the same risks as our domestic investments, as well as certain additional risks, including the following:

 

    foreign governmental laws, rules and policies, including those relating to taxation and bankruptcy and restricting the ownership of assets in the foreign country or the repatriation of profits from the foreign country to the United States and any adverse changes in these laws;

 

    foreign currency devaluations that reduce the value of and returns on our foreign investments;

 

    adverse changes in the availability, cost and terms of investments due to the varying economic policies of a foreign country in which we invest;

 

    adverse changes in tax rates, the tax treatment of transaction structures and other changes in operating expenses of a particular foreign country in which we invest;

 

    the assessment of foreign-country taxes (including withholding taxes, transfer taxes and value added taxes, any or all of which could be significant) on income or gains from our investments in the foreign country;

 

    changes that adversely affect the social, political and/or economic stability of a foreign country in which we invest;

 

    high inflation in the foreign countries in which we invest, which could increase the costs to us of investing in those countries;

 

42


Table of Contents
    deflationary periods in the foreign countries in which we invest, which could reduce demand for our assets in those countries and diminish the value of such investments and the related investment returns to us; and

 

    legal and logistical barriers in the foreign countries in which we invest that materially and adversely limit our ability to enforce our contractual rights with respect to those investments.

In addition, we may make investments in countries whose governments or economies may prove unstable. Certain of the countries in which we may invest may have political, economic and legal systems that are unpredictable, unreliable or otherwise inadequate with respect to the implementation, interpretation and enforcement of laws protecting asset ownership and economic interests. In some of the countries in which we may invest, there may be a risk of nationalization, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, which may have an adverse effect on our portfolio companies in those countries and the rates of return that we are able to achieve on such investments. We may also lose the total value of any investment which is nationalized, expropriated or confiscated. The financial results and investment opportunities available to us, particularly in developing countries and emerging markets, may be materially and adversely affected by any or all of these political, economic and legal risks.

We may acquire various structured financial instruments for purposes of “hedging” or reducing our risks, which may be costly and ineffective and could reduce the cash available to service our debt or for distribution to our stockholders.

We may seek to hedge against interest rate and currency exchange rate fluctuations and credit risk by using structured financial instruments such as futures, options, swaps and forward contracts, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act. Use of structured financial instruments for hedging purposes may present significant risks, including the risk of loss of the amounts invested. Defaults by the other party to a hedging transaction can result in losses in the hedging transaction. Hedging activities also involve the risk of an imperfect correlation between the hedging instrument and the asset being hedged, which could result in losses both on the hedging transaction and on the instrument being hedged. Use of hedging activities may not prevent significant losses and could increase our losses. Further, hedging transactions may reduce cash available to service our debt or pay distributions to our stockholders.

We may enter into total return swaps that would expose us to certain risks, including market risk, liquidity risk and other risks similar to those associated with the use of leverage.

A total return swap is a contract in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in the market value of the assets underlying the total return swap, which may include a specified security or loan, basket of securities or loans or securities or loan indices during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate. A total return swap is typically used to obtain exposure to a security, loan or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or loan or investing directly in such market. A total return swap may effectively add leverage to our portfolio because, in addition to our total net assets, we would be subject to investment exposure on the amount of securities or loans subject to the total return swap. A total return swap is also subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations thereunder or that we will not be able to meet our obligations to the counterparty. In addition, because a total return swap is a form of synthetic leverage, such arrangements are subject to risks similar to those associated with the use of leverage.

Defaults by our portfolio companies could harm our operating results.

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its debt financing and foreclosure on its secured assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize a portfolio company’s ability to meet

 

43


Table of Contents

its obligations under the debt or equity investments that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms, which may include the waiver of certain financial covenants, with a defaulting portfolio company.

As part of our lending activities, we may in certain opportunistic circumstances originate loans to companies that are experiencing significant financial or business difficulties, including companies involved in bankruptcy or other reorganization and liquidation proceedings. Any such investment would involve a substantial degree of risk. In any reorganization or liquidation proceeding relating to a company that we fund, we may lose all or part of the amounts advanced to the borrower or may be required to accept collateral with a value less than the amount of the loan advanced by us to the borrower.

We cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain various required licenses in U.S. states or in any other jurisdiction where they may be required in the future.

We are required to have and may be required in the future to obtain various state licenses to, among other things, originate commercial loans, and may be required to obtain similar licenses from other authorities, including outside of the United States, in the future in connection with one or more investments. Applying for and obtaining required licenses can be costly and take several months. We cannot assure you that we will maintain or obtain all of the licenses that we need on a timely basis. We also are and will be subject to various information and other requirements to maintain and obtain these licenses, and we cannot assure you that we will satisfy those requirements. Our failure to maintain or obtain licenses that we require, now or in the future, might restrict investment options and have other adverse consequences.

An investment strategy focused primarily on privately held companies presents certain challenges, including the lack of available information about these companies.

We intend to invest primarily in privately held companies. Investments in private companies pose certain incremental risks as compared to investments in public companies including that they:

 

    have reduced access to the capital markets, resulting in diminished capital resources and ability to withstand financial distress;

 

    may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt obligations that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of our realizing any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment;

 

    may have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and changing market conditions, as well as general economic downturns;

 

    are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons and, therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on the company and, in turn, on us; and

 

    generally have less predictable operating results, may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence, and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position.

In addition, investments in private companies tend to be less liquid. The securities of private companies are not publicly traded or actively traded on the secondary market and are, instead, traded on a privately negotiated over-the-counter secondary market for institutional investors. These over-the-counter secondary markets may be inactive during an economic downturn or a credit crisis and in any event often have lower volumes than publicly

 

44


Table of Contents

traded securities even in normal market conditions. In addition, the securities in these companies will be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or will otherwise be less liquid than publicly traded securities. If there is no readily available market for these investments, we are required to carry these investments at fair value as determined by our board of directors. As a result, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we had previously recorded these investments. We may also face other restrictions on our ability to liquidate an investment in a portfolio company to the extent that we, our Adviser or any of its affiliates have material nonpublic information regarding such portfolio company or where the sale would be an impermissible joint transaction. The reduced liquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to dispose of them at a favorable price, and, as a result, we may suffer losses.

Finally, little public information generally exists about private companies and these companies may not have third-party credit ratings or audited financial statements. We must therefore rely on the ability of our Adviser to obtain adequate information through due diligence to evaluate the creditworthiness and potential returns from investing in these companies. Additionally, these companies and their financial information will not generally be subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and other rules that govern public companies. If we are unable to uncover all material information about these companies, we may not make a fully informed investment decision, and we may lose money on our investments.

Certain investment analyses and decisions by the Adviser may be required to be undertaken on an expedited basis.

Investment analyses and decisions by the Adviser may be required to be undertaken on an expedited basis to take advantage of certain investment opportunities. While we generally will not seek to make an investment until the Adviser has conducted sufficient due diligence to make a determination as to the acceptability of the credit quality of the investment and the underlying issuer, in such cases, the information available to the Adviser at the time of making an investment decision may be limited. Therefore, no assurance can be given that the Adviser will have knowledge of all circumstances that may adversely affect an investment. In addition, the Adviser expects often to rely upon independent consultants in connection with its evaluation of proposed investments. No assurance can be given as to the accuracy or completeness of the information provided by such independent consultants and we may incur liability as a result of such consultants’ actions, many of whom we will have limited recourse against in the event of any such inaccuracies.

We may not have the funds or ability to make additional investments in our portfolio companies or to fund our unfunded commitments.

After our initial investment in a portfolio company, we may be called upon from time to time to provide additional funds to such company or have the opportunity to increase our investment through the exercise of a warrant or other right to purchase common stock. There is no assurance that we will make, or will have sufficient funds to make, follow-on investments. Even if we do have sufficient capital to make a desired follow-on investment, we may elect not to make a follow-on investment because we may not want to increase our level of risk, we prefer other opportunities, we are limited in our ability to do so by compliance with business development company requirements or in order to maintain our RIC status. Our ability to make follow-on investments may also be limited by our Adviser’s allocation policies. Any decision not to make a follow-on investment or any inability on our part to make such an investment may have a negative impact on a portfolio company in need of such an investment, may result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful investment or may reduce the expected return to us on the investment.

Pending legislation may allow us to incur additional leverage.

As a BDC, under the 1940 Act we generally are not permitted to incur borrowings, issue debt securities or issue preferred stock unless immediately after the borrowing or issuance the ratio of total assets (less total liabilities other than indebtedness) to total indebtedness plus preferred stock is at least 200%. Legislation introduced in the U.S. House of Representatives, if passed, would modify this section of the 1940 Act and

 

45


Table of Contents

increase the amount of debt that BDCs may incur by modifying the asset coverage percentage from 200% to 150%. As a result, we may be able to incur additional indebtedness in the future and you may face increased investment risk. In addition, since our base management fee is calculated as a percentage of the value of our gross assets, excluding cash and cash-equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts. Our base management fee expenses will increase if we incur additional indebtedness to the extent we use leverage to make investments.

To the extent that we borrow money, the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested in us will be magnified and may increase the risk of investing in us. Borrowed money may also adversely affect the return on our assets, reduce cash available to service our debt or for distribution to our stockholders, and result in losses.

The use of borrowings, also known as leverage, increases the volatility of investments by magnifying the potential for gain or loss on invested equity capital. If we use leverage to partially finance our investments through borrowing from banks and other lenders, you will experience increased risks of investing in our securities. If the value of our assets decreases, leverage would cause our net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would if we had not borrowed and employed leverage. Similarly, any decrease in our income would cause net income to decline more sharply than it would have if we had not borrowed and employed leverage. Such a decline could negatively affect our ability to service our debt or make distributions to our stockholders. In addition, our stockholders will bear the burden of any increase in our expenses as a result of our use of leverage, including interest expenses and any increase in the base management or incentive fees payable to our Adviser attributable to the increase in assets purchased using leverage.

The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on our Adviser’s and our board of directors’ assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. There can be no assurance that leveraged financing will be available to us on favorable terms or at all. However, to the extent that we use leverage to finance our assets, our financing costs will reduce cash available for distributions to stockholders. Moreover, we may not be able to meet our financing obligations and, to the extent that we cannot, we risk the loss of some or all of our assets to liquidation or sale to satisfy the obligations. In such an event, we may be forced to sell assets at significantly depressed prices due to market conditions or otherwise, which may result in losses.

As a business development company, we are required to meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total borrowings and other senior securities, which include all of our borrowings and any preferred stock that we may issue in the future, of at least 200%. If this ratio declines below 200%, we cannot incur additional debt and could be required to sell a portion of our investments to repay some debt when it is disadvantageous to do so. This could have a material adverse effect on our operations, and we may not be able to service our debt or make distributions.

Risks Related to an Investment in Our Common Stock

Investors will not know the purchase price per share at the time they submit their subscription agreements and could receive fewer shares of our common stock than anticipated if our board of directors determines to increase the offering price to comply with the requirement that we not sell shares below net asset value.

Shares will be offered at an initial offering price of $9.47 per share, but may, to the extent permitted or required under the rules and regulations of the SEC, be sold at a price necessary to ensure that shares are not sold at a price per share, after deducting applicable upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees, that is below our net asset value per share, if our net asset value per share: (i) declines more than 10% from the net asset value per share as of the effective date of this registration statement or (ii) increases to an amount that is greater than the net proceeds per share as stated in the prospectus.

In addition, in the event of a material decline in our net asset value per share, which we consider to be a 2.5% decrease below our current net offering price, we will reduce our offering price in order to establish a new net offering price that is not more than 2.5% above our net asset value. We will not sell our shares at a net

 

46


Table of Contents

offering price below our net asset value per share unless we obtain the requisite approval from our stockholders. Additionally, our board of directors may change the offering price at any time such that the public offering price, net of sales load, is equal to or greater than net asset value per share when we sell shares of common stock.

As a result, your purchase price may be higher than the prior subscription closing price per share, and therefore you may receive a smaller number of shares than if you had subscribed at the prior subscription closing price.

If we are unable to raise substantial funds in our ongoing, continuous “best efforts” offering, we may be limited in the number and type of investments we may make, and the value of your investment in us may be reduced in the event our assets under-perform.

Our continuous offering is being made on a best efforts basis, whereby our Dealer Manager and participating broker-dealers are only required to use their best efforts to sell our shares and have no firm commitment or obligation to purchase any of our shares. To the extent that less than the maximum number of shares is subscribed for, the opportunity for diversification of our investments may be decreased and the returns achieved on those investments may be reduced as a result of allocating all of our expenses among a smaller capital base.

Our shares are not listed on an exchange or quoted through a quotation system and will not be listed for the foreseeable future, if ever. Therefore, our stockholders will have limited liquidity and may not receive a full return of invested capital (including front-end commissions, fees and expenses), upon selling their shares or upon liquidation of our company.

Our shares are illiquid investments for which there is not a secondary market nor is it expected that any such secondary market will develop in the future. We intend to contemplate a liquidity event for our stockholders within three to four years after the completion of our offering. A future liquidity event could include: (i) a listing of our shares on a national securities exchange; (ii) a merger or another transaction approved by our board of directors in which our stockholders will receive cash or shares of a listed company; or (iii) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets either on a complete portfolio basis or individually followed by a liquidation. Certain types of liquidity events, such as a listing, would allow us to retain our investment portfolio while providing our stockholders with access to a trading market for their securities.

We do not know at this time what circumstances will exist in the future and therefore we do not know what factors our board of directors will consider in determining whether to pursue a liquidity event in the future. A liquidity event may include a sale, merger or rollover transaction with one or more affiliated investment companies managed by our Adviser.

Also, since a portion of the public offering price from the sale of shares in this offering will be used to pay offering expenses and recurring expenses, the full offering price paid by our stockholders will not be invested in portfolio companies. As a result, even if we do complete a liquidity event, you may not receive a return of all of your invested capital. If we do not successfully complete a liquidity event, liquidity for your shares will be limited to participation in our share repurchase program, which may not be for a sufficient number of shares to meet your request and which we have no obligation to maintain. In addition, any shares repurchased pursuant to our share repurchase program may be purchased at a price which may reflect a discount from the purchase price stockholders paid for the shares being repurchased. See “Share Repurchase Program” for a detailed description of the share repurchase program.

If our shares are listed on a national securities exchange or quoted through a quotation system, we cannot assure you a public trading market will develop or, if one develops, that such trading market can be sustained. Shares of companies offered in an initial public offering often trade at a discount to the initial offering price due to underwriting discounts and related offering expenses. Also, shares of closed-end investment companies and

 

47


Table of Contents

business development companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. This characteristic of closed-end investment companies is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share of common stock may decline. We cannot predict whether our common stock, if listed on a national securities exchange, will trade at, above or below net asset value.

Because the Dealer Manager is an affiliate of Owl Rock Capital Partners, you will not have the benefit of an independent review of the prospectus customarily performed in underwritten offerings.

The dealer manager, Owl Rock Securities, is an affiliate of Owl Rock Capital Partners and will not make an independent review of us or the offering. Accordingly, you will have to rely on your own broker-dealer to make an independent review of the terms of this offering. If your broker-dealer does not conduct such a review, you will not have the benefit of an independent review of the terms of this offering. Further, the due diligence investigation of us by the Dealer Manager cannot be considered to be an independent review and, therefore, may not be as meaningful as a review conducted by an unaffiliated broker-dealer or investment banker. You will not have the benefit of an independent review and investigation of this offering of the type normally performed by an unaffiliated, independent underwriter in an underwritten public securities offering. In addition, we do not, and do not expect to, have research analysts reviewing our performance or our securities on an ongoing basis. Therefore, you will not have an independent review of our performance and the value of our common stock relative to publicly traded companies.

Our Dealer Manager in our continuous offering may be unable to sell a sufficient number of shares of common stock for us to achieve our investment objective. Our ability to conduct our continuous offering successfully is dependent, in part, on the ability of our Dealer Manager to successfully establish, operate and maintain relationships with a network of broker-dealers.

The success of our public offering, and correspondingly our ability to implement our business strategy, is dependent upon the ability of our Dealer Manager to establish and maintain relationships with a network of licensed securities broker-dealers and other agents to sell our shares. If our Dealer Manager fails to perform, we may not be able to raise adequate proceeds through our public offering to implement our investment strategy. If we are unsuccessful in implementing our investment strategy, you could lose all or a part of your investment.

Purchases of shares of our common stock by persons affiliated with us or our Adviser should not influence investment decisions of independent, unaffiliated investors. Our officers, directors, and Adviser can influence when we satisfy the minimum offering amount for this offering and have access to any investor funds held in escrow.

Purchases of shares of our common stock in this offering or in separate private placement transactions outside of this offering by our officers, directors, or Adviser or its affiliates will count toward satisfaction of the minimum offering requirement of $2.5 million. As a result, our officers, directors, or Adviser or its affiliates will influence when we reach the minimum offering requirement and have access to investors’ funds to make investments as described in this prospectus. Except for certain share ownership and transfer restrictions contained in our charter, there is no limit on the number of shares that may be sold to our officers, directors, and Adviser, its affiliates and/or immediate family members. Therefore, if our officers, directors, and Adviser or its affiliates make an investment in us sufficient to reach the minimum offering amount, we may immediately use the funds raised from third-party investors in this offering to make investments. There is no assurance, however, that we will be successful in raising additional funds in this offering. If we are unsuccessful in raising additional funds, we may be unable to diversify our portfolio, and our operating expenses as a percentage of our gross offering proceeds will be higher.

We intend, but are not required, to offer to repurchase your shares on a quarterly basis. As a result you will have limited opportunities to sell your shares.

Beginning with the first full calendar quarter after the date that we satisfy the minimum offering requirement, we may, from time to time, determine to repurchase a portion of the shares of our common stock, and if we do, we expect that only a limited number of shares will be eligible for repurchase. In addition, any such

 

48


Table of Contents

repurchases will be at a price equal to the current net offering price per share in effect on each date of repurchase, which may be at a discount to the price at which you purchased shares of common stock in this offering. The share repurchase program, if implemented, will include numerous restrictions that limit your ability to sell your shares. Any purchases will be limited to the lesser of (a) 2.5% of the weighted average number of shares of our common stock outstanding in the prior 12-month period and (b) the number of shares we can repurchase with the proceeds we receive from the sale of shares of our common stock under our distribution reinvestment plan. To the extent that the number of shares put to us for repurchase exceeds the number of shares that we are able to purchase, we will repurchase shares on a pro rata basis, not on a first-come, first-serve basis. Further, we will have no obligation to repurchase shares if the repurchase would violate the restrictions on distributions under federal law or Maryland law. These limits may prevent us from accommodating all repurchase requests made in any quarter. We will notify our stockholders of such developments: (i) in our quarterly reports or (ii) by means of a separate mailing to you, accompanied by disclosure in a current or periodic report under the Exchange Act. In addition, under the quarterly share repurchase program, if implemented, we will have discretion to not repurchase shares, to suspend the program, and to cease repurchases. Further, the program may have many limitations and should not be relied upon as a method to sell shares promptly and at a desired price.

The timing of our repurchase offers pursuant to our share repurchase program may be at a time that is disadvantageous to our stockholders, and, to the extent you are able to sell your shares under the program, you may not be able to recover the amount of your investment in our shares.

When we make repurchase offers pursuant to the share repurchase program, we may offer to repurchase shares at a price that is lower than the price that you paid for our shares. As a result, to the extent you paid a price that includes the related sales load and to the extent you have the ability to sell your shares pursuant to our share repurchase program, the price at which you may sell shares, which will be the current net offering price per share in effect on each date of repurchase, may be lower than the amount you paid in connection with the purchase of shares in this offering.

We may be unable to invest a significant portion of the net proceeds of this offering on acceptable terms in an acceptable timeframe.

Delays in investing the net proceeds of this offering may impair our performance. We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to identify investments that meet our investment objective or that any investment that we make will produce a positive return. We may be unable to invest the net proceeds of our offering on acceptable terms within the time period that we anticipate or at all, which could harm our financial condition and operating results.

Before making investments, we will invest the net proceeds of our public offering primarily in cash, cash-equivalents, U.S. government securities, repurchase agreements, and/or other high-quality debt instruments maturing in one year or less from the time of investment. This will produce returns that are significantly lower than the returns which we expect to achieve when our portfolio is fully invested in securities and loans meeting our investment objective. As a result, any distributions that we pay while our portfolio is not fully invested may be lower than the distributions that we may be able to pay when our portfolio is fully invested in securities meeting our investment objective.

A stockholder’s interest in us will be diluted if we issue additional shares, which could reduce the overall value of an investment in us.

Our stockholders do not have preemptive rights to purchase any shares we issue in the future. Our charter authorizes us to issue up to 300 million shares of common stock. Pursuant to our charter, a majority of our entire board of directors may amend our charter to increase the number of shares of common stock we may issue without stockholder approval. Our board may elect to sell additional shares in the future or issue equity interests

 

49


Table of Contents

in private offerings. To the extent we issue additional equity interests at or below net asset value, your percentage ownership interest in us may be diluted. In addition, depending upon the terms and pricing of any additional offerings and the value of our investments, you may also experience dilution in the book value and fair value of your shares.

Under the 1940 Act, we generally are prohibited from issuing or selling our common stock at a price below net asset value per share, which may be a disadvantage as compared with certain public companies. We may, however, sell our common stock, or warrants, options, or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below the current net asset value of our common stock if our board of directors and independent directors determine that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders, and our stockholders, including a majority of those stockholders that are not affiliated with us, approve such sale. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price that, in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the fair value of such securities (less any distributing commission or discount). If we raise additional funds by issuing common stock or senior securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our common stock, then the percentage ownership of our stockholders at that time will decrease and you will experience dilution.

Certain provisions of our charter and actions of the board of directors could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse impact on the value of shares of our common stock.

Our charter, as well as certain statutory and regulatory requirements, contain certain provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire us. Our board of directors is divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms. Our board of directors may, without stockholder action, authorize the issuance of shares in one or more classes or series, including shares of preferred stock; and our board of directors may, without stockholder action, amend our charter to increase the number of shares of our common stock, of any class or series, that we will have authority to issue. These anti-takeover provisions may inhibit a change of control in circumstances that could give the holders of shares of our common stock the opportunity to realize a premium over the value of shares of our common stock.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.

The investments we make in accordance with our investment objective may result in a higher amount of risk than alternative investment options, including volatility or loss of principal. Our investments in portfolio companies may be highly speculative and aggressive and, therefore, an investment in our common stock may not be suitable for someone with lower risk tolerance.

The net asset value of our common stock may fluctuate significantly.

The net asset value and liquidity, if any, of the market for shares of our common stock may be significantly affected by numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. These factors include:

 

    changes in the value of our portfolio of investments and derivative instruments as a result of changes in market factors, such as interest rate shifts, and also portfolio specific performance, such as portfolio company defaults, among other reasons;

 

    changes in regulatory policies or tax guidelines, particularly with respect to RICs or business development companies;

 

    loss of RIC or business development company status;

 

    distributions that exceed our net investment income and net income as reported according to GAAP;

 

    changes in earnings or variations in operating results;

 

50


Table of Contents
    changes in accounting guidelines governing valuation of our investments;

 

    any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in losses from levels expected by investors;

 

    departure of our Adviser or certain of its key personnel;

 

    general economic trends and other external factors; and

 

    loss of a major funding source.

The amount of any distributions we may make is uncertain. We may pay distributions from offering proceeds, borrowings or the sale of assets to the extent our cash flows from operations, net investment income or earnings are not sufficient to fund declared distributions.

We may fund distributions from the uninvested proceeds of an offering, borrowings and expense reimbursements from our Adviser, which is subject to recoupment. We have not established limits on the amount of funds we may use from such proceeds or borrowings or expense reimbursements to make any such distributions. We may pay distributions from the sale of assets to the extent distributions exceed our earnings or cash flows from operations. Distributions from offering proceeds or from borrowings could reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in our investment portfolio.

Our distributions to stockholders may be funded from expense reimbursements or waivers of investment advisory fees that are subject to repayment pursuant to our Expense Support Agreement.

We expect that for a period of time following commencement of this offering, which time period may be significant, substantial portions of our distributions will be funded through the reimbursement of certain expenses by our Adviser and its affiliates, including through the waiver of certain investment advisory fees by our Adviser, that are subject to repayment by us within three years. Any such distributions funded through expense reimbursements or waivers of advisory fees will not be based on our investment performance, and can only be sustained if we achieve positive investment performance in future periods and/or our Adviser and its affiliates continue to make such reimbursements or waivers of such fees. Our future repayments of amounts reimbursed or waived by our Adviser or its affiliates will reduce the distributions that stockholders would otherwise receive in the future. There can be no assurance that we will achieve the performance necessary to be able to pay distributions at a specific rate or at all. Our Adviser and its affiliates have no obligation to waive advisory fees or otherwise reimburse expenses in future periods.

Stockholders may experience dilution in their ownership percentage if they do not participate in our distribution reinvestment plan.

All distributions declared in cash payable to stockholders that are participants in our distribution reinvestment plan will generally be automatically reinvested in shares of our common stock if the investor opts in to the plan. As a result, stockholders that do not elect to participate in our distribution reinvestment plan may experience dilution over time. Stockholders who do not elect to participate in our distribution reinvestment plan may experience accretion to the net asset value of their shares if our shares are trading at a premium to net asset value and dilution if our shares are trading at a discount to net asset value. The level of accretion or discount would depend on various factors, including the proportion of our stockholders who participate in the plan, the level of premium or discount at which our shares are trading and the amount of the distribution payable to stockholders.

The existence of a large number of outstanding shares and stockholders prior to completion of the listing of our securities on a national securities exchange could negatively affect our stock price.

The ability of our stockholders to liquidate their investments will be limited. If we were to list our common stock on a securities exchange in the future, a large volume of sales of these shares could decrease the prevailing market prices of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of

 

51


Table of Contents

equity securities in the future. Even if a substantial number of sales are not affected, the mere perception of the possibility of these sales could depress the market price of our common stock and have a negative effect on our ability to raise capital in the future. In addition, anticipated downward pressure on our common stock price due to actual or anticipated sales of common stock from this market overhang could cause some institutions or individuals to engage in short sales of our common stock, which may itself cause the price of our stock to decline.

The price that an investor pays for our shares may not reflect the current net asset value of our company at the time of his or her subscription.

If our net asset value increases above our net proceeds per share as stated in this prospectus, we will sell our shares at a higher price as necessary to ensure that shares are not sold at a net price, after deduction of upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees, that is below our net asset value per share. Also we will file a supplement to the prospectus with the SEC, or amend our registration statement, if our net asset value per share: (i) declines more than 10% from the net asset value per share as of the effective date of this registration statement or (ii) increases to an amount that is greater than the net proceeds per share as stated in the prospectus. Therefore, the net proceeds per share, net of the sales load, from a new investor may be in excess of the then current net asset value per share.

In addition, in the event of a material decline in our net asset value per share which we consider to be a 2.5% decrease below our current net offering price, we will reduce our offering price in order to establish a new net offering price per share that is not more than 2.5% above our net asset value.

Preferred stock could be issued with rights and preferences that would adversely affect holders of our common stock.

Under the terms of our charter, our board of directors is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval, which could potentially adversely affect the interests of existing stockholders.

If we issue preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt securities, the net asset value of our common stock may become more volatile.

We cannot assure you that the issuance of preferred stock and/or debt securities would result in a higher yield or return to the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt would likely cause the net asset value of our common stock to become more volatile. If the dividend rate on the preferred stock, or the interest rate on the debt securities, were to approach the net rate of return on our investment portfolio, the benefit of such leverage to the holders of our common stock would be reduced. If the dividend rate on the preferred stock, or the interest rate on the debt securities, were to exceed the net rate of return on our portfolio, the use of leverage would result in a lower rate of return to the holders of common stock than if we had not issued the preferred stock or debt securities. Any decline in the net asset value of our investment would be borne entirely by the holders of our common stock. Therefore, if the market value of our portfolio were to decline, the leverage would result in a greater decrease in net asset value to the holders of our common stock than if we were not leveraged through the issuance of preferred stock or debt securities. This decline in net asset value would also tend to cause a greater decline in the market price, if any, for our common stock.

There is also a risk that, in the event of a sharp decline in the value of our net assets, we would be in danger of failing to maintain required asset coverage ratios, which may be required by the preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt, or our current investment income might not be sufficient to meet the dividend requirements on the preferred stock or the interest payments on the debt securities. In order to counteract such an event, we might need to liquidate investments in order to fund the redemption of some or all of the preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt. In addition, we would pay (and the holders of our common stock would

 

52


Table of Contents

bear) all costs and expenses relating to the issuance and ongoing maintenance of the preferred stock, debt securities, convertible debt, or any combination of these securities. Holders of preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt may have different interests than holders of common stock and may at times have disproportionate influence over our affairs.

Holders of any preferred stock that we may issue will have the right to elect certain members of the board of directors and have class voting rights on certain matters.

The 1940 Act requires that holders of shares of preferred stock must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends on such preferred stock are in arrears by two years or more, until such arrearage is eliminated. In addition, certain matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock, including changes in fundamental investment restrictions and conversion to open-end status and, accordingly, preferred stockholders could veto any such changes. Restrictions imposed on the declarations and payment of dividends or other distributions to the holders of our common stock and preferred stock, both by the 1940 Act and by requirements imposed by rating agencies, might impair our ability to maintain our tax treatment as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Federal Income Tax Risks

We will be subject to corporate-level income tax if we are unable to qualify and maintain our qualification as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code or if we make investments through taxable subsidiaries.

To maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code, we must meet the following minimum annual distribution, income source and asset diversification requirements. See “Tax Matters.”

The minimum annual distribution requirement for a RIC will be satisfied if we distribute to our stockholders on an annual basis at least 90% of our “investment company taxable income,” which is generally our net ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses (the “Annual Distribution Requirement”). In addition, a RIC may, in certain cases, satisfy the 90% distribution requirement by distributing dividends relating to a taxable year after the close of such taxable year under the “spillback dividend” provisions of Subchapter M. We would be taxed, at regular corporate rates, on retained income and/or gains, including any short-term capital gains or long-term capital gains. We also must satisfy an additional annual distribution requirement with respect to each calendar year in order to avoid a 4% excise tax on the amount of the under-distribution. Because we may use debt financing, we are subject to (i) an asset coverage ratio requirement under the 1940 Act and may, in the future, be subject to (ii) certain financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, or choose or are required to retain a portion of our taxable income or gains, we could (1) be required to pay excise taxes and (2) fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment, and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax on our taxable income (including gains).

The income source requirement will be satisfied if we obtain at least 90% of our annual income from dividends, interest, gains from the sale of stock or securities, or other income derived from the business of investing in stock or securities.

The asset diversification requirement will be satisfied if we meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each quarter of our taxable year. Specifically, at least 50% of the value of our assets must consist of cash, cash-equivalents (including receivables), U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other acceptable securities if such securities or any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and no more than 25% of the value of our assets can be invested in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer, of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable Code rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or of certain “qualified publicly traded partnerships.” Failure to meet these requirements may result in our having to dispose of certain investments

 

53


Table of Contents

quickly in order to prevent the loss of RIC status. Because most of our investments will be in private companies, and therefore will be relatively illiquid, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and could result in substantial losses.

If we fail to qualify for or maintain RIC tax treatment for any reason and are subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution, and the amount of our distributions.

We may invest in certain debt and equity investments through taxable subsidiaries and the net taxable income of these taxable subsidiaries will be subject to federal and state corporate income taxes. We may invest in certain foreign debt and equity investments which could be subject to foreign taxes (such as income tax, withholding, and value added taxes).

We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.

For federal income tax purposes, we may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash. For example, since we will likely hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having OID (such as debt instruments with PIK, secondary market purchases of debt securities at a discount to par, interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or debt instruments that were issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the OID that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as unrealized appreciation for foreign currency forward contracts and deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock. Furthermore, we may invest in non-U.S. corporations (or other non-U.S. entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that could be treated under the Code and U.S. Treasury regulations as “passive foreign investment companies” and/or “controlled foreign corporations.” The rules relating to investment in these types of non-U.S. entities are designed to ensure that U.S. taxpayers are either, in effect, taxed currently (or on an accelerated basis with respect to corporate-level events) or taxed at increased tax rates at distribution or disposition. In certain circumstances this could require us to recognize income where we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash.

Unrealized appreciation on derivatives, such as foreign currency forward contracts, may be included in taxable income while the receipt of cash may occur in a subsequent period when the related contract expires. Any unrealized depreciation on investments that the foreign currency forward contracts are designed to hedge are not currently deductible for tax purposes. This can result in increased taxable income whereby we may not have sufficient cash to pay distributions or we may opt to retain such taxable income and pay a 4% excise tax. In such cases we could still rely upon the “spillback provisions” to maintain RIC qualification.

We anticipate that a portion of our income may constitute OID or other income required to be included in taxable income prior to receipt of cash. Further, we may elect to amortize market discounts with respect to debt securities acquired in the secondary market and include such amounts in our taxable income in the current year, instead of upon disposition, as an election not to do so would limit our ability to deduct interest expenses for tax purposes. Because any OID or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of the accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the annual distribution requirement, even if we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. As a result, we may have difficulty meeting the annual distribution requirement necessary to obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code. We may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital, make a partial share distribution, or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, and choose not to make a qualifying share distribution, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

 

54


Table of Contents

If we are not treated as a “publicly offered regulated investment company,” as defined in the Code, certain U.S. stockholders will be treated as having received a dividend from us in the amount of such U.S. stockholders’ allocable share of the base management fee and incentive fees paid to our Adviser and some of our expenses, and these fees and expenses will be treated as miscellaneous itemized deductions of such U.S. stockholders.

A “publicly offered regulated investment company” is a RIC whose shares are either (i) continuously offered pursuant to a public offering within the meaning of Section 4 of the Securities Act, (ii) regularly traded on an established securities market or (iii) held by at least 500 persons at all times during the taxable year. While we anticipate that we will constitute a publicly offered RIC, there can be no assurance that we will in fact so qualify for any of our taxable years. If we are not treated as a publicly offered regulated investment company for any calendar year, each U.S. stockholder that is an individual, trust or estate will be treated as having received a dividend from us in the amount of such U.S. stockholder’s allocable share of the base management fee and incentive fees paid to our Adviser and certain of our other expenses for the calendar year, and these fees and expenses will be treated as miscellaneous itemized deductions of such U.S. stockholder. Miscellaneous itemized deductions generally are deductible by a U.S. stockholder that is an individual, trust or estate only to the extent that the aggregate of such U.S. stockholder’s miscellaneous itemized deductions exceeds 2% of such U.S. stockholder’s adjusted gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, are not deductible for purposes of the alternative minimum tax and are subject to the overall limitation on itemized deductions under the Code.

 

55


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

In addition to factors previously identified elsewhere in this prospectus, including the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus, the following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from forward-looking statements or historical performance:

 

    the introduction, withdrawal, success and timing of business initiatives and strategies;

 

    changes in political, economic or industry conditions, the interest rate environment or financial and capital markets, which could result in changes in the value of our assets;

 

    the relative and absolute investment performance and operations of our investment adviser;

 

    the impact of increased competition;

 

    the impact of future acquisitions and divestitures;

 

    the unfavorable resolution of legal proceedings;

 

    our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;

 

    the impact, extent and timing of technological changes and the adequacy of intellectual property protection;

 

    the impact of legislative and regulatory actions and reforms and regulatory, supervisory or enforcement actions of government agencies relating to us or our Adviser;

 

    the ability of our Adviser to identify suitable investments for us and to monitor and administer our investments;

 

    our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;

 

    any future financings by us;

 

    the ability of our Adviser to attract and retain highly talented professionals;

 

    fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; and

 

    the impact of changes to tax legislation and, generally, our tax position.

This prospectus and any prospectus supplement, and other statements that we may make, may contain forward-looking statements with respect to future financial or business performance, strategies or expectations. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words or phrases such as “trend,” “opportunity,” “pipeline,” “believe,” “comfortable,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “current,” “intention,” “estimate,” “position,” “assume,” “potential,” “outlook,” “continue,” “remain,” “maintain,” “sustain,” “seek,” “achieve” and similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “may” or similar expressions.

Forward-looking statements are subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties, which change over time. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we assume no duty to and do not undertake to update forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements do not meet the safe harbor for forward-looking statements pursuant to Section 27A of the Securities Act or Section 21E of the Exchange Act. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in forward-looking statements and future results could differ materially from historical performance.

 

56


Table of Contents

ESTIMATED USE OF PROCEEDS

Based on prevailing market conditions, after meeting our minimum offering requirement, we anticipate that we will invest the proceeds from each weekly subscription closing generally within 30 to 90 days. The precise timing will depend on the availability of investment opportunities that are consistent with our investment objective and strategies. Until we are able to find such investment opportunities, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering primarily in cash, cash-equivalents, U.S. government securities, money market funds and high-quality debt instruments maturing in one year or less from the time of investment. This is consistent with our status as a business development company and our intention to qualify annually as a RIC. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to pay our operating expenses, fund distributions to stockholders and for general corporate purposes. Any distributions we make during such period may be substantially lower than the distributions that we expect to pay when our portfolio is fully invested.

Under the terms of our Investment Advisory Agreement, upon satisfaction of the minimum offering requirement, our Adviser will be entitled to receive up to 1.5% of gross proceeds raised in our continuous public offering until all organization and offering costs funded by our Adviser or its affiliates have been recovered. However, we estimate that we will incur approximately $18.75 million of offering expenses in connection with this offering, or approximately 0.75% of the gross proceeds, assuming maximum gross proceeds of $2.5 billion. Any reimbursements will not exceed actual expenses incurred by our Adviser and its affiliates.

The following table sets forth our estimate of how we intend to use the gross proceeds from this offering. Information is provided assuming that the Company sells the maximum number of shares registered in this offering, or 264,000,000 shares. The amount of net proceeds may be more or less than the amount depicted in the table below depending on the public offering price of our shares and the actual number of shares the Company sells in this offering. The table below assumes that shares are sold at the initial offering price of $9.47 per share. Such amount is subject to increase or decrease based upon, among other things, the Company’s net asset value per share.

The amounts in this table assume that the full fees are paid on all shares offered to the public on a best efforts basis. All or a portion of the upfront sales commissions and dealer manager fees may be reduced or eliminated in connection with certain categories of sales, such as sales to the Company’s affiliates. See “Plan of Distribution.” The reduction in these fees will be accompanied by a corresponding reduction in the per share purchase price but will not affect the amounts available to the Company for investments.

Because amounts in the following table are estimates, they may not accurately reflect the actual receipt or use of the gross proceeds from this offering. Amounts expressed as a percentage of net proceeds or gross proceeds may be higher or lower due to rounding.

 

     Minimum Offering     Maximum Offering  
     Amount      %     Amount      %  

Gross Proceeds

   $ 2,500,000         100.0   $ 2,500,080,000         100.0

Less Sales Load and Offering Expenses:

          

Upfront Sales Load(1)

   $ 125,000         5.0   $ 125,004,000         5.0

Offering Expenses

   $ 37,500         1.5   $ 18,750,600         0.75
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Proceeds/Amount Available for Investments

   $ 2,337,500         93.5   $ 2,356,325,400         94.25

 

(1) As shares are sold, you will pay a maximum upfront sales load of 5.0% for combined upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees to our Dealer Manager in accordance with the terms of the

Dealer Manager Agreement.

 

57


Table of Contents

DISCUSSION OF EXPECTED OPERATING PLANS

The information in this section contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Please see “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements. You should read the following discussion in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a newly-organized, externally managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the 1940 Act. Formed as a Maryland corporation on October 15, 2015, we are externally managed by Owl Rock Capital Advisors which is responsible for sourcing potential investments, conducting due diligence on prospective investments, analyzing investment opportunities, structuring investments and monitoring our portfolio on an ongoing basis. Our Adviser is registered as investment adviser with the SEC. We also intend to elect to be treated, beginning with our first taxable year ending subsequent to the date we commence investment operations, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under the Code.

Under our Investment Advisory Agreement, we have agreed to pay Owl Rock Capital Advisors an annual base management fee as well as an incentive fee based on our investment performance. Also, under the Administration Agreement, we have agreed to reimburse Owl Rock Capital Advisors for the allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by Owl Rock Capital Advisors in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including our allocable portion of the costs of compensation and related expenses of our chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and their respective staffs. In addition, Owl Rock Capital Advisors or its affiliates may engage in certain origination activities and receive attendant arrangement, structuring or similar fees.

Our investment objective is to generate current income, and to a lesser extent, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns. Our investment strategy focuses primarily on originating and making loans to, and making debt and equity investments in, U.S. middle market companies. We will invest in senior secured or unsecured loans, subordinated loans or mezzanine loans and, to a lesser extent, equity-related securities and warrants. We use the term “middle market companies” to generally mean companies with earnings before interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization, or “EBITDA,” between $10 million and $250 million annually and/or annual revenue of $50 million to $2.5 billion at the time of investment. We may on occasion invest in smaller or larger companies if an attractive opportunity presents itself, especially when there are dislocations in the capital markets, including the high yield and large syndicated loan markets. Our target credit investments will typically have maturities between three and ten years. Once we raise sufficient capital, we expect that investments will typically range in size between $10 million and $125 million, although the investment size will vary with the size of our capital base. Prior to raising sufficient capital, we may make a greater number of investments in syndicated loan opportunities than we otherwise would expect to in the future. For additional information about how we define the middle market, see “Business — Investment Selection.”

While our investment strategy focuses primarily on middle market companies in the United States, including senior secured loans, we also may invest up to 30% of our portfolio in investments of non-qualifying portfolio companies. Specifically, as part of this 30% basket, we may consider investments in investment funds that are operating pursuant to certain exceptions to the 1940 Act, as well as in debt and equity of companies located outside of the United States and debt and equity of public companies that do not meet the definition of eligible portfolio companies because their market capitalization of publicly traded equity securities exceeds the levels provided for in the 1940 Act.

The level of our investment activity depends on many factors, including the amount of debt and equity capital available to prospective portfolio companies, the level of merger, acquisition and refinancing activity for

 

58


Table of Contents

such companies, the availability of credit to finance transactions, the general economic environment and the competitive environment for the types of investments we make. Based on prevailing market conditions, after meeting our minimum offering requirement, we anticipate that we will invest the proceeds from each subscription closing generally within 30 to 90 days. The precise timing will depend on the availability of investment opportunities that are consistent with our investment objective and strategies. Any distributions we make during such period may be substantially lower than the distributions that we expect to pay when our portfolio is fully invested.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We qualify as an emerging growth company, as that term is used in the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, for so long as we qualify as an emerging growth company. Specifically, under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies are not required to (1) provide an auditor’s attestation report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (2) comply with new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, (3) comply with new audit rules adopted by the PCAOB after April 5, 2012 (unless the SEC determines otherwise), (4) provide certain financial statements and disclosures relating to executive compensation generally required for larger public companies or (5) hold stockholder advisory votes on executive compensation.

In addition, Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act and Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act, as amended by Section 102(b) of the JOBS Act provide that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We intend to take advantage of such extended transition periods.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (a) up to five years measured from the date of the first sale of common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement, (b) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues are $1 billion or more, (c) the date that we become a ‘‘large accelerated filer’’ as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (d) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

Revenues

We plan to generate revenue in the form of interest income on debt investments, capital gains, and dividend income from our equity investments in our portfolio companies. Our senior and subordinated debt investments are expected to bear interest at a fixed or floating rate. Interest on debt securities is generally payable quarterly or semiannually. In some cases, some of our investments may provide for deferred interest payments or PIK interest. The principal amount of the debt securities and any accrued but unpaid PIK interest generally will become due at the maturity date. In addition, we may generate revenue in the form of commitment and other fees in connection with transactions. OID and market discounts or premiums will be capitalized, and we will accrete or amortize such amounts as interest income. We will record prepayment premiums on loans and debt securities as interest income. Dividend income, if any, will be recognized on an accrual basis to the extent that we expect to collect such amounts.

 

59


Table of Contents

Expenses

Except as specifically provided below, we anticipate that all investment professionals and staff of the Adviser, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services to us, and the base compensation, bonus and benefits, and the routine overhead expenses, of such personnel allocable to such services, will be provided and paid for by the Adviser. We will bear our allocable portion of the compensation paid by the Adviser (or its affiliates) to our chief compliance officer and chief financial officer and their respective staffs (based on a percentage of time such individuals devote, on an estimated basis, to our business affairs). We will also bear all other costs and expenses of our operations, administration and transactions, including, but not limited to (i) investment advisory fees, including management fees and incentive fees, to the Adviser, pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement; (ii) our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Adviser in performing its administrative obligations under the Administration Agreement, and (iii) all other expenses of our operations and transactions including, without limitation, those relating to:

 

    expenses deemed to be “organization and offering expenses” for purposes of Conduct Rule 2310(a)(12) of FINRA (exclusive of commissions, the dealer manager fee, any discounts and other similar expenses paid by investors at the time of sale of our stock);

 

    the cost of corporate and organizational expenses relating to offerings of shares of our common stock;

 

    the cost of calculating our net asset value, including the cost of any third-party valuation services;

 

    the cost of effecting any sales and repurchases of the common stock and other securities;

 

    fees and expenses payable under any dealer manager agreements, if any;

 

    debt service and other costs of borrowings or other financing arrangements;

 

    costs of hedging;

 

    expenses, including travel expense, incurred by the Administrator, or members of the Investment Team, or payable to third parties, performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies and, if necessary, enforcing our rights;

 

    escrow agent, transfer agent and custodial fees and expenses;

 

    fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts;

 

    federal and state registration fees, any stock exchange listing fees and fees payable to rating agencies;

 

    federal, state and local taxes;

 

    independent directors’ fees and expenses, including certain travel expenses;

 

    costs of preparing financial statements and maintaining books and records and filing reports or other documents with the SEC (or other regulatory bodies) and other reporting and compliance costs, including registration fees, listing fees and licenses, and the compensation of professionals responsible for the preparation of the foregoing;

 

    the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to stockholders (including printing and mailing costs);

 

    the costs of any stockholder or director meetings and the compensation of personnel responsible for the preparation of the foregoing and related matters;

 

    commissions and other compensation payable to brokers or dealers;

 

    research and market data;

 

    fidelity bond, directors and officers errors and omissions liability insurance and other insurance premiums;

 

    direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone and staff;

 

60


Table of Contents
    fees and expenses associated with independent audits, outside legal and consulting costs;

 

    costs of winding up;

 

    costs incurred in connection with the formation or maintenance of entities or vehicles to hold our assets for tax or other purposes;

 

    extraordinary expenses (such as litigation or indemnification); and

 

    costs associated with reporting and compliance obligations under the Advisers Act and applicable federal and state securities laws.

Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement

We intend to enter into an Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement (the “Expense Support Agreement”) with the Adviser the purpose of which is to ensure that no portion of our distributions to stockholders will represent a return of capital for tax purposes. The Expense Support Agreement shall become effective as of the date that we meet the minimum offering requirement.

On a quarterly basis, the Adviser shall reimburse us for “Operating Expenses” (as defined below) in an amount equal to the excess of our cumulative distributions paid to our stockholders in each quarter over “Available Operating Funds” (as defined below) received by us on account of our investment portfolio during such quarter. Any payments required to be made by the Adviser pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be referred to herein as an “Expense Payment”.

Pursuant to the Expense Support Agreement, “Operating Expenses” means all of our operating costs and expenses incurred, as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for investment companies. “Available Operating Funds” means the sum of (i) our estimated investment company taxable income (including realized net short-term capital gains reduced by realized net long-term capital losses) (ii) our realized net capital gains (including the excess of realized net long-term capital gains over realized net short-term capital losses) and (iii) dividends and other distributions paid to us on account of preferred and common equity investments in portfolio companies, if any (to the extent such amounts listed in clause (iii) are not included under clauses (i) and (ii) above).

The Adviser’s obligation to make an Expense Payment shall automatically become a liability of the Adviser and the right to such Expense Payment shall be an asset of ours on the last business day of the applicable quarter. The Expense Payment for any quarter shall be paid by the Adviser to us in any combination of cash or other immediately available funds, and/or offset against amounts due from us to the Adviser no later than the earlier of (i) the date on which we close our books for such quarter, or (ii) forty-five days after the end of such quarter.

Following any quarter in which Available Operating Funds exceed the cumulative distributions paid by us in respect of such quarter (the amount of such excess being hereinafter referred to as “Excess Operating Funds”), we shall pay such Excess Operating Funds, or a portion thereof, in accordance the stipulations below, as applicable, to the Adviser, until such time as all Expense Payments made by Adviser to us within three years prior to the last business day of such quarter have been reimbursed. Any payments required to be made by us are referred to as a “Reimbursement Payment”.

The amount of the Reimbursement Payment for any quarter shall equal the lesser of (i) the Excess Operating Funds in respect of such quarter and (ii) the aggregate amount of all Expense Payments made by the Adviser to us within three years prior to the last business day of such quarter that have not been previously reimbursed by us to the Adviser. The payment shall be reduced to the extent that such Reimbursement Payments, together with all other Reimbursement Payments paid during the fiscal year, would cause Other Operating Expenses defined as our total Operating Expenses, excluding base management fees, incentive fees, organization and offering expenses, distribution and shareholder servicing fees, financing fees and costs, interest expense, brokerage commissions and extraordinary expenses on an annualized basis and net of any Expense Payments received by us during the fiscal year exceeds the lesser of: (i) 1.75% of our average net assets attributable to the shares of our common stock for the fiscal year-to-date period after taking such Expense Payments into account; and (ii) the

 

61


Table of Contents

percentage of our average net assets attributable to shares of our common stock represented by Other Operating Expenses during the fiscal year in which such Expense Payment was made (provided, however, that this clause (ii) shall not apply to any Reimbursement Payment which relates to an Expense Payment made during the same fiscal year).

No Reimbursement Payment for any quarter shall be made if: (1) the “Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share” (as defined below) declared by us at the time of such Reimbursement Payment is less than or equal to the Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share at the time the Expense Payment was made to which such Reimbursement Payment relates, or (2) our “Operating Expense Ratio” (as defined below) at the time of such Reimbursement Payment is less than or equal to the Operating Expense Ratio at the time the Expense Payment was made to which such Reimbursement Payment relate. Pursuant to the Expense Support Agreement, “Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share” means the annualized rate (based on a 365 day year) of regular cash distributions per share exclusive of returns of capital, distribution rate reductions due to distribution and shareholder fees, and declared special dividends or special distributions, if any. The “Operating Expense Ratio” is calculated by dividing Operating Expenses, less organizational and offering expenses, base management and incentive fees owed to Adviser, and interest expense, by our net assets.

The specific amount of expenses reimbursed by the Adviser, if any, will be determined at the end of each quarter. We or the Adviser will be able to terminate the Expense Support Agreement at any time, with or without notice. The Expense Support Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of (a) the termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, or (b) our board of directors makes a determination to dissolve or liquidate the Company. Upon termination of the Expense Support Agreement, we will be required to fund any Expense Payments that have not been reimbursed by us to the Adviser.

Reimbursement of Administrative Services

We will reimburse our Adviser for the administrative expenses necessary for its performance of services to us. However, such reimbursement will be made at an amount equal to the lower of our Adviser’s actual costs or the amount that we would be required to pay for comparable administrative services in the same geographic location. Also, such costs will be reasonably allocated to us on the basis of assets, revenues, time records or other reasonable methods. We will not reimburse our Adviser for any services for which it receives a separate fee or for rent, depreciation, utilities, capital equipment or other administrative items allocated to a controlling person of our Adviser.

Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources

We will generate cash primarily from the net proceeds of this offering and from cash flows from interest, dividends and fees earned from our investments and principal repayments and proceeds from sales of our investments. Our primary use of cash will be making investments in portfolio companies, payments of our expenses and cash distributions to our stockholders. Immediately after we meet our minimum offering requirement, gross subscription funds will total at least $2.5 million, which will be available to us immediately upon commencing operations. Once our minimum offering requirement has been met, we intend to sell our shares on a continuous basis at a per share price of $9.47.

If our net asset value increases above our net proceeds per share as stated in this prospectus, we will sell our shares at a higher price as necessary to ensure that shares are not sold at a net price, after deduction of upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees, that is below our net asset value per share. Also, in the event of a material decline in our net asset value per share, which we consider to be a 2.5% decrease below our current net offering price, we will reduce our offering price in order to establish a new net offering price per share that is not more than 2.5% above our net asset value. We will not sell our shares at a net offering price below our net asset value per share unless we obtain the requisite approval from our stockholders. Promptly following any such adjustment to the offering price per share, we will file a prospectus supplement with the SEC disclosing the adjusted offering price, and we will also post the updated information on our website at http:// www.[●].com.

 

62


Table of Contents

We may borrow funds to make investments, including before we have fully invested the proceeds of this offering, to the extent we determine that leveraging our portfolio would be appropriate. We have not decided whether, and to what extent, we will finance portfolio investments using debt or the specific form that any such financing would take. Accordingly, we cannot predict with certainty what terms any such financing would have or the costs we would incur in connection with any such arrangement. We currently do not anticipate issuing any preferred stock.

NASAA, in its Omnibus Guidelines Statement of Policy adopted on March 29, 1992 and as amended on May 7, 2007 and from time to time, requires that our affiliates and Adviser, or our Sponsor under the Omnibus Guidelines, have an aggregate financial net worth, exclusive of home, automobiles and home furnishings, of 5.0% of the first $20 million of both the gross amount of securities currently being offered in this offering and the gross amount of any originally issued direct participation program securities sold by our affiliates and sponsors within the past 12 months, plus 1.0% of all amounts in excess of the first $20 million. Based on these requirements, our Adviser and its affiliates, while not liable directly or indirectly for any indebtedness we may incur, have an aggregate financial net worth in excess of those amounts required by the Omnibus Guidelines Statement of Policy.

Critical Accounting Policies

This discussion of our expected operating plans is based upon our expected financial statements, which will be prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements will require our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets and any other parameters used in determining such estimates could cause actual results to differ. In addition to the discussion below, we will describe our critical accounting policies in the notes to our future financial statements.

Valuation of Investments

We will measure the value of our investments in accordance with fair value accounting guidance promulgated under GAAP, which establishes a hierarchical disclosure framework that prioritizes and ranks the level of market price observability used in measuring investments at fair value. Market price observability is affected by a number of factors, including the type of investment and the characteristics specific to the investment. Investments with readily available actively quoted prices or for which fair value can be measured from actively quoted prices, generally, will have a higher degree of market price observability and a lesser degree of judgment used in measuring fair value.

Investments measured and reported at fair value will be classified and disclosed in one of the following categories:

 

    Level 1 — Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical investments as of the reporting date. Publicly listed equities and publicly listed derivatives will be included in Level 1. In addition, securities sold, but not yet purchased and call options will be included in Level 1. We will not adjust the quoted price for these investments, even in situations where we hold a large position and a sale could reasonably affect the quoted price.

 

   

Level 2 — Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date, and fair value is determined through the use of models or other valuation methodologies. In certain cases, debt and equity securities are valued on the basis of prices from an orderly transaction between market participants provided by reputable dealers or pricing services. In determining the value of a particular investment, pricing services may use certain information with respect to transactions in such investments, quotations from dealers, pricing matrices, market transactions in comparable investments, and various relationships between investments.

 

63


Table of Contents
 

Investments which are generally expected to be included in this category include corporate bonds and loans, convertible debt indexed to publicly listed securities, and certain over-the-counter derivatives.

 

    Level 3 — Pricing inputs are unobservable for the investment and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the investment. The inputs into the determination of fair value require significant judgment or estimation. Investments that are expected to be included in this category are our private portfolio companies.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, an investment’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and we consider factors specific to the investment.

Revenue Recognition

We record interest income on an accrual basis to the extent that we expect to collect such amounts. For loans and debt securities with contractual PIK interest, which represents contractual interest accrued and added to the principal balance, we generally will not accrue PIK interest for accounting purposes if the portfolio company valuation indicates that such PIK interest is not collectible. We do not accrue as a receivable interest on loans and debt securities for accounting purposes if we have reason to doubt our ability to collect such interest. OID, market discounts or premiums are accreted or amortized using the effective interest method as interest income. We record prepayment premiums on loans and debt securities as interest income. Dividend income, if any, is recognized on an accrual basis to the extent that we expect to collect such amount.

Net Realized Gains or Losses and Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation or Depreciation

We will measure net realized gains or losses by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the amortized cost basis of the investment, without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized, but considering unamortized upfront fees and prepayment penalties. Net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation will reflect the change in portfolio investment values during the reporting period, including any reversal of previously recorded unrealized appreciation or depreciation, when gains or losses are realized.

Payment-in-Kind Interest

We may have investments in our portfolio that contain a PIK interest provision. Any PIK interest will be added to the principal balance of such investments and is recorded as income, if the portfolio company valuation indicates that such PIK interest is collectible. In order to maintain our status as a RIC, substantially all of this income must be paid out to stockholders in the form of dividends, even if we have not collected any cash.

Organization and Offering Expenses

Costs associated with the organization of the Company will be expensed as incurred. Costs associated with the continuous offering, excluding the sales load, will be capitalized on our balance sheet as deferred offering expenses and amortized over a twelve-month period from incurrence.

Federal Income Taxes

We intend to elect to be treated for federal income tax purposes, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that we distribute to our stockholders from our tax earnings and profits. To obtain and maintain our RIC tax treatment, we must, among other things, meet specified source-of-income and asset diversification requirements and distribute annually at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any. See “Tax Matters.”

 

64


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

We will enter into certain contracts under which we have material future commitments. We intend to enter into the Investment Advisory Agreement with Owl Rock Capital Advisors in accordance with the 1940 Act. The Investment Advisory Agreement is effective as of the date that we meet the minimum offering requirement. Owl Rock Capital Advisors will serve as our investment adviser in accordance with the terms of our Investment Advisory Agreement. Payments under our Investment Advisory Agreement in each reporting period will consist of (i) a base management fee equal to a percentage of the value of our gross assets, excluding cash and cash-equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts, and (ii) an incentive fee based on our performance.

We intend to enter into our Administration Agreement with Owl Rock Capital Advisors pursuant to which Owl Rock Capital Advisors furnishes us with administrative services necessary to conduct our day-to-day operations. Owl Rock Capital Advisors will be reimbursed for administrative expenses it incurs on our behalf in performing its obligations. Such costs will be reasonably allocated to us on the basis of assets, revenues, time records or other reasonable methods. We will not reimburse Owl Rock Capital Advisors for any services for which it receives a separate fee or for rent, depreciation, utilities, capital equipment or other administrative items allocated to a controlling person of Owl Rock Capital Advisors.

If any of our contractual obligations discussed above are terminated, our costs may increase under any new agreements that we enter into as replacements. We would also likely incur expenses in locating alternative parties to provide the services we expect to receive under our Investment Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement. Any new investment advisory agreement would also be subject to approval by our stockholders. See “Management and Other Agreements and Fees.”

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Other than contractual commitments and other legal contingencies incurred in the normal course of our business, we do not expect to have any off-balance sheet financings or liabilities.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We will be subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates. To the extent that we borrow money to make investments, our net investment income will be dependent upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest these funds. In periods of rising interest rates, our cost of funds would increase, which may reduce our net investment income. As a result, there can be no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income.

In addition, any investments we make that are denominated in a foreign currency will be subject to risks associated with changes in currency exchange rates. These risks include the possibility of significant fluctuations in the foreign currency markets, the imposition or modification of foreign exchange controls and potential illiquidity in the secondary market. These risks will vary depending upon the currency or currencies involved.

We may hedge against interest rate and currency exchange rate fluctuations by using standard hedging instruments such as futures, options and forward contracts subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act. While hedging activities may insulate us against adverse changes in interest rates, they may also limit our ability to participate in benefits of lower interest rates with respect to our portfolio of investments with fixed interest rates. We may also borrow funds in local currency as a way to hedge our non-U.S. denominated investments.

 

65


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Owl Rock Capital Corporation II

We are a newly organized, externally managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the 1940 Act. We are externally managed by Owl Rock Capital Advisors, which is a registered investment adviser under the Advisers Act. Owl Rock Capital Advisors will be responsible for sourcing potential investments, conducting due diligence on prospective investments, analyzing investment opportunities, structuring investments and monitoring our portfolio on an ongoing basis. We also intend to elect to be treated for federal income tax purposes, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under the Code.

Our investment objective is to generate current income, and to a lesser extent, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns. Our investment strategy focuses primarily on originating and making loans to, and making debt and equity investments in, U.S. middle market companies. We will invest in senior secured or unsecured loans, subordinated loans or mezzanine loans and, to a lesser extent, equity-related securities and warrants. We use the term “middle market companies” to generally mean companies with earnings before interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization, or “EBITDA,” between $10 million and $250 million annually and/or annual revenue of $50 million to $2.5 billion at the time of investment. We may on occasion invest in smaller or larger companies if an attractive opportunity presents itself, especially when there are dislocations in the capital markets, including the high yield and large syndicated loan markets. Our target credit investments will typically have maturities between three and ten years. Once we raise sufficient capital, we expect that investments will typically range in size between $10 million and $125 million, although the investment size will vary with the size of our capital base. Prior to raising sufficient capital, we may make a greater number of investments in syndicated loan opportunities than we otherwise expect to make in the future. For additional information about how we define the middle market, see “Business — Investment Selection.”

While our investment strategy focuses primarily on middle market companies in the United States, including senior secured loans, we also may invest up to 30% of our portfolio in investments of non-qualifying portfolio companies. Specifically, as part of this 30% basket, we may consider investments in investment funds that are operating pursuant to certain exceptions to the 1940 Act, as well as in debt and equity of companies located outside of the United States and debt and equity of public companies that do not meet the definition of eligible portfolio companies because their market capitalization of publicly traded equity securities exceeds the levels provided for in the 1940 Act.

Our investment activities are managed by Owl Rock Capital Advisors and supervised by our board of directors, a majority of whom are independent of us, Owl Rock Capital Advisors and its affiliates. Under the investment advisory agreement between us and Owl Rock Capital Advisors, or the Investment Advisory Agreement, we have agreed to pay Owl Rock Capital Advisors an annual base management fee based on the average value of our gross assets, excluding cash and cash-equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts, as well as an incentive fee based on our investment performance. For additional information regarding the fees paid to Owl Rock Capital Advisors, see “Management and Other Agreements and Fees — Investment Advisory Agreement.”

We have also entered into an administration agreement, or Administration Agreement, with our Adviser. Under our Administration Agreement, we have agreed to reimburse our Adviser for our allocable portion (subject to the review and approval of our independent directors) of overhead and other expenses incurred by our Adviser in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement.

With certain limited exceptions, we are only allowed to borrow amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% after such borrowing.

 

66


Table of Contents

We may borrow money when the terms and conditions available are favorable to do so and are aligned with our investment strategy and portfolio composition. The use of borrowed funds or the proceeds from issuing our preferred stock to make investments would have its own specific benefits and risks, and all of the costs of borrowing funds or issuing preferred stock would be borne by holders of our common stock.

We intend to elect to be treated for tax purposes as a RIC under the Code. To qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and assets diversification requirements. Pursuant to these elections, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level taxes on any income we distribute to our stockholders.

We are issuing shares of common stock through this offering. Each share of our common stock has equal rights to distributions, voting, liquidation, and conversion. Our common stock is non-assessable, meaning that our common stockholders do not have liability for calls or assessments, nor are there any preemptive rights in favor of existing stockholders. Our distributions will be determined by our board of directors in their sole discretion. We intend to seek to complete a liquidity event within three to four years after the completion of our offering period, or at such earlier time as our board of directors may determine, taking into account market conditions and other factors. We will view our offering period to be complete as of the termination date of our most recent public equity offering if we have not conducted a public equity offering in any continuous two-year period. Because of this timing for our anticipated liquidity event, stockholders may not be able to sell their shares promptly or at a desired price prior to a liquidity event. There can be no assurance that we will complete a liquidity event within this timeframe or at all. As a result, an investment in our shares is not suitable if you require short-term liquidity with respect to your investment in us. See “Share Liquidity Strategy.”

Our Adviser

Under the terms of our Investment Advisory Agreement, Owl Rock Capital Advisors oversees the management of our activities and is responsible for managing our business and activities, including sourcing investment opportunities, conducting research, performing diligence on potential investments, structuring our investments, and monitoring our portfolio companies on an ongoing basis through a team of investment professionals. The Adviser or its affiliates may engage in certain origination activities and receive attendant arrangement, structuring or similar fees.

Our Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company that has registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. Our Adviser is an indirect subsidiary of Owl Rock Capital Partners LP. Owl Rock Capital Partners is led by its three co-founders, Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz and Craig W. Packer. Owl Rock Capital Advisors’ investment team (the “Investment Team”) is also led by Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz and Craig W. Packer and is supported by certain members of the Adviser’s senior executive team and the investment committee. All investment decisions require the unanimous approval of the investment committee, which is currently comprised of Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz, Craig W. Packer and Alexis Maged (the “Investment Committee”).

Our Adviser also serves as investment adviser to Owl Rock Capital Corporation. Owl Rock Capital Corporation, our affiliated private business development company, was formed on October 15, 2015 as a corporation under the laws of the State of Maryland and has elected to be treated as a business development company under the 1940 Act. Its investment objective is similar to our investment objective, which is to generate current income, and to a lesser extent, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns. Owl Rock Capital Corporation expects to conduct private offerings, or Private Offerings, of its common shares to investors in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, or the Securities Act. The initial closing of the Private Offering occurred on March 3, 2016. As of September 30, 2016, Owl Rock Capital Corporation had $2.2 billion in total capital commitments from investors.

 

67


Table of Contents

Sponsor Investment

We are currently conducting a private placement of shares of our common stock to certain members of our board of directors, individuals and entities affiliated with Owl Rock Capital Advisors. Upon completion of the private placement, we expect to receive approximately $[●] for the purchase of a total of [●] shares of our common stock at $9.00 per share, which represents the initial public offering price of $9.47 per share, net of selling commissions and dealer manager fees. Each purchaser has executed a subscription agreement and has agreed to pay for such shares of common stock upon demand by one of our executive officers following the effectiveness of this registration statement. Such purchases of our common stock will be included for purposes of determining we have satisfied the minimum offering requirement.

Our Administrator

Our Adviser also serves as our administrator. Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, the Adviser will perform, or oversee the performance of, required administrative services, which includes providing office space, equipment and office services, maintaining financial records, preparing reports to stockholders and reports filed with the SEC, and managing the payment of expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered by others. We will reimburse the Adviser for services performed for us pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Adviser may delegate its obligations under the Administration Agreement to an affiliate or to a third party and we will reimburse the Adviser for any services performed for us by such affiliate or third party.

Affiliated Dealer Manager

The Dealer Manager, Owl Rock Securities, is an affiliate of Owl Rock Capital Partners and will not make an independent review of us or the offering. This relationship may create conflicts in connection with the dealer manager’s due diligence obligations under the federal securities laws. Although the Dealer Manager will examine the information in the prospectus for accuracy and completeness, due to its affiliation with Owl Rock Capital Advisors, no independent review of us will be made in connection with the distribution of our shares in this offering. Owl Rock Securities has applied for registration as a broker-dealer and will not act as dealer manager unless and until it is registered with the SEC and a member of FINRA.

Market Trends

We believe the middle-market lending environment provides opportunities for us to meet our goal of making investments that generate attractive risk-adjusted returns based on a combination of the following factors:

Limited availability of capital for middle market companies. We believe that regulatory and structural changes in the market have reduced the amount of capital available to U.S. middle-market companies. In particular, we believe there are currently fewer providers of capital to middle market companies. Traditional middle market lenders, such as commercial and regional banks and commercial finance companies, have contracted their origination and lending activities and are focusing on more liquid asset classes, or have exited the business altogether. We believe the Basel III accord, and implementing regulations by the Federal Reserve, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation will significantly increase capital and liquidity requirements for banks, decreasing their capacity to hold non-investment grade leveraged loans on their balance sheets. Coupled with new risk retention requirements for collateralized loan vehicles, we believe these developments reduce the capacity of traditional lenders to serve this market segment and, as a result, increase the cost of borrowing for U.S. middle market companies.

Capital markets have been unable to fill the void in U.S. middle market finance left by banks. While underwritten bond and syndicated loan markets have been robust in recent years, middle market companies are rarely able to access these markets as participants are generally highly focused on the liquidity characteristics of the bond or loan being issued. For example, mutual funds and ETFs are significant buyers of underwritten bonds.

 

68


Table of Contents

However, mutual funds and ETFs generally require the ability to liquidate their investments quickly in order to fund investor redemptions. Accordingly, the existence of an active secondary market for bonds is an important consideration in these entities’ initial investment decision. Because there is typically little or no active secondary market for the debt of U.S. middle market companies, mutual funds and ETFs generally do not provide debt capital to U.S. middle market companies. We believe this is likely to be a persistent problem and creates an advantage for those like us who have a more stable capital base and have the ability to invest in illiquid assets.

Robust demand for debt capital. We believe U.S. middle market companies will continue to require access to debt capital to refinance existing debt, support growth and finance acquisitions. In addition, we believe the large amount of uninvested capital held by funds of private equity firms, estimated by Preqin Ltd., an alternative assets industry data and research company, to be $1.31 trillion as of December 2015, will continue to drive deal activity. We expect that private equity sponsors will continue to pursue acquisitions and leverage their equity investments with secured loans provided by companies such as us.

The middle market is a large addressable market. According to GE Capital’s National Center for the Middle Market 4th Quarter 2015 Middle Market Indicator, there are approximately 200,000 U.S. middle market companies, which have approximately 48 million aggregate employees. Moreover, the U.S. middle market accounts for approximately $4.3 trillion of private sector gross domestic product, or GDP, which, measured on a global scale, would be the fifth largest global economy. GE defines U.S. middle market companies as those between $10 million and $1 billion in annual revenue, which we believe has significant overlap with our definition of U.S. middle market companies.

Attractive investment dynamics. An imbalance between the supply of, and demand for, middle market debt capital creates attractive pricing dynamics. We believe the directly negotiated nature of middle market financings also generally provides more favorable terms to the lender, including stronger covenant and reporting packages and better call protection. Additionally, we believe BDC managers’ expertise in credit selection and ability to manage through credit cycles has generally resulted in BDCs experiencing lower loss rates than U.S. commercial banks through credit cycles. Further, we believe that historical middle market default rates have been lower, and recovery rates have been higher, as compared to the larger market capitalization, broadly distributed market, leading to lower cumulative losses.

Conservative capital structures. Following the credit crisis, which we define broadly as occurring between mid-2007 and mid-2009, lenders have generally required borrowers to maintain more equity as a percentage of their total capitalization, specifically to protect lenders during economic downturns. With more conservative capital structures, U.S. middle market companies have exhibited higher levels of cash flows available to service their debt. In addition, U.S. middle market companies often are characterized by simpler capital structures than larger borrowers, which facilitates a streamlined underwriting process and, when applicable, restructuring process.

Attractive opportunities in investments in loans. We intend to invest in senior secured or unsecured loans, subordinated loans or mezzanine loans and, to a lesser extent, equity-related securities. We believe that opportunities in senior secured loans are significant because of the floating rate structure of most senior secured debt issues and because of the strong defensive characteristics of these types of investments. Given the current low interest rate environment, we believe that debt issues with floating interest rates offer a superior return profile as compared with fixed-rate investments, since floating rate structures are generally less susceptible to declines in value experienced by fixed-rate securities in a rising interest rate environment. Senior secured debt also provides strong defensive characteristics. Senior secured debt has priority in payment among an issuer’s security holders whereby holders are due to receive payment before junior creditors and equityholders. Further, these investments are secured by the issuer’s assets, which may provide protection in the event of a default, if necessary.

 

69


Table of Contents

Potential Competitive Strengths

We believe the Adviser’s disciplined approach to origination, fundamental credit analysis, portfolio construction and risk management should allow us to achieve attractive risk-adjusted returns while preserving our capital. We believe we have the following competitive strengths, which will give us the opportunity to achieve our objectives:

Experienced team with expertise across all levels of the corporate capital structure. Each of the members of the Investment Committee have over 25 years of experience in private lending and investing at all levels of a company’s capital structure, particularly in high yield securities, leveraged loans, high yield credit derivatives and distressed securities, as well as experience in operations, corporate finance and mergers and acquisitions. The members of the Investment Committee have diverse backgrounds with investing experience through multiple business and credit cycles. Moreover, certain members of the Investment Committee and other employees of the Adviser and its affiliates have significant operating and/or investing experience at business development companies. We believe this experience provides the Adviser with an in-depth understanding of the strategic, financial and operational challenges and opportunities of middle market companies and will afford it numerous tools to manage risk while preserving the opportunity for attractive risk-adjusted returns on our investments.

Distinctive origination platform. We anticipate that a substantial majority of our investments will not be intermediated and that our origination platform provides us the ability to originate investments without the assistance of investment banks or other traditional Wall Street sources. The Investment Team will be responsible for originating, underwriting, executing and managing the assets of our direct lending transactions and for sourcing and executing opportunities directly. The Investment Team has significant experience as transaction originators and executing direct calling campaigns on private equity sponsors and companies.

The Investment Team also maintains direct contact with financial sponsors, banks, corporate advisory firms, industry consultants, attorneys, investment banks, “club” investors and other potential sources of lending opportunities. We believe the Adviser’s ability to source through multiple channels will allow us to generate investment opportunities that have more attractive risk-adjusted return characteristics than by relying solely on origination flow from investment banks or other intermediaries and to be more selective investors.

Since its inception through November 11, 2016, the Adviser has sourced potential investment opportunities from over 115 private equity sponsors. We believe that the Adviser receives “early looks” and “last looks” based on its relationships, allowing it to be highly selective in the transactions it pursues.

Potential long-term investment horizon. We believe our potential long-term investment horizon gives us flexibility, allowing us to maximize returns on our investments. We intend to invest using a long-term focus, which we believe will provide us with the opportunity to increase total returns on invested capital, as compared to other private company investment vehicles or investment vehicles with daily liquidity requirements (e.g. open-ended mutual funds and ETFs).

Defensive, income-orientated investment philosophy. The Adviser will employ a defensive investment approach focused on long-term credit performance and principal protection. This investment approach will involve a multi-stage selection process for each investment opportunity as well as ongoing monitoring of each investment made, with particular emphasis on early detection of credit deterioration. This strategy is designed to minimize potential losses and achieve attractive risk-adjusted returns.

Active portfolio monitoring. The Adviser will closely monitor the investments in our portfolio and take a proactive approach to identifying and addressing sector- or company-specific risks. The Adviser will receive and review detailed financial information from portfolio companies no less than quarterly and seek to maintain a regular dialogue with portfolio company management teams regarding current and forecasted performance. We anticipate that many of our investments will have financial covenants that we believe will provide an early warning of potential problems facing our borrowers, allowing lenders, including us, to identify and carefully manage risk.

 

70


Table of Contents

Investment Selection

The Adviser has identified the following investment criteria and guidelines that it believes are important in evaluating prospective portfolio companies. However, not all of these criteria and guidelines will be met in connection with each of our investments.

Established companies with positive cash flow. We seek to invest in companies with sound historical financial performance which we believe tend to be well-positioned to maintain consistent cash flow to service and repay their obligations and maintain growth in their businesses or market share. The Adviser will typically focus on companies with a history of profitability on an operating cash flow basis. The Adviser does not intend to invest in start-up companies that have not achieved sustainable profitability and cash flow generation or companies with speculative business plans.

Strong competitive position in industry. The Adviser will analyze the strengths and weaknesses of target companies relative to their competitors. The factors the Adviser will consider include relative product pricing, product quality, customer loyalty, substitution risk, switching costs, patent protection, brand positioning and capitalization. We seek to invest in companies that have developed leading positions within their respective markets, are well positioned to capitalize on growth opportunities and operate businesses, exhibit the potential to maintain sufficient cash flows and profitability to service their obligations in a range of economic environments or are in industries with significant barriers to entry. We seek companies that demonstrate advantages in scale, scope, customer loyalty, product pricing, or product quality versus their competitors that when compared to their competitors, may help to protect their market position and profitability.

Experienced management team. We seek to invest in companies that have experienced management teams. We also seek to invest in companies that have proper incentives in place, including having significant equity interests, to motivate management to act in concert with its interests as investors.

Diversified customer and supplier base. We generally seek to invest in companies that have a diversified customer and supplier base. Companies with a diversified customer and supplier base are generally better able to endure economic downturns, industry consolidation, changing business preferences and other factors that may negatively impact their customers, suppliers and competitors.

Exit strategy. While certain debt investments may be repaid through operating cash flows of the borrower, we expect that the primary means by which we exit our debt investments will be through methods such as strategic acquisitions by other industry participants, an initial public offering of common stock, a recapitalization, a refinancing or another transaction in the capital markets. In addition, in connection with our investing activities, we may make commitments with respect to an investment in a potential portfolio company substantially in excess of our final investment. In such situations, while we may initially agree to fund up to a certain dollar amount of an investment, we may sell a portion of such amount such that we are left with a smaller investment than what was reflected in our original commitment.

Private equity sponsorship. Often we will seek to participate in transactions sponsored by what we believe to be high-quality private equity firms. We believe that a private equity sponsor’s willingness to invest significant sums of equity capital into a company is an explicit endorsement of the quality of their investment. Further, private equity sponsors of portfolio companies with significant investments at risk have the ability and a strong incentive to contribute additional capital in difficult economic times should operational issues arise.

Investments in different portfolio companies and industries. We will seek to invest broadly among portfolio companies and industries, thereby potentially reducing the risk of any one company or industry having a disproportionate impact on the value of its portfolio, however there can be no assurances in this regard.

 

71


Table of Contents

Investment Process Overview

Origination and Sourcing. The Investment Team has an extensive network from which to source deal flow and referrals. Specifically, the Adviser sources portfolio investments from a variety of different investment sources, including among others, management teams, financial intermediaries and advisers, investment bankers, private equity sponsors, family offices, accounting firms and law firms. The Adviser believes that its experience across different industries and transaction types makes the Adviser particularly and uniquely qualified to source, analyze and execute investment opportunities.

Due Diligence Process. The process through which an investment decision is made involves extensive research into the company, its industry, its growth prospects and its ability to withstand adverse conditions. If one or more of the members of the Investment Team responsible for the transaction determine that an investment opportunity should be pursued, the Adviser will engage in an intensive due diligence process. Though each transaction may involve a somewhat different approach, the Adviser’s diligence of each opportunity could include:

 

    understanding the purpose of the loan, the key personnel and variables, as well as the sources and uses of the proceeds;

 

    meeting the company’s management, including top and middle-level executives, to get an insider’s view of the business, and to probe for potential weaknesses in business prospects;

 

    checking management’s backgrounds and references;

 

    performing a detailed review of historical financial performance, including performance through various economic cycles, and the quality of earnings;

 

    contacting customers and vendors to assess both business prospects and standard practices;

 

    conducting a competitive analysis, and comparing the company to its main competitors on an operating, financial, market share and valuation basis;

 

    researching the industry for historic growth trends and future prospects as well as to identify future exit alternatives;

 

    assessing asset value and the ability of physical infrastructure and information systems to handle anticipated growth;

 

    leveraging the Adviser’s internal resources and network with institutional knowledge of the company’s business; and

 

    investigating legal and regulatory risks and financial and accounting systems and practices.

Selective Investment Process. After an investment has been identified and preliminary diligence has been completed, a credit research and analysis report is prepared. This report is reviewed by the members of the Investment Team in charge of the potential investment. If these members of the Investment Team are in favor of the potential investment, then a more extensive due diligence process is employed. Additional due diligence with respect to any investment may be conducted on our behalf by attorneys, independent accountants, and other third-party consultants and research firms prior to the closing of the investment, as appropriate on a case-by-case basis.

Structuring and Execution. Approval of an investment requires the unanimous approval of the Investment Committee (as defined below). Once the Investment Committee has determined that a prospective portfolio company may be suitable for investment, the Adviser works with the management team or sponsor of that company and its other capital providers, including senior, junior and equity capital providers, if any, to finalize the structure and terms of the investment.

Portfolio Monitoring. The Adviser monitors our portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. The Adviser monitors the financial trends of each portfolio company to determine if it is meeting its business plans and to

 

72


Table of Contents

assess the appropriate course of action with respect to our investment in each portfolio company. The Adviser has a number of methods of evaluating and monitoring the performance and fair value of our investments, which may include the following:

 

    assessment of success of the portfolio company in adhering to its business plan and compliance with covenants;

 

    periodic and regular contact with portfolio company management and, if appropriate, the financial or strategic sponsor, to discuss financial position, requirements and accomplishments;

 

    comparisons to other companies in the portfolio company’s industry;

 

    attendance at, and participation in, board meetings; and

 

    review of monthly and quarterly financial statements and financial projections for portfolio companies.

Structure of Investments

Our investment objective is to generate current income, and to a lesser extent, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns.

Debt Investments. The terms of our debt investments are tailored to the facts and circumstances of each transaction and prospective portfolio companies. The Adviser will negotiate the structure of each investment to protect our rights and manage risk while providing funding to help the portfolio company achieve its business plan. We intend to invest in the following types of debt:

 

    First-lien debt. First-lien debt is typically senior on a lien basis to other liabilities in the issuer’s capital structure and has the benefit of a first-priority security interest in assets of the issuer. The security interest ranks above the security interest of any second-lien lenders in those assets. Our first-lien debt may include “unitranche” loans and secured corporate bonds with similar features to these categories of first-lien loans. Unitranche loans combine features of first-lien, second-lien and mezzanine debt, generally in a first-lien position. In many such cases, the unitranche loan provides the borrower most, if not all, of the capital structure above the equity. The primary advantages to the borrower are the ability to negotiate the entire debt financing with one lender and the elimination of intercreditor issues.

 

    Second-lien debt. Our second-lien debt may include secured loans, and, to a lesser extent, secured corporate bonds, with a secondary priority behind first-lien debt. Second-lien debt typically is senior on a lien basis to other liabilities in the issuer’s capital structure and has the benefit of a security interest over assets of the issuer, though ranking junior to first-lien debt secured by those assets. First-lien lenders and second-lien lenders typically have separate liens on the collateral, and an intercreditor agreement provides the first-lien lenders with priority over the second-lien lenders’ liens on the collateral.

 

    Mezzanine debt. Structurally, mezzanine debt usually ranks subordinate in priority of payment to first-lien and second-lien debt, is often unsecured, and may not have the benefit of financial covenants common in first-lien and second-lien debt. However, mezzanine debt ranks senior to common and preferred equity in an issuer’s capital structure. Mezzanine debt investments generally offer lenders fixed returns in the form of interest payments and will often provide lenders an opportunity to participate in the capital appreciation, if any, of an issuer through an equity interest. This equity interest typically takes the form of an equity co-investment or warrants. Due to its higher risk profile and often less restrictive covenants compared to senior secured loans, mezzanine debt generally bears a higher stated interest rate than first-lien and second-lien debt.

 

73


Table of Contents

Our debt investments will typically be structured with the maximum seniority and collateral that we can reasonably obtain while seeking to achieve our total return target. The Adviser seeks to limit the downside potential of our investments by:

 

    requiring a total return on our investments (including both interest and potential equity appreciation) that compensates us for credit risk;

 

    negotiating covenants in connection with our investments consistent with preservation of our capital. Such restrictions may include affirmative covenants (including reporting requirements), negative covenants (including financial covenants), lien protection, change of control provisions and board rights, including either observation or rights to a seat on the board under some circumstances; and

 

    including debt amortization requirements, where appropriate, to require the timely repayment of principal of the loan, as well as appropriate maturity dates.

In addition, we intend to invest in securities that are rated below investment grade by rating agencies or that would be rated below investment grade if they were rated. Below investment grade securities, which are often referred to as “junk,” have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. They may also be difficult to value and illiquid.

Equity Investments

Our investment in a portfolio company may include an equity interest, such as a warrant or profit participation right. In certain instances, we will also make direct equity investments, although those situations are generally limited to those cases where we are also making an investment in a more senior part of the capital structure of the issuer.

Valuation

Investments for which market quotations are readily available are typically valued at the bid price of those market quotations. To validate market quotations, we utilize a number of factors to determine if the quotations are representative of fair value, including the source and number of the quotations. Debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or whose market prices are not readily available, as is expected to be the case for substantially all of our investments, are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by our Board, based on, among other things, the input of the Adviser, our Audit Committee and independent third-party valuation firm(s) engaged at the direction of the Board.

As part of the valuation process, the Board takes into account relevant factors in determining the fair value of the Company’s investments, including: the estimated enterprise value of a portfolio company (i.e., the total fair value of the portfolio company’s debt and equity), the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments based on its earnings and cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, a comparison of the portfolio company’s securities to any similar publicly traded securities, and overall changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets that may affect the price at which similar investments may be made in the future. When an external event such as a purchase or sale transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, the Board considers whether the pricing indicated by the external event corroborates its valuation.

The Board undertakes a multi-step valuation process, which includes, among other procedures, the following:

 

    With respect to investments for which market quotations are readily available, those investments will typically be valued at the bid price of those market quotations;

 

    With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, the valuation process begins with the independent valuation firm(s) providing a preliminary valuation of each investment to the Adviser’s valuation committee;

 

74


Table of Contents
    Preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with the Adviser’s valuation committee. Agreed upon valuation recommendations are presented to the Audit Committee;

 

    The Audit Committee reviews the valuation recommendations and recommends values for each investment to the Board; and

 

    The Board reviews the recommended valuations and determines the fair value of each investment.

Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may fluctuate from period to period. Additionally, the fair value of such investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready market existed for such investments and may differ materially from the values that may ultimately be realized. Further, such investments are generally less liquid than publicly traded securities and may be subject to contractual and other restrictions on resale. If we were required to liquidate a portfolio investment in a forced or liquidation sale, it could realize amounts that are different from the amounts presented and such differences could be material.

In addition, changes in the market environment and other events that may occur over the life of the investments may cause the gains or losses ultimately realized on these investments to be different than the unrealized gains or losses reflected in our financial statements.

Investments

Our investment objective is to generate current income, and to a lesser extent, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns. Our investment strategy focuses primarily on originating and making loans to, and making debt and equity investments in, U.S. middle market companies. The Company will invest in senior secured or unsecured loans, subordinated loans or mezzanine loans and, to a lesser extent, equity-related securities, which includes common and preferred stock, securities convertible into common stock, and warrants. We use the term “middle market companies” to generally mean companies with earnings before interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization, or “EBITDA,” between $10 million and $250 million annually and/or annual revenue of $50 million to $2.5 billion at the time of investment. We may on occasion invest in smaller or larger companies if an attractive opportunity presents itself, especially when there are dislocations in the capital markets, including the high yield and large syndicated loan markets. Our target credit investments will typically have maturities between three and ten years and generally range in size between $10 and $125 million. The investment size will vary with the size of our capital base.

While our investment strategy focuses primarily on middle market companies in the United States, including senior secured loans, we also may invest up to 30% of our portfolio in investments of non-qualifying portfolio companies. Specifically, as part of this 30% basket, we may consider investments in investment funds that are operating pursuant to certain exceptions to the 1940 Act, as well as in debt and equity of companies located outside of the United States and debt and equity of public companies that do not meet the definition of eligible portfolio companies because their market capitalization of publicly traded equity securities exceeds the levels provided for in the 1940 Act.

Managerial Assistance

Business development companies generally must offer to make significant managerial assistance available to the issuer of its investments, except in circumstances where either (i) the business development company controls such issuer or (ii) the business development company purchases such investments in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together and one of the other persons in the group makes available such managerial assistance. Making available managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement

 

75


Table of Contents

whereby the business development company, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company.

Competition

Our primary competitors in providing financing to middle market companies include public and private funds, other business development companies, commercial and investment banks, commercial finance companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity and hedge funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical, and marketing resources than we do. Some competitors may have access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Further, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a business development company, or to the distribution and other requirements we must satisfy to maintain our RIC status.

Administration

We do not have any direct employees, and our day-to-day investment operations are managed by Owl Rock Capital Advisors. We have a chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief compliance officer, and corporate secretary and, to the extent necessary, our board of directors may elect to appoint additional officers going forward. All of our executive officers are also officers of Owl Rock Capital Advisors. See “Management and Other Agreements.”

Properties

We do not own or lease any real estate or other physical properties material to our operation. Our headquarters are located at 245 Park Avenue, 41st floor, New York, NY 10167, and are provided by Owl Rock Capital Advisors pursuant to the Administration Agreement. We believe that our office facilities are suitable and adequate for our business as we contemplate continuing to conduct it.

Legal Proceedings

We and Owl Rock Capital Advisors are not currently subject to any material pending legal proceedings threatened against us. From time to time, we may be a party to certain legal proceedings incidental to the normal course of our business including the enforcement of our rights under contracts with our portfolio companies. Furthermore, third parties may try to seek to impose liability on us in connection with the activities of our portfolio companies. While the outcome of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not expect that these proceedings will have a material effect upon our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

76


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. The responsibilities of the board of directors include, among other things, the oversight of our investment activities, the quarterly valuation of our assets, oversight of our financing arrangements and corporate governance activities. Our board of directors consists of seven members, four of whom are not “interested persons” of our company or of Owl Rock Capital Advisors as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act and are “independent,” as determined by our board of directors. We refer to these individuals as our independent directors. Our board of directors elects our executive officers, who serve at the discretion of the board of directors.

Board of Directors

Under our articles of incorporation, our directors are divided into three classes. Each class of directors holds office for a three-year term. However, the initial members of the three classes have initial terms of one, two and three years, respectively. At each annual meeting of our stockholders, the successors to the class of directors whose terms expire at such meeting will be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. Each director will hold office for the term to which he or she is elected and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies.

Directors

Information regarding the board of directors is as follows:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

   Director
Since
     Expiration of
Term
 

Interested Directors:

           

Craig W. Packer

     50       Chief Executive Officer, President and Director      2016         2019   

Douglas I. Ostrover

     54       Director      2016         2018   

Alan Kirshenbaum

     45       Chief Operating Officer,      2015         2019   
      Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer      

Independent Directors-Nominees:

           
Edward D’Alelio      64       Chairman of the Board, Director      2016         2019   
Christopher M. Temple      49       Director      2016         2018   
Eric Kaye      53       Director      2016         2017   
Brian Finn      56       Director      2016         2017   

The address for each director is c/o Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, 245 Park Avenue, 41st Floor, New York, NY 10167.

Executive Officers Who are not Directors

Information regarding our executive officers who are not directors is as follows:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Rebecca Tabb

     33       Chief Compliance Officer and Secretary

The address for each executive officer is c/o Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, 245 Park Avenue, 41st Floor, New York, NY 10167.

Biographical Information

The following is information concerning the business experience of our board of directors and executive officers. Our directors have been divided into two groups — interested directors and independent directors. Interested directors are “interested persons” as defined in the 1940 Act.

 

77


Table of Contents

Interested Directors

Douglas I. Ostrover

Mr. Ostrover is a co-founder and the Chief Executive Officer of Owl Rock Capital Partners and Co-Chief Investment Officer of Owl Rock Capital Advisors. Prior to founding Owl Rock, Mr. Ostrover was one of the founders of GSO Capital Partners, Blackstone’s alternative credit platform, and a Senior Managing Director at Blackstone until 2015. Prior to co-founding GSO in 2005, Mr. Ostrover was a Managing Director and Chairman of the Leveraged Finance Group of CSFB. Prior to his role as Chairman, Mr. Ostrover was Global Co-Head of CSFB’s Leveraged Finance Group, during which time he was responsible for all of CSFB’s origination, distribution and trading activities relating to high yield securities, leveraged loans, high yield credit derivatives and distressed securities. Mr. Ostrover was a member of CSFB’s Management Council and the Fixed Income Operating Committee. Mr. Ostrover joined CSFB in November 2000 when CSFB acquired DLJ, where he was a Managing Director in charge of High Yield and Distressed Sales, Trading and Research. Mr. Ostrover had been a member of DLJ’s high yield team since he joined the firm in 1992. Mr. Ostrover received a B.A. in Economics from the University of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. from New York University’s Stern School of Business. He serves on the Board of Directors of the Michael J. Fox Foundation.

We believe Mr. Ostrover’s depth of experience in corporate finance, capital markets and financial services will give our board of directors valuable industry-specific knowledge and expertise on these and other matters, and his history with us and our Adviser provide an important skillset and knowledge base to our board of directors.

Craig W. Packer

Mr. Packer is a co-founder of Owl Rock Capital Partners, the President and Chief Executive Officer of Owl Rock Capital Corporation, the Co-Chief Investment Officer of the Adviser and is a member of the Adviser’s Investment Committee. Prior to founding Owl Rock Capital Partners, Mr. Packer was co-head of Leveraged Finance in the Americas at Goldman Sachs, where he served on the Firmwide Capital Committee, Investment Banking Division (IBD) Operating Committee, IBD Client and Business Standards Committee and the IBD Risk Committee. Craig joined Goldman Sachs as a Managing Director and Head of High Yield Capital Markets in 2006 and was named partner in 2008. Prior to joining Goldman Sachs, Mr. Packer was the global head of High Yield Capital Markets at Credit Suisse First Boston, and before that he worked at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette. Mr. Packer serves as Treasurer and on the Board of Trustees of Greenwich Academy and on the Board of Directors of Kids in Crisis, a nonprofit organization that serves children in Connecticut. Mr. Packer earned a B.S. from the University of Virginia in 1988 and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School in 1992.

We believe Mr. Packer’s depth of experience in corporate finance, capital markets and financial services will give our board of directors valuable industry-specific knowledge and expertise on these and other matters, and his history with us and our Adviser provide an important skillset and knowledge base to our board of directors.

Alan Kirshenbaum

Mr. Kirshenbaum is the Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Owl Rock Capital Corporation, Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, Owl Rock Capital Partners and Owl Rock Capital Advisors. Prior to Owl Rock, Mr. Kirshenbaum was Chief Financial Officer of TPG Specialty Lending, Inc., a business development company traded on the NYSE: (TSLX). Mr. Kirshenbaum was responsible for building and overseeing TSLX’s finance, treasury, accounting and operations functions from 2011 through 2015, including during its initial public offering in March 2014. From 2011 to 2013, Mr. Kirshenbaum was also Chief Financial Officer of TPG Specialty Situations Partners. From 2007 to 2011, Mr. Kirshenbaum was the Chief Financial Officer of Natsource, a private investment firm and, prior to that, Managing Director, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of MainStay Investments. Mr. Kirshenbaum joined Bear Stearns Asset Management

 

78


Table of Contents

in 1999 and was BSAM’s Chief Financial Officer from 2003 to 2006. Before joining BSAM, Mr. Kirshenbaum worked in public accounting at KPMG and J.H. Cohn. Mr. Kirshenbaum received a B.S. from Rutgers University and an M.B.A. from New York University’s Stern School of Business.

We believe Mr. Kirshenbaum’s finance and operations experience, including serving as chief financial officer for a publicly traded business development company, as well as history with us and our Adviser, provide an important skillset and knowledge base to our board of directors.

Independent Directors

Edward D’Alelio

Mr. D’Alelio was formerly a Managing Director and CIO for Fixed Income at Putnam Investments, Boston, where he served from 1989 until he retired in 2002. While at Putnam, he served on the Investment Policy Committee, which was responsible for oversight of all investments. He also sat on various Committees including attribution and portfolio performance. Prior to joining Putnam, he was a portfolio manager at Keystone Investments and prior to that, he was an Investment Analyst at The Hartford Ins. Co. Since 2002, Mr. D’Alelio has served as an Executive in Residence at the University of Mass., Boston—School of Management. He is also chair of the investment committee of the UMass Foundation and chair of the UMass Memorial Hospital investment committee and serves on its corporate board. He serves on the Advisory Committees of Ceres Farms and New Generation Investments. Since May 2007, Mr. D’Alelio has served as corporate director of Engauge Inc. and since September 2009 he has served as director of Vermont Farmstead Cheese. Since January 2008 he has served on the board of Blackstone/GSO Long Short Credit Fund & Blackstone/GSO Sen. Flt Rate Fund. Since December 2008 he has served on the board of Carador PLC, a Dublin based offshore closed end fund. Since 2016 he has served on the board of Owl Rock Capital Corporation. Mr. D’Alelio’s previous corporate board assignments include Archibald Candy, Doane Pet Care and Trump Entertainment Resorts. Mr. D’Alelio is a graduate of the Univ. of Mass Boston (1974) and has an MBA from Boston University (1977).

We believe Mr. D’Alelio’s numerous management positions and broad experiences in the financial services sector provide him with skills and valuable insight in handling complex financial transactions and issues, all of which make him well qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Christopher M. Temple

Mr. Temple has served as President of DelTex Capital LLC (a private investment firm) since its founding in 2010. Mr. Temple has served as an Operating Executive for Tailwind Capital, LLC, a New York based middle market private equity firm, since June 2011. Mr. Temple has served on the board of NHME, Inc, a medical equipment rental company, since July 2015. Prior to forming DelTex Capital, Mr. Temple served as President of Vulcan Capital, the private investment group of Vulcan Inc., from May 2009 until December 2009 and as Vice President of Vulcan Capital from September 2008 to May 2009. Mr. Temple has served on the board of directors and audit committee of Plains All American Pipeline Company since 2009 and on the board of directors and audit committee of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings since April 2011. Mr. Temple has also previously served on the board of directors and audit committee of Charter Communications Inc. from November 2009 through January 2011. Prior to joining Vulcan in September 2008, Mr. Temple served as a managing director at Tailwind Capital, LLC from May to August 2008. Prior to joining Tailwind, Mr. Temple was a managing director at Friend Skoler & Co., Inc. from May 2005 to May 2008. From April 1996 to December 2004, Mr. Temple was a managing director at Thayer Capital Partners. Since 2016 he has served on the board of Owl Rock Capital Corporation. Additionally, Mr. Temple was a licensed CPA with KPMG in Houston, Texas from 1989 to 1993. Mr. Temple holds a BBA, magna cum laude, from the University of Texas and an MBA from Harvard.

We believe Mr. Temple’s broad investment management background, together with his financial and accounting knowledge, will bring important and valuable skills to our board of directors.

 

79


Table of Contents

Eric Kaye

Mr. Kaye is the founder of ARQ^EX Fitness Systems, a fitness equipment design company. Prior to founding ARQ^EX, Mr. Kaye served as a Vice Chairman and Managing Director of UBS Investment Bank, and a member of the division’s Global Operating and U.S. Executive Committees, from June 2001 to May 2012. For the majority of Mr. Kaye’s tenure with UBS, he was a Managing Director and led the firm’s Exclusive Sales and Divestitures Group, where he focused on advising middle market companies. Prior to joining UBS, Mr. Kaye has served as Global Co-Head of Mergers & Acquisitions for Robertson Stephens, an investment banking firm, from February 1998 to June 2001. Mr. Kaye joined Robertson Stephens from PaineWebber where he served as Executive Director and head of the firm’s Technology Mergers & Acquisitions team. Since May 2012, Mr. Kaye has served as Chairman of the Greenwich Education Group’s School Foundation. Since 2016 he has served on the board of Owl Rock Capital Corporation. Mr. Kaye holds a BA from Union College and an MBA from Columbia Business School.

We believe Mr. Kaye’s management positions and experiences in the middle market will provide our board of directors with valuable insight.

Brian Finn

Mr. Finn served as the Chief Executive Officer of Asset Management Finance Corporation from 2009 to March 2013 and as its Chairman from 2008 to March 2013. From 2004 to 2008, Mr. Finn was Chairman and Head of Alternative Investments at Credit Suisse Group. Mr. Finn has held many positions within Credit Suisse and its predecessor firms, including President of Credit Suisse First Boston (CSFB), President of Investment Banking, Co-President of Institutional Securities, Chief Executive Officer of Credit Suisse USA and a member of the Office of the Chairman of CSFB. He was also a member of the Executive Board of Credit Suisse. Mr. Finn served as principal and partner of private equity firm Clayton, Dubilier & Rice from 1997 to 2002. Mr. Finn currently serves as Chairman of Tunbridge Partners LLC, and a director of The Scotts Miracle Gro Company, BlackRock Capital Investment Corporation, and WaveGuide Corporation. Since 2016 he has served on the board of Owl Rock Capital Corporation. Mr. Finn received a BS in Economics from The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania.

We believe Mr. Finn’s numerous management positions and broad experiences in the financial services sector provide him with skills and valuable insight in handling complex financial transactions and issues, all of which make him well qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Executive Officers Who are not Directors

Rebecca Tabb

Ms. Tabb is a Principal of Owl Rock Capital Partners and serves as the Chief Compliance Officer and Secretary of Owl Rock Capital Corporation, Owl Rock Capital Corporation II and Owl Rock Capital Advisors. Ms. Tabb joined Owl Rock in February 2016. Prior to joining Owl Rock, Ms. Tabb was an associate at Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP in New York, which she joined in September 2009. Ms. Tabb received a J.D. from Stanford Law School, Order of the Coif, where she was named the Nathan Abbott Scholar for graduating first in her law school class. She also received a M.Sc. in Economics, with distinction, from University College London and a B.A. in Economics, with honors and distinction, Phi Beta Kappa, from Stanford University.

Communications with Directors

Stockholders and other interested parties may contact any member (or all members) of the board of directors by mail. To communicate with the board of directors, any individual directors or any group or committee of directors, correspondence should be addressed to the board of directors or any such individual directors or group or committee of directors by either name or title. All such correspondence should be sent to Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, 245 Park Avenue, 41st floor, New York, NY 10167, Attention: Chief Compliance Officer.

 

80


Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently has two committees: an audit committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee.

Audit Committee. The audit committee operates pursuant to a charter approved by our board of directors. The charter sets forth the responsibilities of the audit committee. The primary function of the audit committee is to serve as an independent and objective party to assist the board of directors in selecting, engaging and discharging our independent accountants, reviewing the plans, scope and results of the audit engagement with our independent accountants, approving professional services provided by our independent accountants (including compensation therefore), reviewing the independence of our independent accountants and reviewing the adequacy of our internal controls over financial reporting. The audit committee is presently composed of four persons, including Edward D’Alelio, Christopher M. Temple, Eric Kaye and Brian Finn, all of whom are considered independent for purposes of the 1940 Act. Mr. Temple serves as the chair of the Audit Committee. Our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Temple and Finn qualify as “audit committee financial experts” as defined in Item 407 of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act. Each of the members of the audit committee meet the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and, in addition, is not an “interested person” of the Company or of Owl Rock Capital Advisors as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

A copy of charter of the Audit Committee is available in print to any stockholder who requests it and it is also available on the Company’s website at www. [●].com.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee operates pursuant to a charter approved by our board of directors. The charter sets forth the responsibilities of the nominating and corporate governance committee, including making nominations for the appointment or election of independent directors and assessing the compensation paid to independent members of the board of directors. The nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Edward D’Alelio, Christopher M. Temple, Eric Kaye and Brian Finn, all of whom are considered independent for purposes of the 1940 Act. Mr. Kaye serves as the chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consider nominees to the board of directors recommended by a stockholder, if such stockholder complies with the advance notice provisions of our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that a stockholder who wishes to nominate a person for election as a director at a meeting of stockholders must deliver written notice to our Corporate Secretary. This notice must contain, as to each nominee, all of the information relating to such person as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement meeting the requirements of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, and certain other information set forth in the bylaws. In order to be eligible to be a nominee for election as a director by a stockholder, such potential nominee must deliver to our Corporate Secretary a written questionnaire providing the requested information about the background and qualifications of such person and a written representation and agreement that such person is not and will not become a party to any voting agreements, any agreement or understanding with any person with respect to any compensation or indemnification in connection with service on the Board, and would be in compliance with all of our publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines.

A copy of charter of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is available in print to any stockholder who requests it, and it is also available on the Company’s website at www. [●].com.

 

81


Table of Contents

Compensation of Directors

Our directors who do not also serve in an executive officer capacity for us or Owl Rock Capital Advisors are entitled to receive annual cash retainer fees, fees for participating in in-person board and committee meetings and annual fees for serving as a committee chairperson, determined based on our net assets as of the end of each fiscal quarter. These directors are Edward D’Alelio, Christopher M. Temple, Eric Kaye and Brian Finn. Amounts payable under the arrangement are determined and paid quarterly in arrears as follows:

 

                   Annual Committee Chair
Cash Retainer
        

Net Asset Value

   Annual
Cash
Retainer
     Board
Meeting
Fee
     Chair of
the
Board
     Audit      Nominating
and
Corporate
Governance
     Committee
Meeting
Fee
 

$0 to $100 million

   $ 30,000       $ 1,000       $ 7,500       $ 5,000       $ 5,000       $ 1,000   

$100 million to $250 million

   $ 50,000       $ 1,000       $ 7,500       $ 5,000       $ 5,000       $ 1,000   

$250 million to $500 million

   $ 75,000       $ 1,500       $ 25,000       $ 20,000       $ 20,000       $ 1,500   

> $500 million

   $ 100,000       $ 2,500       $ 25,000       $ 20,000       $ 20,000       $ 2,500   

We will also reimburse each of the above directors for all reasonable and authorized business expenses in accordance with our policies as in effect from time to time, including reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending each board meeting and each committee meeting not held concurrently with a board meeting.

We will not pay compensation to our directors who also serve in an executive officer capacity for us or Owl Rock Capital Advisors.

Staffing

We do not currently have any employees and do not expect to have any employees. Services necessary for our business are provided by individuals who are employees of Owl Rock Capital Advisors, pursuant to the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement. Our day-to-day investment operations are managed by our Adviser. In addition, we reimburse Owl Rock Capital Advisors for our allocable portion of expenses incurred by it in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including our allocable portion of the cost of our officers and their respective staffs.

Compensation of Executive Officers

None of our officers will receive direct compensation from us. The compensation of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer will be paid by our Administrator, subject to reimbursement by us of an allocable portion of such compensation for services rendered by them to us. To the extent that our Administrator outsources any of its functions we will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to our Administrator.

Board Leadership Structure

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Among other things, our board of directors sets broad policies for us and approves the appointment of our investment adviser, administrator and officers. The role of our board of directors, and of any individual director, is one of oversight and not of management of our day-to-day affairs.

Under our bylaws, our board of directors may designate one of our directors as chair to preside over meetings of our board of directors and meetings of stockholders, and to perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by our board of directors. The board of directors appointed Edward D’Alelio, an independent director, to serve in the role of chairman of the board of directors. The chairman’s role is to preside

 

82


Table of Contents

at all meetings of the board of directors and to act as a liaison with the Adviser, counsel and other directors generally between meetings. The chairman serves as a key point person for dealings between management and the directors. The chairman also may perform such other functions as may be delegated by the board of directors from time to time. The board of directors reviews matters related to its leadership structure annually. The board of directors has determined that its leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the board of directors to exercise informed and independent judgment over the matters under its purview and it allocates areas of responsibility among committees of directors and the full board in a manner that enhances effective oversight.

Our board of directors believes that its leadership structure is the optimal structure for us at this time. Our board of directors, which will review its leadership structure periodically as part of its annual self-assessment process, further believes that its structure is presently appropriate to enable it to exercise its oversight of us.

Board Role in Risk Oversight

Our board of directors performs its risk oversight function primarily through (i) its standing committees, which report to the entire board of directors and are comprised solely of independent directors, and (ii) active monitoring of our chief compliance officer and our compliance policies and procedures. Oversight of other risks is delegated to the committees.

Oversight of our investment activities extends to oversight of the risk management processes employed by Owl Rock Capital Advisors as part of its day-to-day management of our investment activities. The board of directors anticipates reviewing risk management processes at both regular and special board meetings throughout the year, consulting with appropriate representatives of Owl Rock Capital Advisors as necessary and periodically requesting the production of risk management reports or presentations. The goal of the board of director’s risk oversight function is to ensure that the risks associated with our investment activities are accurately identified, thoroughly investigated and responsibly addressed. Investors should note, however, that the board of directors’ oversight function cannot eliminate all risks or ensure that particular events do not adversely affect the value of investments.

We believe that the role of our board of directors in risk oversight is effective and appropriate given the extensive regulation to which we are already subject as a business development company. As a business development company, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements that control the levels of risk in our business and operations. For example, we are limited in our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates, including investing in any portfolio company in which one of our affiliates currently has an investment.

 

83


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Owl Rock Capital Advisors will serve as our investment adviser. Owl Rock Capital Advisors is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors, Owl Rock Capital Advisors will manage the day-to-day operations of, and provide investment advisory and management services to, us.

Investment Personnel

Our senior staff of investment personnel currently consists of the members of Owl Rock Capital Advisors’ investment committee (the “Investment Committee”), whom we refer to as our portfolio managers. The Investment Committee is comprised of Craig W. Packer, Douglas I. Ostrover, Marc S. Lipschultz and Alexis Maged.

Owl Rock Capital Advisors is currently staffed with over [●] employees, including the investment personnel noted above. In addition, Owl Rock Capital Advisors may retain additional investment personnel in the future based upon its needs.

The table below shows the dollar range of shares of our common stock expected to be beneficially owned by each portfolio manager at the time of the satisfaction of the minimum offering requirement:

 

Name of Portfolio Manager

   Dollar Range of
Equity Securities
in Owl Rock
Capital
Corporation II(1)
 

Craig W. Packer

     [ ●] 

Douglas I. Ostrover

     [ ●] 

Marc S. Lipschultz

     [ ●] 

Alexis Maged

     [ ●] 

 

(1) Dollar ranges are as follows: None, $1 – $10,000, $10,001 – $50,000, $50,001 – $100,000, $100,001 – $500,000, $500,001 – $1,000,000, or over $1,000,000.

The Adviser

Investment Committee

Investment opportunities and follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies will require the unanimous approval of the Investment Committee. The Investment Committee will meet regularly to consider our investments, direct our strategic initiatives and supervise the actions taken by Owl Rock Capital Advisors on our behalf. In addition, the Investment Committee reviews and determines whether to make prospective investments identified by Owl Rock Capital Advisors and monitors the performance of our investment portfolio. The day-to-day management of investments approved by the Investment Committees will be overseen by investment personnel.

All of the Investment Committee members have ownership and financial interests in, and may receive compensation and/or profit distributions from Owl Rock Capital Advisors. None of the Investment Committee members receive any direct compensation from us. See “Control Persons and Principal Stockholders” for additional information about equity interests held by certain of these individuals.

 

84


Table of Contents

Members of the Investment Committee Who Are Not Our Directors or Executive Officers

Alexis Maged

Mr. Maged is a Managing Director of Owl Rock Capital Partners, and serves as the Head of Underwriting and Portfolio Management for Owl Rock Capital Advisors. Prior to joining Owl Rock in January 2016, Mr. Maged was Chief Financial Officer of Barkbox, Inc., a New York-based provider of pet-themed products and technology, from September 2014 through September 2015. Prior to that, he was a Managing Director with Goldman Sachs & Co. from July 2007 through September 2014. At Goldman, Mr. Maged held several leadership positions, including Chief Operating Officer of the investment bank’s global credit finance businesses, co-chair of the Credit Markets Capital Committee and a member of the Firmwide Capital Committee. Prior to assuming that role in 2011, Mr. Maged served as Chief Underwriting Officer for the Americas and oversaw the US Bank Debt Portfolio Group and US Loan Negotiation Group. From mid-2007 to the end of 2008, Mr. Maged was head of Bridge Finance Capital Markets in the Americas Financing Group’s Leveraged Finance Group, where he coordinated the firm’s high yield bridge lending and syndication business. Prior to joining Goldman, Mr. Maged was head of the Bridge Finance Group at Credit Suisse and also worked in the Loan Capital Markets Group at Donaldson, Lufkin and Jenrette. Upon DLJ’s merger with Credit Suisse in 2000, Mr. Maged joined Credit Suisse’s Syndicated Loan Group and, in 2003, founded its Bridge Finance Group. Earlier in his career, Mr. Maged was a member of the West Coast Sponsor Coverage Group at Citigroup and the Derivatives Group at Republic National Bank, as well as a founding member of the Loan Syndication Group at Swiss Bank Corporation. Mr. Maged received a B.A. from Vassar College and an M.B.A. from New York University.

Marc S. Lipschultz

Mr. Lipschultz is a co-founder and the President of Owl Rock Capital Partners and Co-Chief Investment Officer of Owl Rock Capital Advisors. Prior to founding Owl Rock, Mr. Lipschultz spent more than two decades at KKR, and he served on the firm’s Management Committee and as the Global Head of Energy and Infrastructure. Mr. Lipschultz has a wide range of experience in alternative investments, including leadership roles in private equity, infrastructure and direct-asset investing. Prior to joining KKR, Mr. Lipschultz was with Goldman, Sachs & Co., where he focused on mergers and acquisitions and principal investment activities. He received an A.B. with honors and distinction, Phi Beta Kappa, from Stanford University and an M.B.A. with high distinction, Baker Scholar, from Harvard Business School. Mr. Lipschultz is actively involved in a variety of non-profit organizations, serving as a trustee or board member of the American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, Michael J. Fox Foundation, Mount Sinai Health System, Riverdale Country School and as the President of the Board of Directors of the 92nd Street Y.

 

85


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT AND OTHER AGREEMENTS AND FEES

Owl Rock Capital Advisors is located at 245 Park Avenue, 41st Floor, New York, NY 10167. Owl Rock Capital Advisors is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors and in accordance with the 1940 Act, Owl Rock Capital Advisors manages our day-to-day operations and provides investment advisory services to us. Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, Owl Rock Capital Advisors:

 

    determines the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes;

 

    assists us in determining which investments we purchase, retain or sell;

 

    identifies, evaluates and negotiates the structure of the investments we make (including performing due diligence on our prospective portfolio companies); and

 

    executes, closes, services and monitors the investments we make.

Owl Rock Capital Advisors’ services under the Investment Advisory Agreement are not exclusive.

Investment Advisory Agreement

Management and Incentive Fee

Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement with Owl Rock Capital Advisors, subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors and in accordance with the 1940 Act, Owl Rock Capital Advisors receives a fee from us, consisting of two components — a base management fee and an incentive fee. The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.75% based on the average value of our gross assets, excluding cash and cash-equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters. Although we do not anticipate making significant investments in derivatives and swaps similar to our direct investment in portfolio companies, the fair value of any such derivatives and swaps, which will not necessarily equal the notional value of such derivatives and swaps, will be included in our calculation of gross assets. The base management fee is payable quarterly in arrears. All or any part of the base management fee not taken as to any quarter will be deferred without interest and may be taken in any such quarter prior to the occurrence of a liquidity event. Base management fees for any partial quarter are prorated based on the number of days in the quarter.

The incentive fee consists of two parts: (i) an incentive fee on income and (ii) an incentive fee on capital gains. Each part of the incentive fee is outlined below.

The incentive fee on income will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears and will be based upon our pre-incentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter. In the case of a liquidation of the Company or if the Investment Advisory Agreement is terminated, the fee will also become payable as of the effective date of the event.

The incentive fee on income for each calendar quarter will be calculated as follows:

 

    No incentive fee on income will be payable in any calendar quarter in which the pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed a quarterly return to investors of 1.5% per quarter on our adjusted capital. We refer to this as the quarterly preferred return.

 

   

All of our pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the quarterly preferred return, but is less than or equal to 1.875%, which we refer to as the upper level breakpoint, on our adjusted capital in any quarter, will be payable to our Adviser. We refer to this portion of the incentive fee on income as the catch up. It is intended to provide an incentive fee of 20% on all of our pre-incentive fee

 

86


Table of Contents
 

net investment income when the pre-incentive fee net investment income reaches 1.875% on our adjusted capital in any quarter, measured as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter. The quarterly preferred return of 1.5% and upper level breakpoint of 1.875% are also adjusted for the actual number of days each calendar quarter.

 

    For any quarter in which our pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds 1.875% on our adjusted capital, the incentive fee on income will equal 20% of the amount of our pre-incentive fee net investment income, because the quarterly preferred return and catch up will have been achieved.

 

    Pre-incentive fee net investment income is defined as investment income and any other income, accrued during the calendar quarter, minus operating expenses for the quarter, including the base management fee, expenses payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement, any interest expense and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee. Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not include any expense support payments or any reimbursement by the Company of expense support payments, or any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation.

 

    For purposes of computing the incentive fee on income, although we do not anticipate making significant investments in derivatives and swaps, the calculation methodology will look through any such derivatives or swaps as if we owned the reference assets directly. Therefore, net interest, if any, associated with a derivative or swap (which is defined as the difference between (i) the interest income and transaction fees received in respect of the reference assets of the derivative or swap and (ii) all interest and other expenses paid by us to the derivative or swap counterparty) will be included in the calculation of quarterly pre-incentive fee net investment income for purposes of the incentive fee on income. The notional value of any such derivatives or swaps is not used for these purposes.

 

    Adjusted capital is defined as cumulative proceeds generated from sales of our common stock, including proceeds from our distribution reinvestment plan, net of sales load (upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees) reduced for (i) distributions paid to our stockholders that represent a return of capital on a tax basis and (ii) amounts paid for share repurchases pursuant to our share repurchase program, if any, measured as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter.

The following is a graphical representation of the calculation of the quarterly incentive fee on income:

Quarterly Incentive Fee on

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income

(expressed as a percentage of adjusted capital)

  0%                                                   1.5%                                                    1.875%

             

 

¬ 0% ®

 

 

¬ 100% ®

  

 

¬ 20% ®

Percentage of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income

Allocated to Quarterly Incentive Fee

The incentive fee on capital gains will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year during which the Investment Advisory Agreement is in effect. In the case of a liquidation, or if the Investment Advisory Agreement is terminated, the fee will also become payable as of the effective date of such event. The annual fee will equal (i) 20% of our realized capital gains on a cumulative basis from inception through the end of such calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less (ii) the aggregate amount of any previously paid incentive fees on capital gains as calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

87


Table of Contents

For purposes of computing the incentive fee on capital gains, the calculation methodology will look through derivatives or swaps as if we owned the reference assets directly. Therefore, realized gains and realized losses on the disposition of any reference assets, as well as unrealized depreciation on reference assets retained in the derivative or swap, will be included on a cumulative basis in the calculation of the incentive fee on capital gains.

Because of the structure of the incentive fee on income and the incentive fee on capital gains, it is possible that we may pay such fees in a quarter where we incur a net loss. For example, if we receive pre-incentive fee net investment income in excess of the 1.5% on adjusted capital for a quarter, we will pay the applicable incentive fee even if we incurred a net loss in the quarter due to a realized or unrealized capital loss. Our Adviser will not be under any obligation to reimburse us for any part of the incentive fee they receive that is based on prior period accrued income that we never received as a result of any borrower’s default or a subsequent realized loss of our portfolio.

The fees that are payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement for any partial period will be appropriately prorated. The fees are calculated using detailed policies and procedures approved by our Adviser and our board of directors, including a majority of the independent directors, and such policies and procedures are consistent with the description of the calculation of the fees set forth above.

Our Adviser may elect to defer or waive all or a portion of the fees that would otherwise be paid to it in its sole discretion. Any portion of a fee not taken as to any month, quarter or year will be deferred without interest and may be taken in any such other month prior to the occurrence of a liquidity event as our Adviser may determine in its sole discretion.

Examples of the two-part incentive fee:

Example 1 — Incentive Fee on pre-incentive fee net investment income for each quarter

 

Scenarios expressed as a percentage of adjusted capital

   Scenario 1     Scenario 2     Scenario 3  

Pre-incentive fee net investment income

     1.00     1.75     2.50

Catch up incentive fee (maximum of 0.375%)

     —          (0.25)     (0.375 )% 

Split incentive fee (20% above 1.875%)

     —          —          (0.125 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Investment income

     1.00     1.50     2.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Scenario 1 — Incentive Fee on Income

Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed the 1.5% quarterly preferred return rate, therefore there is no catch up or split incentive fee on pre-incentive fee net investment income.

Scenario 2 — Incentive Fee on Income

Pre-incentive fee net investment income falls between the 1.5% quarterly preferred return rate and the upper level breakpoint of 1.875%, therefore the incentive fee on pre-incentive fee net investment income is 100% of the pre-incentive fee above the 1.5% quarterly preferred return.

Scenario 3 — Incentive Fee on Income

Pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds the 1.5% quarterly preferred return and the 1.875% upper level breakpoint provision. Therefore the upper level breakpoint provision is fully satisfied by the 0.375% of pre-incentive fee net investment income above the 1.5% preferred return rate and there is a 20% incentive fee on pre-incentive fee net investment income above the 1.875% upper level breakpoint. This ultimately provides a incentive fee which represents 20% of pre-incentive fee net investment income.

 

88


Table of Contents

Example 2 — Incentive Fee on Capital Gains

Assumptions

 

Year 1:    No net realized capital gains or losses
Year 2:    6% realized capital gains and 1% realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation; capital gain incentive fee = 20% x (realized capital gains for year computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation at year end)

 

Year 1 Incentive Fee on Capital Gains    = 20% x (0)
   = 0
   = No Incentive Fee on Capital Gains
Year 2 Incentive Fee on Capital Gains    = 20% x (6% -1%)
   = 20% x 5%
   = 1%

Payment of Our Expenses under the Investment Advisory and Administration Agreements

Except as specifically provided below, we anticipate that all investment professionals and staff of Owl Rock Capital Advisors, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services to us, and the base compensation, bonus and benefits, and the routine overhead expenses, of such personnel allocable to such services, will be provided and paid for by Owl Rock Capital Advisors. We will bear our allocable portion of the compensation paid by Owl Rock Capital Advisors (or its affiliates) to our chief compliance officer and chief financial officer and their respective staffs (based on a percentage of time such individuals devote, on an estimated basis, to our business affairs). We also will bear all other costs and expenses of our operations, administration and transactions, including, but not limited to (i) investment advisory fees, including base management fees and incentive fees, to Owl Rock Capital Advisors, pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement; (ii) our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by Owl Rock Capital Advisors in performing its administrative obligations under the Administration Agreement, and (iii) all other expenses of our operations and transactions including, without limitation, those relating to:

 

    expenses deemed to be “organization and offering expenses” for purposes of Conduct Rule 2310(a)(12) of FINRA (exclusive of commissions, the dealer manager fee, any discounts and other similar expenses paid by investors at the time of sale of our stock);

 

    the cost of corporate and organizational expenses relating to offerings of shares of our common stock;

 

    the cost of calculating our net asset value, including the cost of any third-party valuation services;

 

    the cost of effecting any sales and repurchases of the common stock and other securities;

 

    fees and expenses payable under any dealer manager agreements, if any;

 

    debt service and other costs of borrowings or other financing arrangements;

 

    costs of hedging;

 

    expenses, including travel expense, incurred by the Administrator, or members of the Investment Team, or payable to third parties, performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies and, if necessary, enforcing our rights;

 

    escrow agent, transfer agent and custodial fees and expenses;

 

    fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts;

 

    federal and state registration fees, any stock exchange listing fees and fees payable to rating agencies;

 

    federal, state and local taxes;

 

    independent directors’ fees and expenses including certain travel expenses;

 

89


Table of Contents
    costs of preparing financial statements and maintaining books and records and filing reports or other documents with the SEC (or other regulatory bodies) and other reporting and compliance costs, including registration and listing fees, and the compensation of professionals responsible for the preparation of the foregoing;

 

    the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to stockholders (including printing and mailing costs);

 

    the costs of any stockholder or director meetings and the compensation of personnel responsible for the preparation of the foregoing and related matters;

 

    commissions and other compensation payable to brokers or dealers;

 

    research and market data;

 

    fidelity bond, directors and officers errors and omissions liability insurance and other insurance premiums;

 

    direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone and staff;

 

    fees and expenses associated with independent audits, outside legal and consulting costs;

 

    costs of winding up;

 

    costs incurred in connection with the formation or maintenance of entities or vehicles to hold the Company’s assets for tax or other purposes;

 

    extraordinary expenses (such as litigation or indemnification); and

 

    costs associated with reporting and compliance obligations under the Advisers Act and applicable federal and state securities laws.

Duration and Termination

Unless terminated earlier as described below, the Investment Advisory Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from the date it first become effective and will remain in effect from year-to-year thereafter if approved annually by our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, and, in either case, if also approved by a majority of our directors who are not “interested persons” as defined in the 1940 Act. The Investment Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act, by Owl Rock Capital Advisors and may be terminated at any time, without penalty, by us upon not less than 60 days’ written notice to Owl Rock Capital Advisors by the vote of a majority of our outstanding voting securities (as defined under the 1940 Act) or by the vote of our independent directors. The Investment Advisory Agreement may be terminated at any time, without penalty, by Owl Rock Capital Advisors upon 120 days’ written notice to us. The holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities may also terminate the Investment Advisory Agreement without penalty upon not less than 60 days’ written notice.

Board Approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement

Our board, including our independent directors, approved the Investment Advisory Agreement at a meeting held on November 8, 2016. In reaching a decision to approve the Investment Advisory Agreement, the board of directors reviewed a significant amount of information and considered, among other things:

 

    the nature, quality and extent of the advisory and other services to be provided to us by Owl Rock Capital Advisors;

 

    the fee structures of comparable externally managed business development companies that engage in similar investing activities;

 

    our projected operating expenses and expense ratio compared to business development companies with similar investment objectives;

 

90


Table of Contents
    information about the services to be performed and the personnel performing such services under the Investment Advisory Agreement; and

 

    the organizational capability and financial condition of Owl Rock Capital Advisors and its affiliates.

Based on the information reviewed and the discussion thereof, the board of directors, including a majority of the non-interested directors, concluded that the investment advisory fee rates are reasonable in relation to the services to be provided and approved the Investment Advisory Agreement as being in the best interests of our stockholders.

Prohibited Activities

Our activities are subject to compliance with the 1940 Act. In addition, our charter prohibits the following activities among us, the Adviser and its affiliates:

 

    We may not purchase or lease assets in which the Adviser or its affiliates has an interest unless (i) we disclose the terms of the transaction to our stockholders, the terms are reasonable to us and the price does not exceed the lesser of cost or fair market value, as determined by an independent expert or (ii) such purchase or lease of assets is consistent with the 1940 Act or an exemptive order under the 1940 Act issued to us by the SEC;

 

    Until such time, if any, as our common stock is listed on a national securities exchange, we may not invest in general partnerships or joint ventures with affiliates and non-affiliates unless certain conditions are met;

 

    The Adviser and its affiliates may not acquire assets from us unless (i) approved by our stockholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter or (ii) such acquisition is consistent with the 1940 Act or an exemptive order under the 1940 Act issued to us by the SEC;

 

    We may not lease assets to the Adviser or its affiliates unless we disclose the terms of the transaction to our stockholders and such terms are fair and reasonable to us;

 

    We may not make any loans, credit facilities, credit agreements or otherwise to the Adviser or its affiliates except for the advancement of funds as permitted by our charter;

 

    Until such time, if any, as our common stock is listed on a national securities exchange, we may not acquire assets from our affiliates in exchange for our common stock;

 

    We may not pay a commission or fee, either directly or indirectly to the Adviser or its affiliates, except as otherwise permitted by our charter, in connection with the reinvestment of cash flows from operations and available reserves or of the proceeds of the resale, exchange or refinancing of our assets;

 

    The Adviser may not charge duplicate fees to us; and

 

    The Adviser may not provide financing to us with a term in excess of 12 months.

In addition, in the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser agrees that its activities will at all times be in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal and state securities laws governing its operations and investments.

Compliance with the Omnibus Guidelines published by NASAA

Rebates, Kickbacks and Reciprocal Arrangements

Our charter prohibits our Adviser from: (i) receiving or accepting any rebate, give-ups or similar arrangement that is prohibited under applicable federal or state securities laws, (ii) participating in any reciprocal business arrangement that would circumvent provisions of applicable federal or state securities laws governing

 

91


Table of Contents

conflicts of interest or investment restrictions, or (iii) entering into any agreement, arrangement or understanding that would circumvent the restrictions against dealing with affiliates or promoters under applicable federal or state securities laws. In addition, our Adviser may not directly or indirectly pay or award any fees or commissions or other compensation to any person or entity engaged to sell our stock or give investment advice to a potential stockholder; provided, however, that our Adviser may pay a registered broker-dealer or other properly licensed agent a sales commissions for selling or distributing our common stock.

Commingling

The Adviser may not permit our funds to be commingled with the funds of any other entity.

Indemnification of the Adviser

The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser (and any of its affiliates, directors, officers, members, employees, agents, or representatives) will not be liable to us for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Adviser in connection with the performance of any of its duties or obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as our investment adviser, except to the extent specified in Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act concerning loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty (as the same is finally determined by judicial proceedings) with respect to the receipt of compensation for services, and we will indemnify, defend and protect the Adviser (and its affiliates, directors, officers, members, employees, agents, and representatives, each of whom will be deemed a third party beneficiary hereof) (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) and hold them harmless from and against all damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) incurred by the Indemnified Parties in or by reason of any pending, threatened or completed action, suit, investigation or other proceeding (including an action or suit by or in the right of the Company or our security holders) arising out of or otherwise based upon the performance of any of the Adviser’s duties or obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as our investment adviser. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, and only until such time, if any, as our common stock is listed on a national securities exchange, we will not provide for indemnification of an Indemnified Party for any liability or loss suffered by such Indemnified Party, nor will we provide that an Indemnified Party be held harmless for any loss or liability suffered by us, unless: (1) the Indemnified Party has determined, in good faith, that the course of conduct that caused the loss or liability was in our best interest; (2) the Indemnified Party was acting on our behalf or performing services for us; (3) such liability or loss was not the result of (i) negligence or misconduct, in the case that the Indemnified Party is the Adviser, an affiliate of the Adviser or one of our officers, or (ii) gross negligence or willful misconduct, in the case that the Indemnified Party is a director who is also not one of our officers or our Adviser or an affiliate of our Adviser; and (4) the indemnification or agreement to hold harmless is recoverable only out of our net assets and not from our stockholders.

Administration Agreement

Under the terms of the Administration Agreement, Owl Rock Capital Advisors will perform, or oversee the performance of, required administrative services, which includes providing office space, equipment and office services, maintaining financial records, preparing reports to stockholders and reports filed with the SEC, and managing the payment of expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered by others. Pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement, Owl Rock Capital Advisors may delegate its obligations under the Administration Agreement to an affiliate or to a third party and we will reimburse Owl Rock Capital Advisors for any services performed for us by such affiliate or third party.

We will reimburse Owl Rock Capital Advisors for expenses necessary to perform services related to our administration and operations, including Owl Rock Capital Advisors’ allocable portion of the compensation and related expenses of our chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and their respective staffs. The amount of this reimbursement will be the lesser of (1) Owl Rock Capital Advisors’ actual costs incurred in providing such services and (2) the amount that we estimate we would be required to pay alternative service providers for

 

92


Table of Contents

comparable services in the same geographic location. Owl Rock Capital Advisors will be required to allocate the cost of such services to us based on factors such as assets, revenues, time allocations and/or other reasonable metrics. Our board of directors will review the methodology employed in determining how the expenses are allocated to us and the proposed allocation of administrative expenses among us and certain affiliates of Owl Rock Capital Advisors. Our board of directors will assess the reasonableness of such reimbursements for expenses allocated to us based on the breadth, depth and quality of such services as compared to the estimated cost to us of obtaining similar services from third-party service providers known to be available. In addition, our board of directors will consider whether any single third-party service provider would be capable of providing all such services at comparable cost and quality. Finally, our board of directors will, among other things, compare the total amount paid to Owl Rock Capital Advisors for such services as a percentage of our net assets to the same ratio as reported by other comparable business development companies. We will not reimburse Owl Rock Capital Advisors for any services for which it receives a separate fee, or for rent, depreciation, utilities, capital equipment or other administrative items allocated to a controlling person of Owl Rock Capital Advisors.

Unless earlier terminated as described below, the Administration Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from the date it first becomes effective and will remain in effect from year-to-year thereafter if approved annually by a majority of the board of directors or by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities and, in each case, a majority of the independent directors. We may terminate the Administration Agreement, without payment of any penalty, upon 60 days’ written notice. The decision to terminate the agreement may be made by a majority of the board of directors or the stockholders holding a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock. In addition, the Adviser may terminate the Administration Agreement, without payment of any penalty, upon 60 days’ written notice. To the extent that Owl Rock Capital Advisors outsources any of its functions we will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to Owl Rock Capital Advisors.

Indemnification

The Administration Agreement provides that Owl Rock Capital Advisors and its affiliates’ respective officers, directors, members, managers, stockholders and employees are entitled to indemnification from us from and against any claims or liabilities, including reasonable legal fees and other expenses reasonably incurred, arising out of or in connection with our business and operations or any action taken or omitted on our behalf pursuant to authority granted by the Administration Agreement, except where attributable to willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of such person’s duties or reckless disregard of such person’s obligations and duties under the Administration Agreement.

License Agreement

We have entered into a license agreement (the “License Agreement”) with Owl Rock Capital Partners, pursuant to which Owl Rock Capital Partners has granted a non-exclusive license to use the name “Owl Rock.” Under the License Agreement, we have a right to use the Owl Rock name for so long as Owl Rock Capital Advisors or one of its affiliates remains our investment adviser. Other than with respect to this limited license, we will have no legal right to the “Owl Rock” name or logo.

 

93


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We have entered into both an investment advisory agreement and an administration agreement with Owl Rock Capital Advisors. Pursuant to the investment advisory agreement, we will pay Owl Rock Capital Advisors a base management fee and an incentive fee. See “Management and Other Agreements and Fees — Investment Advisory Agreement” for a description of how the fees payable to Owl Rock Capital Advisors will be determined. Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, we will reimburse Owl Rock Capital Advisors for expenses necessary to perform services related to our administration and operations. See “Management and Other Agreements and Fees — Administration Agreement” for a description of how the expenses reimbursable to Owl Rock Capital Advisors will be determined. In addition, Owl Rock Capital Advisors or its affiliates may engage in certain origination activities and receive attendant arrangement, structuring or similar fees.

Our executive officers, certain of our directors and certain other finance professionals of Owl Rock Capital Partners also serve as executives of Owl Rock Capital Advisors and officers and directors of the Company and certain professionals of Owl Rock Capital Partners and Owl Rock Capital Advisors are officers of Owl Rock Securities, the dealer manager for our offering. In addition, our executive officers and directors and the members of Owl Rock Capital Advisors and members of its investment committee serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same, or a related, line of business as we do or of investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles managed by our affiliates. These investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles may have investment objectives similar to our investment objective. We may compete with entities managed by Owl Rock Capital Advisors and its affiliates for capital and investment opportunities. As a result, we may not be given the opportunity to participate in certain investments made by investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles managed by Owl Rock Capital Advisors or its affiliates or by members of the investment committee. However, in order to fulfill its fiduciary duties to each of its clients, Owl Rock Capital Advisors intends to allocate investment opportunities in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and is consistent with Owl Rock Capital Advisors’ allocation policy, investment objective and strategies so that we are not disadvantaged in relation to any other client.

Policies and Procedures for Managing Conflicts

Owl Rock Capital Advisors and its affiliates have policies and procedures in place designed to manage the potential conflicts of interest between Owl Rock Capital Advisors’ fiduciary obligations to us and its similar fiduciary obligations to other clients. An investment opportunity that is suitable for multiple clients of Owl Rock Capital Advisors and its affiliates may not be capable of being shared among some or all of such clients and affiliates due to the limited scale of the opportunity or other factors, including regulatory restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act. There can be no assurance that Owl Rock Capital Advisors’ or its affiliates’ efforts to allocate any particular investment opportunity fairly among all clients for whom such opportunity is appropriate will result in an allocation of all or part of such opportunity to us. Not all conflicts of interest can be expected to be resolved in our favor.

The principals of Owl Rock Capital Advisors may manage investment vehicles with similar or overlapping investment strategies, such as Owl Rock Capital Corporation, which Owl Rock Capital Advisors currently manages, whose investment strategy is similar to ours. In order to address these issues, Owl Rock Capital Advisors has put in place an investment allocation policy that seeks to ensure the equitable allocation of investment opportunities and addresses the co-investment restrictions set forth under the 1940 Act. We will follow this investment allocation policy in the absence of receiving exemptive relief from the SEC that would permit greater flexibility relating to co-investments. When we engage in such permitted co-investments, we will do so in a manner consistent with Owl Rock Capital Advisors’ allocation policy. In situations where co-investment with other entities managed by Owl Rock Capital Advisors or its affiliates is not permitted or appropriate, such as when there is an opportunity to invest in different securities of the same issuer, Owl Rock Capital Advisors will need to decide whether we or such other entity or entities will proceed with the investment. Owl Rock Capital Advisors will make these determinations based on its policies and procedures, which generally require that such opportunities be offered to eligible accounts in a manner that will be fair and equitable over time.

 

94


Table of Contents

Co-Investment Opportunities

As a business development company, we will be subject to certain regulatory restrictions in negotiating certain investments with entities with which we may be restricted from doing so under the 1940 Act, such as Owl Rock Capital Advisors and its affiliates, unless we obtain an exemptive order from the SEC.

We, Owl Rock Capital Advisors and certain of its affiliates have submitted an exemptive application to the SEC to permit us to co-invest with other funds managed by Owl Rock Capital Advisors or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. There can be no assurance that this exemptive order will be granted. If such relief is granted, then we will be permitted to co-invest with our affiliates if a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our independent directors make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the transactions, including the consideration to be paid, are reasonable and fair to us and our stockholders and do not involve overreaching by us or our stockholders on the part of any person concerned and (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our stockholders and is consistent with our investment objective and strategies. If the SEC grants us such exemptive relief, we will modify our investment allocation policy to incorporate the conditions of such exemptive relief, and will co-invest in a manner consistent with our investment allocation policy and the conditions of the exemptive relief.

Affiliated Dealer Manager

We have entered into a dealer manager agreement with Owl Rock Securities. Pursuant to the dealer manager agreement, we will indemnify the dealer manager, its officers, directors and any person who controls the dealer manager, in certain circumstances.

The Dealer Manager, Owl Rock Securities, is an affiliate of Owl Rock Capital Partners and will not make an independent review of us or the offering. This relationship may create conflicts in connection with the dealer manager’s due diligence obligations under the federal securities laws. Although the Dealer Manager will examine the information in the prospectus for accuracy and completeness, due to its affiliation with Owl Rock Capital Advisors, no independent review of us will be made in connection with the distribution of our shares in this offering.

License Agreement

We have entered into a license agreement (the “License Agreement”) with Owl Rock Capital Partners, pursuant to which Owl Rock Capital Partners has granted us a non-exclusive license to use the name “Owl Rock.” Under the License Agreement, we have a right to use the Owl Rock name for so long as Owl Rock Capital Advisors or one of its affiliates remains our investment adviser. Other than with respect to this limited license, we have no legal right to the “Owl Rock” name or logo.

Material Non-Public Information

Our senior management, members of Owl Rock Capital Advisors’ investment committee and other investment professionals from Owl Rock Capital Advisors may serve as directors of, or in a similar capacity with, companies in which we invest or in which we are considering making an investment. Through these and other relationships with a company, these individuals may obtain material non-public information that might restrict our ability to buy or sell the securities of such company under the policies of the company or applicable law.

 

95


Table of Contents

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the expected beneficial ownership of our common stock at the time of the satisfaction of the minimum offering requirement by:

 

    each person known to us to be expected to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

 

    each of our directors and each executive officers; and

 

    all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. There is no common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the offering. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 263,992 shares of our common stock expected to be outstanding at the time of the satisfaction of the minimum offering requirement.

 

     Shares Beneficially
Owned Immediately
After Satisfaction of
the Minimum Offering
Requirement(1)
 
Name    Number      Percentage  

5% or Greater Stockholder:

     
     
     

Interested Directors:(2)

     

Craig W. Packer

     

Douglas I. Ostrover

     

Alan Kirshenbaum

     

Independent Directors:(2)

     

Edward D’Alelio

     

Christopher M. Temple

     

Eric Kaye

     

Brian Finn

     
     

Executive Officers:(2)

     

Rebecca Tabb

     
     

All officers and directors as a group (eight persons)

     

 

 * Represents less than 1%.
(1) Based on a total of 263,992 shares of our common stock expected to be issued and outstanding at the time of the satisfaction of the minimum offering requirement.
(2) The address for all officers and directors is c/o Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC, 245 Park Avenue, 41st Floor, New York, NY 10167.

The following table sets forth, as of the date of the satisfaction of the minimum offering requirement, the dollar range of our equity securities that is expected to be beneficially owned by each of our directors.

 

     Dollar Range
of Equity
Securities
Beneficially
Owned(1)(2)(3)
 

Interested Directors:

  

Craig W. Packer

  

Douglas I. Ostrover

  

Alan Kirshenbaum

  

 

96


Table of Contents
     Dollar Range
of Equity
Securities
Beneficially
Owned(1)(2)(3)
 

Independent Director:

  

Edward D’Alelio

  

Christopher M. Temple

  

Eric Kaye

  

Brian Finn

  

 

(1) Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Exchange Act.
(2) The dollar range of equities securities expected to be beneficially owned by our directors is based on the initial public offering price of $9.47 per share.
(3) The dollar range of equity securities expected to be beneficially owned are: none, $1 – $10,000, $10,001 – $50,000, $50,001 – $100,000, or over $100,000.

 

97


Table of Contents

DISTRIBUTIONS

Subject to the board of directors’ discretion and applicable legal restrictions, we intend to authorize and declare cash distributions on a monthly or quarterly basis after the minimum offering requirement is met and pay such distributions on either a monthly or quarterly basis beginning no later than the first calendar quarter after the month in which the minimum offering requirement is met.

From time to time, we may also pay special interim distributions in the form of cash or shares of our common stock at the discretion of our board of directors. For example, our board of directors may periodically declare stock distributions in order to reduce our net asset value per share if necessary to ensure that we do not sell shares at a price per share, after deducting upfront selling commissions, if any, that is below our net asset value per share.

We may fund our cash distributions to stockholders from any sources of funds available to us, including fee waivers or reductions by our Adviser that may be subject to repayment, as well as offering proceeds and borrowings. We have not established limits on the amount of funds we may use from any available sources to make distributions. There can be no assurance that we will achieve the performance necessary to sustain our distributions or that we will be able to pay distributions at a specific rate or at all. The Adviser and its affiliates have no obligation to waive advisory fees or otherwise reimburse expenses in future periods. See “Management and Other Agreements and Fees.”

Consistent with the Code, stockholders will be notified of the source of our distributions. Our distributions may exceed our earnings and profits, especially during the period before we have substantially invested the proceeds from this offering. As a result, a portion of the distributions we make may represent a return of capital for tax purposes. The tax basis of shares must be reduced by the amount of any return of capital distributions, which will result in an increase in the amount of any taxable gain (or a reduction in any deductible loss) on the sale of shares.

We intend to elect to be treated, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under the Code. To obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment, we must distribute at least 90% of our investment company taxable income (net ordinary taxable income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses), if any, to our stockholders. A RIC may satisfy the 90% distribution requirement by actually distributing dividends (other than capital gain dividends) during the taxable year. In addition, a RIC may, in certain cases, satisfy the 90% distribution requirement by distributing dividends relating to a taxable year after the close of such taxable year under the “spillback dividend” provisions of Subchapter M. If a RIC makes a spillback dividend the amounts will be included in stockholder’s gross income for the year in which the spillback distribution is paid.

In order to minimize certain excise taxes imposed on RICs, we currently intend to distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of: (i) 98% of our ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections, and generally applying certain mark-to-market provisions as if our tax year ended on October 31) for the calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of our capital gains in excess of capital losses for the one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year (unless an election is made by us to use our taxable year) and (iii) any ordinary income and net capital gains for preceding years that were not distributed during such years and on which we paid no federal income tax. However we may also decide to distribute less and pay the federal excise taxes.

We currently intend to distribute net capital gains (i.e., net long-term capital gains in excess of net short-term capital losses), if any, at least annually out of the assets legally available for such distributions. However, we may decide in the future to retain such capital gains for investment and elect to treat such gains as deemed distributions to you. If this happens, you will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as if you had received an actual distribution of the capital gains that we retain and reinvested the net after tax proceeds in us. In this situation, you would be eligible to claim a tax credit (or, in certain circumstances, a tax refund) equal to your

 

98


Table of Contents

allocable share of the tax we paid on the capital gains deemed distributed to you. We can offer no assurance that we will achieve results that will permit the payment of any cash distributions. If we issue senior securities, we may be prohibited from making distributions if doing so causes us to maintain the asset coverage ratios stipulated by the 1940 Act or if distributions are limited by the terms of any of our borrowings. See “Tax Matters.”

We have adopted an “opt-in” distribution reinvestment plan pursuant to which you may elect to have the full amount of your cash distributions reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. See “Distribution Reinvestment Plan.”

Our charter provides that, until such time, if any, as our common stock is listed on a national securities exchange, distributions in-kind will not be permitted, except for distributions of readily marketable securities or our securities, distributions of beneficial interests in a liquidating trust established for our dissolution and the liquidation of our assets in accordance with the terms of our charter, or in-kind distributions in which (i) the board of directors advises each stockholder of the risks associated with direct ownership of the property, (ii) the board of directors offers each stockholder the election of receiving such in-kind distributions, and (iii) in-kind distributions are made only to those stockholders that accept such offer.

 

99


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

The following description is based on relevant portions of the MGCL and on our articles of incorporation and bylaws. This summary is not necessarily complete, and we refer you to the MGCL and our articles of incorporation and bylaws for a more detailed description of the provisions summarized below.

General

Under the terms of our articles of incorporation, our authorized capital stock consists solely of 300,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which 100 shares were outstanding as of November 22, 2016, and no shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. As permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”), our articles of incorporation provides that a majority of the entire board of directors, without any action by our stockholders, may amend the articles of incorporation from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue. The articles of incorporation also provides that the board of directors may classify or reclassify any unissued shares of common stock into one or more classes or series of common stock or preferred stock by setting or changing the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, or limitations as to dividends, qualifications, or terms or conditions of redemption of the shares. There is currently no market for our common stock, and we can offer no assurances that a market for our shares will develop in the future. We do not intend for the shares offered under this prospectus to be listed on any national securities exchange. There are no outstanding options or warrants to purchase our stock. No stock has been authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plans. Under Maryland law, our stockholders generally are not personally liable for our debts or obligations, except they may be liable by reason of their own conduct or acts.

None of our shares are subject to further calls or to assessments, sinking fund provisions, obligations of the company or potential liabilities associated with ownership of the security (not including investment risks).

Outstanding Securities

 

Title of Class

   Amount
Authorized
     Amount Held
by Company
for its
Account
     Amount
Outstanding
 

Common Stock

     300,000,000         —           100   

Common Stock

Under the terms of our articles of incorporation, all shares of our common stock will have equal rights as to voting and, when they are issued, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Dividends and distributions may be paid to the holders of our common stock if, as and when authorized by our board of directors and declared by us out of funds legally available therefore. Except as may be provided by the board of directors in setting the terms of classified or reclassified stock, shares of our common stock will have no preemptive, exchange, conversion or redemption rights and will be freely transferable, except where their transfer is restricted by federal and state securities laws or by contract and except that, in order to avoid the possibility that our assets could be treated as “plan assets,” we may require any person proposing to acquire shares of our common stock to furnish such information as may be necessary to determine whether such person is a Benefit Plan Investor or a controlling person, restrict or prohibit transfers of shares of such stock or redeem any outstanding shares of stock for such price and on such other terms and conditions as may be determined by or at the direction of the board of directors. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each share of our common stock would be entitled to share pro rata in all of our assets that are legally available for distribution after we pay all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of our preferred stock, if any preferred stock is outstanding at such time. Subject to the rights of holders of any other class or series of

 

100


Table of Contents

stock, each share of our common stock will be entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Except as may be provided by the board of directors in setting the terms of classified or reclassified stock, and subject to the express terms of any class or series of Preferred Stock, the holders of our common stock will possess exclusive voting power. There will be no cumulative voting in the election of directors. Cumulative voting entitles a stockholder to as many votes as equals the number of votes which such holder would be entitled to cast for the election of directors multiplied by the number of directors to be elected and allows a stockholder to cast a portion or all of the stockholder’s votes for one or more candidates for seats on the board of directors. Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder may not be able to elect as many directors as the stockholder would be able to elect if cumulative voting were permitted. Subject to the special rights of the holders of any class or series of preferred stock to elect directors, each director will be elected by a majority of the votes cast with respect to such director’s election, except in the case of a “contested election” (as defined in our bylaws), in which directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast in the contested election of directors.

Preferred Stock

This offering does not include an offering of preferred stock. However, under the terms of our articles of incorporation, our board of directors may authorize us to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more classes or series without stockholder approval, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. The board of directors has the power to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of each class or series of preferred stock. We do not currently anticipate issuing preferred stock in the near future. In the event we issue preferred stock, we will make any required disclosure to stockholders. We will not offer preferred stock to the Adviser or our affiliates except on the same terms as offered to all other stockholders.

Preferred stock could be issued with terms that would adversely affect the stockholders. Preferred stock could also be used as an anti-takeover device through the issuance of shares of a class or series of preferred stock with terms and conditions which could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control. Every issuance of preferred stock will be required to comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act requires, among other things, that: (1) immediately after issuance and before any dividend or other distribution is made with respect to common stock and before any purchase of common stock is made, such preferred stock together with all other senior securities must not exceed an amount equal to 50% of our total assets after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and (2) the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class voting separately to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if distributions on such preferred stock are in arrears by two full years or more. Certain matters under the 1940 Act require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of preferred stock (as determined in accordance with the 1940 Act) voting together as a separate class. For example, the vote of such holders of preferred stock would be required to approve a proposal involving a plan of reorganization adversely affecting such securities.

The issuance of any preferred stock must be approved by a majority of our independent directors not otherwise interested in the transaction, who will have access, at our expense, to our legal counsel or to independent legal counsel.

Limitation on Liability of Directors and Officers; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its articles of incorporation a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment and which is material to the cause of action.

Despite the above provisions of Maryland law, and in accordance with guidelines adopted by the North American Securities Administrations Association, our articles of incorporation and our Advisory Agreement

 

101


Table of Contents

prohibit us from indemnifying or holding harmless an officer, director, employee, controlling person and any other person or entity acting as our agent (which would include, without limitation, our Adviser and its affiliates) unless each of the following conditions are met: (1) we have determined, in good faith, that the course of conduct that caused the loss or liability was intended to be in our best interest; (2) we have determined, in good faith, that the party seeking indemnification was acting or performing services on our behalf; (3) we have determined, in good faith, that such liability or loss was not the result of (A) negligence or misconduct, in the case that the party seeking indemnification is our Adviser, any of its affiliates, or any officer of the Company, our Adviser or an affiliate of our Adviser, or (B) gross negligence or willful misconduct, in the case that the party seeking indemnification is a director (and not also an officer of the Company, our Adviser or an affiliate of our Adviser); and (4) such indemnification or agreement to hold harmless is recoverable only out of our net assets and not from our stockholders.

Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its articles of incorporation provides otherwise, which our articles of incorporation do not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity against reasonable expenses incurred in the proceeding in which the director or officer was successful. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. However, under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification, and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

Maryland Law and Certain Charter and Bylaw Provisions; Anti-Takeover Measures

Maryland law contains, and our articles of incorporation and bylaws also contain, provisions that could make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to acquire us by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. These provisions are expected to discourage certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with the board of directors. These measures may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of stockholders. We believe, however, that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the potential disadvantages of discouraging any such acquisition proposals because, among other things, the board of director’s ability to negotiate such proposals may improve their terms.

Under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its articles of incorporation, merge, consolidate, convert into another form of business entity, sell all or substantially all of its assets or engage in a statutory share exchange unless declared advisable by the corporation’s board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. A Maryland corporation may provide in its charter for approval of these matters by a lesser or greater percentage, but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Subject to certain exceptions discussed below, the articles of incorporation provides for approval of these actions by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

 

102


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the foregoing, amendments to our articles of incorporation to make our common stock a “redeemable security” or to convert the company, whether by merger or otherwise, from a closed-end company to an open-end company must be approved by the affirmative vote of holders of our common stock entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, with common stock and each class or series of preferred stock that is entitled to vote on a matter voting as a separate class. In addition, as permitted by Maryland law, our articles of incorporation provides that a majority of our board of directors, without action by our stockholders, may amend the articles of incorporation from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue; provided, that any such amendment may not change the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, limitations as to dividends, or terms or conditions of redemption of any issued and outstanding shares.

Our articles of incorporation and bylaws provide that our board of directors will have the exclusive power to make, alter, amend or repeal any provision of our bylaws.

Our articles of incorporation provides that upon a vote by a majority of our stockholders voting together as a single class, our stockholders may, without the necessity of any concurrence by our Adviser, direct that the Company:

 

    approve or disapprove an amendment to our articles of incorporation;

 

    remove our Adviser and elect a new investment adviser;

 

    elect or remove directors; or

 

    approve or disapprove the dissolution of the Company; or

 

    approve or disapprove the sale of all or substantially all of our assets when such sale is to be made other than in the ordinary course of business.

Without the approval of a majority of our stockholders voting together as a single class, our Adviser may not:

 

    amend the investment advisory agreement except for amendments that would not adversely affect the rights of our stockholders;

 

    except as otherwise permitted under the Advisory Agreement, voluntarily withdraw as our investment adviser unless such withdrawal would not affect our tax status and would not materially adversely affect our stockholders;

 

    appoint a new investment adviser (other than a sub-adviser pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement and applicable law);

 

    sell all or substantially all of our assets other than in the ordinary course of business; or

 

    cause the merger or similar reorganization of the Company.

The articles of incorporation also provides that the board of directors will be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in size as practicable, with each class of directors serving for a staggered three-year term. Additionally, subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of preferred stock to elect or remove one or more directors, directors may be removed at any time, but only for cause (as such term is defined in the articles of incorporation) and only by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors. The articles of incorporation and bylaws also provide that, except as provided otherwise by applicable law, including the 1940 Act and subject to any rights of holders of one or more classes or series of preferred stock to elect or remove one or more directors, any vacancy on the board of directors, except, until such time as we have three independent directors, for vacancies resulting from the removal of a director by the stockholders, and any newly created directorship resulting from an increase in the size of the board of directors, may only be filled by vote of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director; provided that, under Maryland law, when the holders of any class,

 

103


Table of Contents

classes or series of stock have the exclusive power under the articles of incorporation to elect certain directors, vacancies in directorships elected by such class, classes or series may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors so elected by such class, classes or series of our stock. In addition, the articles of incorporation provides that, subject to any rights of holders of one or more classes or series of stock to elect or remove one or more directors, the total number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to resolutions adopted by the board of directors.

The classification of the board of directors and the limitations on removal of directors described above as well as the limitations on stockholders’ right to fill vacancies and newly created directorships and to fix the size of the board of directors could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, or of discouraging a third party from acquiring or attempting to acquire us.

Maryland law and our articles of incorporation and bylaws also provide that:

 

    any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders may only be taken if it is properly brought before such meeting or by unanimous consent in lieu of a meeting;

 

    special meetings of the stockholders may only be called by the board of directors, the chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the president, and must be called by the secretary upon the written request of stockholders who are entitled to cast not less than ten percent of all the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at such meeting; and

 

    any Stockholder nomination or business proposal to be properly brought before a meeting of stockholders must have been made in compliance with certain advance notice and informational requirements.

The articles of incorporation also provides that any tender offer made by any person, including any “mini-tender” offer, must comply with the provisions of Regulation 14D of the Exchange Act, including the notice and disclosure requirements. Among other things, the offeror must provide us notice of such tender offer at least ten business days before initiating the tender offer. The articles of incorporation prohibits any stockholder from transferring shares of stock to a person who makes a tender offer which does not comply with such provisions unless such stockholder has first offered such shares of stock to us at the tender offer price in the non-compliant tender offer. In addition, the non-complying offeror will be responsible for all of our expenses in connection with that offeror’s noncompliance.

These provisions could delay or hinder stockholder actions which are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities. These provisions may also discourage another person or entity from making a tender offer for the common stock, because such person or entity, even if it acquired a majority of our outstanding voting securities, would be able to take action as a stockholder (such as electing new directors or approving a merger) only at a duly called stockholders meeting, and not by written consent. The provisions of the articles of incorporation requiring that the directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors will also prevent stockholders from removing incumbent directors except for cause and upon a substantial affirmative vote. In addition, although the advance notice and information requirements in our bylaws do not give the board of directors any power to disapprove stockholder nominations for the election of directors or business proposals that are made in compliance with applicable advance notice procedures, they may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or the consideration of stockholder proposals if proper procedures are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our stockholders.

The articles of incorporation prohibits the Adviser from: (i) receiving or accepting any rebate, give-ups or similar arrangement that is prohibited under applicable federal or state securities laws, (ii) participating in any

 

104


Table of Contents

reciprocal business arrangement that would circumvent provisions of applicable federal or state securities laws governing conflicts of interest or investment restrictions, or (iii) entering into any agreement, arrangement or understanding that would circumvent the restrictions against dealing with affiliates or promoters under applicable federal or state securities laws. In addition, the Adviser may not directly or indirectly pay or award any fees or commissions or other compensation to any person or entity engaged to sell our stock or give investment advice to a potential stockholder; provided, however, that the Adviser may pay a registered broker-dealer or other properly licensed agent from sales commissions for selling or distributing shares of our common stock.

Advance Notice Provisions for Stockholder Nominations and Stockholder Proposals

Our bylaws provide that, with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of individuals for election as directors and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders may be made only (a) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (b) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (c) by a stockholder who is a stockholder of record both at the time of giving the advance notice required by our bylaws and at the time of the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated or on any such other business and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of our bylaws. With respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in our notice of the meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of individuals for election as directors at a special meeting at which directors are to be elected may be made only (a) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (b) provided that the special meeting has been called in accordance with our bylaws for the purpose of electing directors, by a stockholder who is a stockholder of record both at the time of giving the advance notice required by our bylaws and at the time of the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of our bylaws.

The purpose of requiring stockholders to give us advance notice of nominations and other business is to afford the board of directors a meaningful opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees and the advisability of any other proposed business and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by the board of directors, to inform stockholders and make recommendations about such qualifications or business, as well as to provide a more orderly procedure for conducting meetings of stockholders. Although our bylaws do not give the board of directors any power to disapprove stockholder nominations for the election of directors or proposals recommending certain action, the advance notice and information requirements may have the effect of precluding election contests or the consideration of stockholder proposals if proper procedures are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our stockholders.

No Appraisal Rights

For certain extraordinary transactions and amendments to the articles of incorporation, the MGCL provides the right to dissenting stockholders to demand and receive the fair value of their shares, subject to certain procedures and requirements set forth in the statute. Those rights are commonly referred to as appraisal rights. As permitted by the MGCL, the articles of incorporation provides that stockholders will not be entitled to exercise appraisal rights unless the board of directors determines that appraisal rights apply, with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which stockholders would otherwise be entitled to exercise appraisal rights.

Access to Records

Any stockholder will be permitted access to all of our records to which they are entitled under applicable law at all reasonable times and may inspect and copy any of them for a reasonable copying charge. Inspection of our records by the office or agency administering the securities laws of a jurisdiction will be provided upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours. An alphabetical list of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of our stockholders, along with the number of shares of our common stock held by each of them, will be

 

105


Table of Contents

maintained as part of our books and records and will be available for inspection by any stockholder or the stockholder’s designated agent at our office. The stockholder list will be updated at least quarterly to reflect changes in the information contained therein. A copy of the list will be mailed to any stockholder who requests the list within ten days of the request. A stockholder may request a copy of the stockholder list in connection with matters relating to voting rights and the exercise of stockholder rights under federal proxy laws. A stockholder requesting a list will be required to pay reasonable costs of postage and duplication.

Under the MGCL, our stockholders are entitled to inspect and copy, upon written request during usual business hours, the following corporate documents: (i) our charter, (ii) our bylaws, (iii) minutes of the proceedings of our stockholders, (iv) annual statements of affairs, and (v) any voting trust agreements. A stockholder may also request access to any other corporate records, which may be evaluated solely in the discretion of our board of directors.

In addition to the foregoing, stockholders have rights under Rule 14a-7 under the Exchange Act, which provides that, upon the request of investors and the payment of the expenses of the distribution, we are required to distribute specific materials to stockholders in the context of the solicitation of proxies for voting on matters presented to stockholders or, at our option, provide requesting stockholders with a copy of the list of stockholders so that the requesting stockholders may make the distribution of proxies themselves. A stockholder may also request access to any other corporate records. If a proper request for the stockholder list or any other corporate records is not honored, then the requesting stockholder will be entitled to recover certain costs incurred in compelling the production of the list or other requested corporate records as well as actual damages suffered by reason of the refusal or failure to produce the list. However, a stockholder will not have the right to, and we may require a requesting stockholder to represent that it will not, secure the stockholder list or other information for the purpose of selling or using the list for a commercial purpose not related to the requesting stockholder’s interest in our affairs. We may also require that such stockholder sign a confidentiality agreement in connection with the request.

Control Share Acquisitions

Certain provisions of the MGCL provide that a holder of control shares of a Maryland corporation acquired in a control share acquisition has no voting rights with respect to the control shares except to the extent approved by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, which is referred to as the Control Share Acquisition Act. Shares owned by the acquiror, by officers or by employees who are directors of the corporation are excluded from shares entitled to vote on the matter. Control shares are voting shares of stock which, if aggregated with all other shares of stock owned by the acquirer or in respect of which the acquirer is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquirer to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power:

 

    one-tenth or more but less than one-third;

 

    one-third or more but less than a majority; or

 

    a majority or more of all voting power.

The requisite stockholder approval must be obtained each time an acquirer crosses one of the thresholds of voting power set forth above. Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval or shares acquired directly from the corporation. A control share acquisition means the acquisition of issued and outstanding control shares, subject to certain exceptions.

A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition may compel the board of directors of the corporation to call a special meeting of stockholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares. The right to compel the calling of a special meeting is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including an undertaking to pay the expenses of the meeting. If no request for a meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any stockholders meeting.

 

106


Table of Contents

If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the statute, then the corporation may redeem for fair value any or all of the control shares, except those for which voting rights have previously been approved. The right of the corporation to redeem control shares is subject to certain conditions and limitations. Fair value is determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquirer or if a meeting of stockholders is held at which the voting rights of the shares are considered and not approved, as of the date of such meeting. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a stockholder meeting and the acquirer becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquirer in the control share acquisition.

The Control Share Acquisition Act does not apply (a) to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction or (b) to acquisitions approved or exempted by the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the corporation. Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the Control Share Acquisition Act any and all acquisitions by any person of shares of stock. There can be no assurance that such provision will not be amended or eliminated at a time in the future. However, we will amend our bylaws to be subject to the Control Share Acquisition Act only if our board of directors determines that it would be in our best interests and if the SEC staff does not object to our determination that it being subject to the Control Share Acquisition Act does not conflict with the 1940 Act. The SEC staff has issued informal guidance setting forth its position that certain provisions of the Control Share Acquisition Act would, if implemented, violate Section 18(i) of the 1940 Act.

Business Combinations

Under Maryland law, “business combinations” between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. An interested stockholder is defined as:

 

    any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s stock; or

 

    an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

A person is not an interested stockholder under this statute if the corporation’s board of directors approves in advance the transaction by which he or she otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.

After the five-year prohibition, any such business combination generally must be recommended by the corporation’s board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

 

    80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and

 

    two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder.

These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if holders of the corporation’s common stock receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares. The statute provides various

 

107


Table of Contents

exemptions from its provisions, including for business combinations that are exempted by the corporation’s board of directors before the time that the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. The board of directors has adopted a resolution exempting from the requirements of the statute any business combination between us and any other person, provided that such business combination is first approved by the board of directors (including a majority of the directors who are not “interested persons” within the meaning of the 1940 Act). This resolution, however, may be altered or repealed in whole or in part at any time. If this resolution is repealed, or our board of directors does not otherwise approve a business combination, the statute may discourage others from trying to acquire control and increase the difficulty of consummating any offer.

Restrictions on Roll-Up Transactions

Prior to the listing of our common stock on a national securities exchange, in connection with a proposed “roll-up transaction,” which, in general terms, is any transaction involving the acquisition, merger, conversion or consolidation, directly or indirectly, of us and the issuance of securities of an entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction, we will obtain an appraisal of all of its properties from an independent expert. In order to qualify as an independent expert for this purpose, the person or entity must have no material current or prior business or personal relationship with us and must be engaged to a substantial extent in the business of rendering opinions regarding the value of assets of the type held by us, who is qualified to perform such work. Our assets will be appraised on a consistent basis, and the appraisal will be based on the evaluation of all relevant information and will indicate the value of our assets as of a date immediately prior to the announcement of the proposed roll-up transaction. The appraisal will assume an orderly liquidation of our assets over a 12-month period. The terms of the engagement of such independent expert will clearly state that the engagement is for our benefit and the benefit of our stockholders. We will include a summary of the appraisal, indicating all material assumptions underlying the appraisal, in a report to the stockholders in connection with the proposed roll-up transaction. If the appraisal will be included in a prospectus used to offer the securities of the roll-up entity, the appraisal will be filed with the SEC and the states as an exhibit to the registration statement for the offering.

In connection with a proposed roll-up transaction, the person sponsoring the roll-up transaction must offer to the stockholders who vote against the proposal a choice of:

 

    accepting the securities of the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction offered in the proposed roll-up transaction; or

 

    one of the following:

 

    remaining as stockholders and preserving their interests in us on the same terms and conditions as existed previously; or

 

    receiving cash in an amount equal to their pro rata share of the appraised value of our net assets.

We are prohibited from participating in any proposed roll-up transaction:

 

    which would result in stockholders having voting rights in the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction that are less than those provided in the articles of incorporation, including rights with respect to the election and removal of directors, annual and special meetings, amendments to the articles of incorporation and our dissolution;

 

    which includes provisions that would operate as a material impediment to, or frustration of, the accumulation of shares of our common stock by any purchaser of the securities of the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction, except to the minimum extent necessary to preserve the tax status of such entity, or which would limit the ability of an investor to exercise the voting rights of its securities of the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction on the basis of the number of shares held by that investor;

 

108


Table of Contents
    in which stockholders’ rights to access to records of the entity that would be created or would survive after the successful completion of the roll-up transaction will be less than those provided in the articles of incorporation; or

 

    in which we would bear any of the costs of the roll-up transaction if the stockholders reject the roll-up transaction.

Reports to Stockholders

Within 60 days after each fiscal quarter, we will distribute our quarterly report on Form 10-Q to all stockholders of record. In addition, we will distribute our annual report on Form 10-K to all stockholders within 120 days after the end of each calendar year, which must contain, among other things, a breakdown of the expenses reimbursed by us to the Adviser. These reports will also be available on our website at [●] and on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Subject to availability, you may authorize us to provide prospectuses, prospectus supplements, annual reports and other information, or documents, electronically by so indicating on your subscription agreement, or by sending us instructions in writing in a form acceptable to us to receive such documents electronically. Unless you elect in writing to receive documents electronically, all documents will be provided in paper form by mail. You must have internet access to use electronic delivery. While we impose no additional charge for this service, there may be potential costs associated with electronic delivery, such as on-line charges. Documents will be available on our website. You may access and print all documents provided through this service. As documents become available, we will notify you of this by sending you an e-mail message that will include instructions on how to retrieve the document. If our e-mail notification is returned to us as “undeliverable,” we will contact you to obtain your updated e-mail address. If we are unable to obtain a valid e-mail address for you, we will resume sending a paper copy by regular U.S. mail to your address of record. You may revoke your consent for electronic delivery at any time and we will resume sending you a paper copy of all required documents. However, in order for us to be properly notified, your revocation must be given to us a reasonable time before electronic delivery has commenced. We will provide you with paper copies at any time upon request. Such request will not constitute revocation of your consent to receive required documents electronically.

Conflict with the 1940 Act

Our bylaws provide that, if and to the extent that any provision of the MGCL, including the Control Share Acquisition Act (if we amends our bylaws to be subject to such Act) and the Business Combination Act or any provision of the articles of incorporation or our bylaws conflicts with any provision of the 1940 Act, the applicable provision of the 1940 Act will control.

 

109


Table of Contents

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

Determination of Net Asset Value

The net asset value per share of our outstanding shares of common stock is determined at least quarterly by dividing the value of total assets minus liabilities by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding at the date as of which the determination is made.

Investments for which market quotations are readily available will typically be valued at the bid price of those market quotations. To validate market quotations, we will utilize a number of factors to determine if the quotations are representative of fair value, including the source and number of the quotations. Debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or whose market prices are not readily available, as is expected to be the case for substantially all of our investments, will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the board of directors, based on, among other things, the input of the Adviser, the Audit Committee and independent third-party valuation firm(s) engaged at the direction of the board of directors.

As part of the valuation process, we will take into account relevant factors in determining the fair value of our investments, including: the estimated enterprise value of a portfolio company (i.e., the total fair value of the portfolio company’s debt and equity), the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments based on its earnings and cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, a comparison of the portfolio company’s securities to any similar publicly traded securities, overall changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets that may affect the price at which similar investments may be made in the future. When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, we consider the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate its valuation.

The board of directors will undertake a multi-step valuation process, which includes, among other procedures, the following:

 

    With respect to investments for which market quotations are readily available, those investments will typically be valued at the bid price of those market quotations;

 

    With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, the valuation process begins with the independent valuation firm(s) providing a preliminary valuation of each investment to the Adviser’s valuation committee;

 

    Preliminary valuation conclusions will then be documented and discussed with the Adviser’s valuation committee. Agreed upon valuation recommendations will be presented to the Audit Committee;

 

    The Audit Committee will review the valuation recommendations and recommend values for each investment to the board of directors; and

 

    The board of directors will review the recommended valuations and determine the fair value of each investment.

Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may fluctuate from period to period. Additionally, the fair value of such investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready market existed for such investments and may differ materially from the values that may ultimately be realized. Further, such investments are generally less liquid than publicly traded securities and may be subject to contractual and other restrictions on resale. If we were required to liquidate a portfolio investment in a forced or liquidation sale, we could realize amounts that are different from the amounts presented and such differences could be material.

 

110


Table of Contents

In addition, changes in the market environment and other events that may occur over the life of the investments may cause the gains or losses ultimately realized on these investments to be different than the unrealized appreciation or depreciation reflected in our financial statements.

We apply ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements (“ASC 820”), which establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP and required disclosures of fair value measurements. ASC 820 determines fair value to be the price that would be received for an investment in a current sale, which assumes an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Market participants are defined as buyers and sellers in the principal or most advantageous market (which may be a hypothetical market) that are independent, knowledgeable, and willing and able to transact. In accordance with ASC 820, we consider the principal market to be the market that has the greatest volume and level of activity and/or which we expect to exit our investments. ASC 820 specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. In accordance with ASC 820, these inputs are summarized in the three broad levels listed below:

 

    Level 1 – Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that we have the ability to access.

 

    Level 2 – Valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

 

    Level 3 – Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

Transfers between levels, if any, are recognized at the beginning of the quarter in which the transfer occurs. In addition to using the above inputs in investment valuations, we apply the valuation policy approved by our board of directors that is consistent with ASC 820. Consistent with the valuation policy, we evaluate the source of the inputs, including the markets in which its investments are trading (or any markets in which securities with similar attributes are trading), in determining fair value.

The determination of fair value involves subjective judgments and estimates. Accordingly, the notes to our consolidated financial statements express the uncertainty with respect to the possible effect of such valuations, and any change in such valuations, on the consolidated financial statements.

Value Determinations in Connection with this Continuous Offering

To the extent that the net asset value per share increases above the offering price, net of sales load, then the offering price per share will require an upward adjustment. Therefore, persons who subscribe for shares of our common stock in this offering must submit subscriptions for a certain dollar amount, rather than a number of shares of common stock and, as a result, may receive fractional shares of our common stock.

In connection with each weekly closing on the sale of shares of our common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus on a continuous basis, we expect that our board of directors will delegate to one or more of its directors the authority to conduct such closings so long as there is no change to our public offering price or to establish a new net offering price that is not more than 2.5% above our net asset value. We will not sell our shares at a net offering price below our net asset value per share unless we obtain the requisite approval from our stockholders.

The following factors, among others, will be considered in making the determination that our common stock is not sold at a price per share, after deducting upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees, which is below our net asset value per share:

 

    the net asset value of our common stock as disclosed in our most recent periodic report filed with the SEC;

 

   

our Advisers’ and officers’ assessment of whether any material change in net asset value has occurred (including through any realization of net gains from the sale of a portfolio investment), or any material

 

111


Table of Contents
 

change in the fair value of portfolio investments has occurred, in each case, from the period beginning on the date of the most recently disclosed net asset value to the period ending as of a time within 48 hours (excluding Sundays and holidays) of the weekly subscription closing of our common stock; and

 

    the magnitude of the difference between (i) a value that our board of directors or an authorized committee thereof has determined reflects the current (as of a time within 48 hours, excluding Sundays and holidays) net asset value of our common stock, which is based upon the net asset value of our common stock disclosed in the most recent periodic report that we filed with the SEC, as adjusted to reflect our management’s assessment of any material change in the net asset value of our common stock since the date of the most recently disclosed net asset value of our common stock, and (ii) the offering price of the shares of our common stock at the date of the weekly subscription closing.

Moreover, to the extent that there is more than a remote possibility that we may: (i) issue shares of our common stock at a price which, after deducting upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees, is below the then current net asset value of our common stock on the date of sale or (ii) trigger the undertaking provided herein to suspend the offering of shares of our common stock pursuant to the prospectus if the net asset value fluctuates by certain amounts in certain circumstances until the prospectus is amended, the board of directors or a committee thereof will elect, in the case of clause (i) above, either to postpone the weekly closing until such time that there is no longer the possibility of the occurrence of such event or to undertake to determine net asset value within two days prior to any such sale to ensure that such sale will not be made at a price which, after deducting upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees, is below our then current net asset value, and, in the case of clause (ii) above, to comply with such undertaking or to undertake to determine net asset value to ensure that such undertaking has not been triggered.

These processes and procedures are part of our compliance program. Records will be made contemporaneously with all determinations described in this section and these records will be maintained with other records we are required to maintain under the 1940 Act. Promptly following any adjustment to the offering price per share of our common stock offered pursuant to the prospectus, we intend to update the prospectus by filing a prospectus supplement with the SEC. We also intend to make updated information available via our website: www. [●].com.

 

112


Table of Contents

SUBSCRIPTION PROCESS

Subscription Process

To purchase shares in this offering, you must complete and sign a subscription agreement, like the one contained in this prospectus as Appendix A. Prior to our meeting the minimum offering requirement, you should make your payment to “UMB Bank, N.A., as escrow agent for Owl Rock Capital Corporation II.” Subsequent to our meeting the minimum offering requirement, you should make your payment to “UMB Bank, N.A., as agent for Owl Rock Capital Corporation II.” After you have satisfied the applicable minimum purchase requirement, additional purchases must be for a minimum of $500, except for purchases made pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan. Pending acceptance of your subscription, proceeds will be deposited into an account for your benefit. Subscriptions received prior to our meeting the minimum offering requirement will be deposited into an interest-bearing account. You should exercise care to ensure that the applicable subscription agreement is filled out correctly and completely. By executing the subscription agreement, you will attest that you meet the minimum income and net worth standards described in this prospectus. Subscriptions will be effective only upon our acceptance, and we reserve the right to reject any subscription in whole or in part. We may not accept a subscription for shares until at least five business days after the date you receive the final prospectus. Our Dealer Manager and/or the broker-dealers participating in this offering will promptly submit a subscriber’s payment for deposit in an escrow account on the business day following receipt of the subscriber’s subscription documents and payment. In certain circumstances where the suitability review procedures are more lengthy than customary, a subscriber’s payment will be promptly deposited into an escrow account after the completion of such suitability review procedures. The proceeds from your subscription will be deposited in a segregated escrow account and will be held in trust for your benefit, pending our acceptance of your subscription. Within ten business days of our receipt of each completed subscription agreement, we will accept or reject the subscription. We are expecting to close on subscriptions that are received and accepted by us on a weekly basis. If we accept the subscription, we will send a confirmation within three business days. If for any reason we reject the subscription, we will promptly return the payment and the subscription agreement, without interest or deduction, within ten business days after rejecting it.

Minimum Purchase Requirements

Generally, you must initially invest at least $5,000 in our shares to be eligible to participate in this offering, except for certain investors. See “Suitability Standards.” In order to satisfy this minimum purchase requirement, unless otherwise prohibited by state law, a husband and wife may jointly contribute funds from their separate IRAs, provided that each such contribution is made in increments of $500. You should note that an investment in our shares will not, in itself, create a retirement plan and that, in order to create a retirement plan, you must comply with all applicable provisions of the Code. If you have previously acquired shares, any additional purchase must be for a minimum of $500. The investment minimum for subsequent purchases does not apply to shares purchased pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan.

 

113


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

General

We are offering a maximum of 264,000,000 shares of our common stock on a continuous basis at an initial offering price of $9.47 per share. Investors will pay a maximum sales load of up to 5.0% of the price per share for combined upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees.

The upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees will not be paid in connection with purchases of shares pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan. In addition to the upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees, our Adviser may pay our Dealer Manager a fee equal to no more than 1.0% of the net asset value per share per year. Our Dealer Manager will reallow all or a portion of such amounts to participating broker-dealers. Such amounts will not be paid by our stockholders. Our Adviser will cease making these payments to our Dealer Manager with respect to each share upon the earliest to occur of the following: (i) the date when the aggregate underwriting compensation would exceed that permitted under FINRA Rule 2310 over the life of the offering, which equals 10% of the gross offering proceeds from the sale of shares in this offering (excluding shares purchased through our distribution reinvestment plan); (ii) the date of a liquidity event; (iii) the date that such share is redeemed or is no longer outstanding; (iv) the date when the aggregate upfront selling commission, dealer manager fees, and payments from the Adviser together equal 8% (or such other amount, as determined by the Adviser) of the actual price paid for such share; or (v) the date when Owl Rock Capital Advisors no longer serves as our investment adviser. Fees expressed as a percentage of the public offering price per share may be higher or lower due to rounding.

The Company, the Dealer Manager, and participating broker-dealers will solicit subscriptions but will not sell any shares unless we raise gross proceeds of at least $2.5 million from the sale of shares of common stock in this offering or in separate private placement transactions outside of this offering within one year from the initial effective date of this offering. See “—Minimum Offering Requirement” below.

We may, to the extent permitted or required under the rules and regulations of the SEC, supplement the prospectus or file an amendment to the registration statement to sell at a price necessary to ensure that shares are not sold at a price per share, after deducting applicable upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees, that is below our net asset value per share, if our net asset value per share: (i) declines more than 10% from the net asset value per share as of the effective date of this registration statement or (ii) increases to an amount that is greater than the net proceeds per share as stated in the prospectus.

In addition, in the event of a material decline in our net asset value per share, which we consider to be a 2.5% decrease below our current net offering price, we will reduce our offering price in order to establish a new net offering price per share that is not more than 2.5% above our net asset value. We will not sell our shares at a net offering price below our net asset value per share unless we obtain the requisite approval from our stockholders. Promptly following any such adjustment to the offering price per share, we will post the updated information on our website at www. [●].com.

The Dealer Manager for this offering is Owl Rock Capital Securities, LLC (d/b/a Owl Rock Securities). The Dealer Manager has applied for registration as a broker-dealer and to become a member of FINRA and SIPC. Owl Rock Securities will not act as dealer manager unless and until it is a member of FINRA. The Dealer Manager will act as a distributor of the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. The Dealer Manager is headquartered at 245 Park Avenue, 41st Floor, New York, NY 10167.

Our shares are being offered on a “best efforts” basis, which means that the Dealer Manager is required to use only its best efforts to sell the shares and it has no firm commitment or obligation to purchase any of the shares. The Company intends that the shares of our common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus will not be listed on any national securities exchange during the offering period, and neither the Dealer Manager nor the participating broker-dealers intend to act as market-makers with respect to our common stock. Because no public market is expected for the shares, stockholders will likely have limited ability to sell their shares until there is a liquidity event for the Company.

 

114


Table of Contents

Under applicable SEC rules, generally, an issuer may offer and sell securities in a continuous offering, like this offering, only until the third anniversary of the initial effective date of the registration statement under which the securities are being offered and sold. However, if, in accordance with SEC rules, a new registration statement is filed by the issuer before the end of that three-year period, then the continuous offering of securities covered by the prior registration statement (provided such continuous offering had commenced within three years of the initial effective date) may continue until the earlier of 180 days following the end of the three-year period or the effective date of the new registration statement, if so permitted under the new registration statement. In such a circumstance, the issuer may also choose to enlarge the continuous offering by including on such new registration statement a further amount of securities, in addition to any unsold securities covered by the earlier registration statement. This prospectus also relates to the shares that the Company will offer under the distribution reinvestment plan. See “Distribution Reinvestment Plan.”

This offering must be registered in every state in which we offer or sell shares. Generally, such registrations are for a period of one year. Thus, we may have to stop selling shares in any state in which our registration is not renewed or otherwise extended annually. We reserve the right to terminate this offering at any time prior to the stated termination date.

Compensation Paid to the Dealer Manager and Participating Broker-Dealers

Our Dealer Manager will engage unrelated, third-party participating broker-dealers in connection with this offering. As used in this prospectus, the term “participating broker-dealers” includes members of FINRA and entities exempt from broker-dealer registration who enter into an agreement with the Dealer Manager to participate in this offering of shares of our common stock. In connection with the sale of shares by participating broker-dealers, our Dealer Manager may reallow to such participating broker-dealers all or any portion of the up-front selling commissions and dealer manager fees. The maximum aggregate underwriting compensation, which includes payments of upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees and compensation collected from any other sources, including the reimbursement of training and education expenses, will not exceed 10% of the gross offering proceeds from the sale of shares in this offering. (excluding shares purchased through our distribution reinvestment plan).

Subject to certain reductions described below, our Dealer Manager will receive an upfront selling commission and a dealer manager fee in connection with the Company’s shares sold in the offering. The upfront selling commission is up to 3.0% of the gross offering proceeds per share and, combined with the dealer manager fee, the aggregate maximum upfront sales load is up to 5.0%. It is anticipated that substantially all of the upfront selling commission will be reallowed by the Dealer Manager to participating broker-dealers for selling shares to their customers.

The dealer manager fee is up to 3.0% of the gross offering proceeds per share and, combined with the upfront selling commission, the aggregate maximum upfront sales load is up to 5.0%. The Dealer Manager may reallow all or a portion of the dealer manager fee for each share sold by a participating broker as marketing support, provided that the participating broker agrees to comply with one or more of the following conditions:

 

    To have and use internal marketing support personnel (such as telemarketers or a marketing director) to assist the Dealer Manager’s marketing team;

 

    To have and use marketing communications vehicles such as newsletters, conference calls, interactive CD-ROMS and mail to promote our company and this offering;

 

    To answer investors’ inquiries concerning quarterly statements, valuations, distribution rates, tax information, annual reports, reinvestment and redemption rights and procedures, and the Company’s financial status;

 

    To assist investors with reinvestments and redemptions;

 

    To maintain the technology necessary to adequately service our investors as otherwise associated with the offering; or

 

    To provide other services as requested by investors from time to time.

 

115


Table of Contents

In addition to the upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees, our Adviser may pay our Dealer Manager a fee equal to no more than 1.0% of the net asset value per share per year. Our Dealer Manager may reallow all or a portion of such amounts to participating broker-dealers. Such amounts will not be paid by our stockholders. Our Adviser will cease making these payments to our Dealer Manager with respect to each share upon the earliest to occur of the following: (i) the date when the aggregate underwriting compensation would exceed that permitted under FINRA Rule 2310 over the life of the offering, which equals 10% of the gross offering proceeds from the sale of shares in this offering; (ii) the date of a liquidity event; (iii) the date that such share is redeemed or is no longer outstanding; (iv) the date when the aggregate upfront selling commission, dealer manager fees, and payments from the Adviser together equal 8% (or such other amount, as determined by the Adviser) of the actual price paid for such share; or (v) the date when Owl Rock Capital Advisors no longer serves as our investment adviser.

This offering is being made in compliance with FINRA Rule 2310. Under that rule, the maximum compensation payable from any source to members of FINRA participating in this offering, or affiliates thereof, cannot exceed 10% of the gross offering proceeds (excluding shares purchased through our distribution reinvestment plan). Participating broker-dealers, their associated persons, and affiliates thereof may receive discounted shares of the fund in connection with this offering (e.g., public offering price, minus upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees). The difference between the price of these discounted shares and the public offering price will be included in calculating the 10% compensation cap under FINRA Rule 2310.

We or our affiliates also may provide permissible forms of non-cash compensation pursuant to FINRA Rule 2310(c) to registered representatives of our Dealer Manager and the participating broker-dealers, such as: (i) an occasional meal or comparable entertainment which is neither so frequent nor so extensive as to raise any question of propriety and is not preconditioned on achievement of a sales target; (ii) the national and regional sales conferences of our participating broker-dealers; (iii) training and education meetings for registered representatives of our participating broker-dealers; and (iv) gifts, the value of which will not exceed an aggregate of $100 per year per participating salesperson, or be preconditioned on achievement of a sales target.

The value of such items of non-cash compensation to participating broker-dealers will be considered underwriting compensation in connection with this offering and will be paid from the dealer manager fee. These items of non-cash compensation will be included when calculating the 10% cap on compensation under FINRA Rule 2310.

To the extent permitted by law and our charter, we will indemnify the participating broker-dealers and the Dealer Manager against some civil liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of our representations and warranties contained in the dealer manager agreement.

Share Distribution Channels and Special Discounts

We expect our Dealer Manager to use multiple distribution channels to sell our shares. These channels may have different selling commissions, and consequently, a different purchase price for the shares. Our Dealer Manager is expected to engage participating broker-dealers in connection with the sale of the shares of this offering in accordance with participating broker agreements. No participating broker-dealers have entered into a participating broker agreement related to this offering prior to the effective date of our registration statement. Except as otherwise described, upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees will be paid by us to our Dealer Manager in connection with sales by participating broker-dealers.

We will waive the upfront selling commission and the upfront dealer manager fee and sell shares at a discount to the gross public offering price in certain circumstances. Our Dealer Manager may also engage registered investment advisers or other entities exempt from broker-dealer registration to distribute shares. The upfront selling commission and the upfront dealer manager fees will be waived for sales of shares through these channels. Neither our Dealer Manager nor its affiliates are expected to directly compensate any person engaged

 

116


Table of Contents

as an investment adviser by a potential investor to induce such investment adviser to advise favorably for an investment in us. We expect to receive the same net proceeds per share for sales of shares through these channels.

Minimum Offering Requirement

Investments are made by completing and properly executing a subscription agreement. Your payment must be submitted with the subscription agreement. We, our Dealer Manager, and participating broker-dealers will solicit subscriptions but will not sell any shares unless we meet our minimum offering requirement. Our minimum offering requirement will be met when we raise gross proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock in this offering or in separate private placement transactions outside of this offering of $2.5 million within one year after the date of this prospectus. Purchases of shares of our common stock in this offering or in separate private placement transactions outside of this offering by our officers, directors, or Adviser or its affiliates will count toward satisfaction of the minimum offering requirement. Pending satisfaction of the minimum offering requirement, all subscription payments will be placed in an interest-bearing account held by our designated escrow agent in trust for our subscribers’ benefit. If we do not satisfy the minimum offering requirement within one year from the effective date of this prospectus, we will promptly return all funds to subscribers. Proceeds held in escrow will not incur any fees or expenses. We will bear all expense of the escrow account. After meeting our minimum offering requirement, the funds in the escrow account will be released to us and the subscribing investors will be admitted as stockholders in the Company.

Supplemental Sales Material

In addition to this prospectus, we intend to use supplemental sales material in connection with the offering of our shares, although only when accompanied by or preceded by the delivery of this prospectus, as amended or supplemented. We will file all supplemental sales material with the SEC prior to distributing such material. The supplemental sales material will not contain all of the information material to an investment decision and should only be reviewed after reading this prospectus. The sales material expected to be used in permitted jurisdictions includes:

 

    investor sales promotion brochures;

 

    cover letters transmitting this prospectus;

 

    brochures containing a summary description of this offering;

 

    fact sheets describing our investment objective and strategies;

 

    asset flyers describing our recent investments;

 

    broker updates;

 

    online investor presentations;

 

    third-party article reprints;

 

    website material;

 

    electronic media presentations; and

 

    client seminar presentations and seminar advertisements and invitations.

All of the foregoing material will be prepared by Owl Rock Capital Advisors or its affiliates with the exception of the third-party article reprints, if any. In certain jurisdictions, some or all of such sales material may not be available. In addition, the sales material may contain certain quotes from various publications without obtaining the consent of the author or the publication for use of the quoted material in the sales material.

 

117


Table of Contents

We are offering shares in this continuous public offering only by means of this prospectus, as the same may be supplemented and amended from time to time. Although the information contained in our supplemental sales materials is not expected to conflict with any of the information contained in this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, the supplemental materials do not purport to be complete and should not be considered a part of or as incorporated by reference in this prospectus, or the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

118


Table of Contents

DISTRIBUTION REINVESTMENT PLAN

Any investor who purchases shares of our common stock in this offering may elect to participate in our distribution reinvestment plan by making a written election to participate in such plan on his or her subscription agreement at the time he or she subscribes for shares. If you wish to receive your distribution in cash, no action will be required on your part to do so.

Subject to our board of directors’ discretion and applicable legal restrictions, we intend to authorize and declare cash distributions on a monthly or quarterly basis or on such other date or dates as may be fixed from time to time by our board of directors and pay such distributions on a monthly or quarterly basis. We have adopted an “opt-in” distribution reinvestment plan pursuant to which you may elect to have the full amount of your cash distribution reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. There will be no up-front selling commissions or dealer manager fees to you if you elect to participate in the distribution reinvestment plan. We will pay the plan administrator fees under the plan.

Participation in the distribution reinvestment plan will commence with the next distribution paid after receipt of an investor’s written election to participate in the plan and to all other calendar months thereafter, provided such notification is received by the plan administrator no later than the record date to which such distribution relates.

Any purchases of our stock pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan are dependent on the continued registration of our securities or the availability of an exemption from registration in the recipient’s home state. Participants in our distribution reinvestment plan are free to elect or revoke reinstatement in the distribution plan within a reasonable time as specified in the plan. If you do not elect to participate in the plan you will automatically receive any distributions we declare in cash. For example, if our board of directors authorizes, and we declare, a cash dividend, then if you have “opted in” to our distribution reinvestment plan you will have your cash distributions reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, rather than receiving the cash distributions.

Your distribution amount will purchase shares at a per share price equivalent to the current net public offering price that the shares are sold in the offering at the closing immediately following the distribution date. In the event that this offering is suspended or terminated, then the reinvestment purchase price will be the net asset value per share. Shares issued pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan will have the same voting rights as the shares of our common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus.

If you are a registered stockholder, you may elect to have your entire distribution reinvested in shares of additional stock by notifying DST Systems, Inc., the plan administrator and our transfer agent and registrar, in writing so that such notice is received by the plan administrator no later than the record date to which such distribution relates. If you elect to reinvest your distributions in additional shares of stock, the plan administrator will set up an account for shares you acquire through the plan and will hold such shares in non-certificated form. If your shares are held by a broker or other financial intermediary, you may “opt-in” to our distribution reinvestment plan by notifying your broker or other financial intermediary of your election.

During each quarter, but in no event later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, our transfer agent or another designated agent will mail and/or make electronically available to each participant in the distribution reinvestment plan, a statement of account describing, as to such participant, the distributions received during such quarter, the number of shares of our common stock purchased during such quarter, and the per share purchase price for such shares. Annually, as required by the Code, we will include tax information for income earned on shares under the distribution reinvestment plan on a Form 1099-DIV that is mailed to stockholders subject to IRS tax reporting. We reserve the right to amend, suspend or terminate the distribution reinvestment plan. Any distributions reinvested through the issuance of shares through our distribution reinvestment plan will increase our gross assets on which the base management fee and the incentive fee are determined and paid under the Investment Advisory Agreement.

For additional discussion regarding the tax implications of participation in the distribution reinvestment plan, see “Tax Matters.” Additional information about the distribution reinvestment plan may be obtained by contacting stockholder services for Owl Rock Capital Corporation II at (212) 419-3000.

 

119


Table of Contents

SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAM

During the term of this offering, we do not intend to list our shares on a securities exchange and we do not expect there to be a public market for our shares. As a result, if you purchase shares of our common stock, your ability to sell your shares will be limited.

Beginning no later than the first full calendar quarter after the date that we satisfy the minimum offering requirement, and subject to the discretion of the board of directors, we intend to commence a share repurchase program pursuant to which we intend to conduct quarterly tender offers in accordance with the requirements of Rule 13e-4 under the Exchange Act and the 1940 Act, to allow our stockholders to tender their shares at a price equal to the current net offering price per share in effect on each date of repurchase. Our share repurchase program will include numerous restrictions that limit your ability to sell your shares.

We will limit repurchases in each quarter to the lesser of (a) 2.5% of the weighted average number of shares of our common stock outstanding in the prior 12-month period and (b) the number of shares we can repurchase with the proceeds we receive from the sale of shares of our common stock under our distribution reinvestment plan. At the discretion of our board of directors, we may use cash on hand, cash available from borrowings, and cash from the sale of our investments as of the end of the applicable period to repurchase shares. You may tender all of the shares of our common stock that you own. There is no repurchase priority for a stockholder under the circumstances of death or disability of such stockholder.

To the extent that the number of shares of our common stock tendered to us for repurchase exceeds the number of shares that we are able to purchase, we will repurchase shares on a pro rata basis. Further, we will have no obligation to repurchase shares if the repurchase would violate the restrictions on distributions under federal law or Maryland law. The limitations and restrictions described above may prevent us from accommodating all repurchase requests made in any quarter. Our share repurchase program has many limitations, including the limitations described above, and should not in any way be viewed as the equivalent of a secondary market.

We will offer to repurchase shares on such terms as may be determined by our board of directors in its complete and absolute discretion unless, in the judgment of our independent directors, such repurchases would not be in the best interests of our stockholders or would violate applicable law. There is no assurance that our board will exercise its discretion to offer to repurchase shares or that there will be sufficient funds available to accommodate all of our stockholders’ requests for repurchase. As a result, we may repurchase less than the full amount of shares that you request to have repurchased. If we do not repurchase the full amount of your shares that you have requested to be repurchased, or we determine not to make repurchases of our shares, you will likely not be able to dispose of your shares, even if we under-perform. Any periodic repurchase offers will be subject in part to our available cash and compliance with the RIC qualification and diversification rules and the 1940 Act. Stockholders will not pay a fee to us in connection with our repurchase of shares under the share repurchase program.

The Company will repurchase shares from stockholders pursuant to written tenders on terms and conditions that the board of directors determines to be fair to the Company and to all stockholders. When the board of directors determines that the Company will repurchase shares, notice will be provided to stockholders describing the terms of the offer, containing information stockholders should consider in deciding whether to participate in the repurchase opportunity and containing information on how to participate. Stockholders deciding whether to tender their shares during the period that a repurchase offer is open may obtain the Company’s current net offering price per share by contacting us during that period. If a repurchase offer is oversubscribed by stockholders who tender shares, the Company will repurchase a pro rata portion of the shares tendered by each Stockholder, extend the repurchase offer, or take any other action with respect to the repurchase offer permitted by applicable law. Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the share repurchase program upon 30 days’ notice.

 

120


Table of Contents

Repurchases of shares from stockholders by the Company will be paid in cash. Repurchases will be effective after receipt and acceptance by the Company of eligible written tenders of shares from stockholders by the applicable repurchase offer deadline. The Company does not impose any charges in connection with repurchases of shares. All shares purchased by us pursuant to the terms of each tender offer will be retired and thereafter will be authorized and unissued shares.

Payment for repurchased shares may require us to liquidate portfolio holdings earlier than our Adviser would otherwise have caused these holdings to be liquidated, potentially resulting in losses, and may increase our investment related expenses as a result of higher portfolio turnover rates. Our Adviser intend to take measures, subject to policies as may be established by our board of directors, to attempt to avoid or minimize potential losses and expenses resulting from the repurchase of shares.

 

121


Table of Contents

SHARE LIQUIDITY STRATEGY

Our board of directors expects to contemplate a liquidity event for our stockholders three to four years after the completion of our offering. We will consider our offering period to be complete as of the termination date of our most recent public equity offering if we have not conducted a public equity offering in any continuous two-year period. We may determine not to pursue a liquidity event if we believe that then-current market conditions are not favorable for a liquidity event, and that such conditions will improve in the future. If a liquidity event is not completed after three to four years, our board of directors, as part of its ongoing duties, would continue to consider potential liquidity events and options as they become available to the Company. However, there is no assurance that a liquidity event will be completed at any particular time or at all. A liquidity event could include: (i) a listing of our shares on a national securities exchange; (ii) a merger or another transaction approved by our board of directors in which our stockholders will receive cash or shares of a publicly traded company; or (iii) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets either on a complete portfolio basis or individually followed by a liquidation to the Company and distribution of cash to our stockholders. A liquidity event involving a merger or sale of all or substantially all of our assets would require the approval of our stockholders in accordance with our charter. Certain types of liquidity events, such as one involving a listing of our shares on a national securities exchange, would allow us to retain our investment portfolio intact. A liquidity event may include a sale, merger or rollover transaction with one or more affiliated investment companies managed by our Adviser. If we determine to list our securities on a national securities exchange, we expect to, although are not required to, maintain our external management structure.

In making a determination of whether and what type of liquidity event is in the best interests of our stockholders, our board of directors, including our independent directors, may consider a variety of criteria, including but not limited to such factors as market conditions for listing our common stock or a sale of our assets, the trading prices of other comparable vehicles that are publicly traded, portfolio diversification and allocation, portfolio performance, our financial condition, potential access to capital and the potential for stockholder liquidity. At this time, we do not know what circumstances will exist in the future and therefore we do not know what factors our board of directors will consider in determining whether to pursue a liquidity event in the future.

Prior to a liquidity event, our share repurchase program, if implemented, may provide a limited opportunity for you to have your shares of common stock repurchased, subject to certain restrictions and limitations, at a price which may reflect a discount from the purchase price you paid for the shares being repurchased. See “Share Repurchase Program” for a detailed description of the share repurchase program.

 

122


Table of Contents

REGULATION

We have elected to be regulated as a business development company under the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between business development companies and their affiliates (including any investment advisers or sub-advisers), principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters and requires that a majority of the directors be persons other than “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act.

In addition, the 1940 Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a business development company unless approved by “a majority of our outstanding voting securities” as defined in the 1940 Act. A majority of the outstanding voting securities of a company is defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of: (a) 67% or more of such company’s voting securities present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such company are present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such company. We do not anticipate any substantial change in the nature of our business.

We are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below net asset value per share. We may, however, issue and sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below the then-current net asset value of our common stock if (1) our board of directors determines that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders, and (2) our stockholders have approved our policy and practice of making such sales within the preceding 12 months. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price which, in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities.

As a business development company, we are required to meet a coverage ratio of the value of total assets to senior securities, which include all of our borrowings and any preferred stock we may issue in the future, of at least 200%. We may also be prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our board of directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, prior approval by the SEC.

Recently, legislation was introduced in the U.S. House of Representatives intended to revise certain regulations applicable to business development companies. This legislation, if passed, would modify this section of the 1940 Act and increase the amount of debt that BDCs may incur by modifying the asset coverage percentage from 200% to 150%. There are no assurances as to when the legislation will be enacted by Congress, if at all, or, if enacted, what final form the legislation would take.

We may invest up to 100% of our assets in securities acquired directly from issuers in privately negotiated transactions. With respect to such securities, we may, for the purpose of public resale, be deemed an “underwriter” as that term is defined in the Securities Act. Our intention is to not write (sell) or buy put or call options to manage risks associated with the publicly traded securities of our portfolio companies, except that we may enter into hedging transactions to manage the risks associated with interest rate or currency fluctuations. However, we may purchase or otherwise receive warrants to purchase the common stock of our portfolio companies in connection with acquisition financing or other investments. Similarly, in connection with an acquisition, we may acquire rights to require the issuers of acquired securities or their affiliates to repurchase them under certain circumstances. We also do not intend to acquire securities issued by any investment company that exceed the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Under these limits, except for registered money market funds, we generally cannot acquire more than 3% of the voting stock of any registered investment company, invest more than 5% of the value of our total assets in the securities of one investment company, or invest more than 10% of the value of our total assets in the securities of more than one investment company. With regard to that portion of our portfolio invested in securities issued by investment companies, if any, it should be noted that such investments might subject our stockholders to additional expenses as they will be indirectly responsible for the costs and expenses of such companies. None of our investment policies are fundamental, and thus may be changed without stockholder approval.

 

123


Table of Contents

Qualifying Assets

Under the 1940 Act, a business development company may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as “qualifying assets,” unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our business are the following:

 

  (a) Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer that:

 

    is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;

 

    is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly-owned by the business development company) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the 1940 Act; and

 

    satisfies either of the following:

 

    does not have any class of securities listed on a national securities exchange or has any class of securities listed on a national securities exchange subject to a $250 million market capitalization maximum; or

 

    is controlled by a business development company or a group of companies including a business development company, the business development company actually exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of the eligible portfolio company, and, as a result, the business development company has an affiliated person who is a director of the eligible portfolio company.

 

  (b) Securities of any eligible portfolio company which we control.

 

  (c) Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident to such a private transaction, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities, was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.

 

  (d) Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.

 

  (e) Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.

 

  (f) Cash, cash-equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities that mature in one year or less from the date of investment.

Control, as defined by the 1940 Act, is presumed to exist where a business development company beneficially owns more than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of the portfolio company, but may exist in other circumstances based on the facts and circumstances.

The regulations defining qualifying assets may change over time. We may adjust our investment focus as needed to comply with and/or take advantage of any regulatory, legislative, administrative or judicial actions in this area.

 

124


Table of Contents

Managerial Assistance to Portfolio Companies

A business development company must have been organized and have its principal place of business in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in (a), (b) or (c) above. However, in order to count portfolio securities as qualifying assets for the purpose of the 70% test, the business development company must either control the issuer of the securities or must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities (other than small and solvent companies described above) significant managerial assistance. Where the business development company purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, the business development company will satisfy this test if one of the other persons in the group makes available such managerial assistance, although this may not be the sole method by which the business development company satisfies the requirement to make available managerial assistance. Making available managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the business development company, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company.

Temporary Investments

Pending investment in other types of qualifying assets, as described above, our investments may consist of cash, cash-equivalents, U.S. government securities, repurchase agreements and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets are qualifying assets or temporary investments. We may invest in highly rated commercial paper, U.S. Government agency notes, U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements relating to such securities that are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price that is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. Consequently, repurchase agreements are functionally similar to loans. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, the 1940 Act and certain diversification tests in order to qualify as a RIC for federal income tax purposes typically require us to limit the amount we invest with any one counterparty. Accordingly, we do not intend to enter into repurchase agreements with a single counterparty in excess of this limit. Owl Rock Capital Advisors will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we may enter into repurchase agreement transactions.

Warrants and Options

Under the 1940 Act, a business development company is subject to restrictions on the amount of warrants, options, restricted stock or rights to purchase shares of capital stock that it may have outstanding at any time. Under the 1940 Act, we may generally only offer warrants provided that (i) the warrants expire by their terms within ten years, (ii) the exercise or conversion price is not less than the current market value at the date of issuance, (iii) our stockholders authorize the proposal to issue such warrants, and our board of directors approves such issuance on the basis that the issuance is in the best interests of us and our stockholders and (iv) if the warrants are accompanied by other securities, the warrants are not separately transferable unless no class of such warrants and the securities accompanying them has been publicly distributed. The 1940 Act also provides that the amount of our voting securities that would result from the exercise of all outstanding warrants, as well as options and rights, at the time of issuance may not exceed 25% of our outstanding voting securities. In particular, the amount of capital stock that would result from the conversion or exercise of all outstanding warrants, options or rights to purchase capital stock cannot exceed 25% of the business development company’s total outstanding shares of capital stock.

 

125


Table of Contents

Senior Securities

We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of stock senior to our common stock if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Business Development Companies — Regulations governing our operation as a business development company and RIC affect our ability to raise capital and the way in which we raise additional capital or borrow for investment purposes, which may have a negative effect on our growth. As a business development company, the necessity of raising additional capital may expose us to risks, including risks associated with leverage.”

Codes of Ethics

We and Owl Rock Capital Advisors have each adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to each code may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements. Our code of ethics is available, free of charge, on our website at www. [●].com. You may also read and copy the code of ethics at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (800) SEC-0330. In addition, the code of ethics is attached as an exhibit to this registration statement and is available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. You may also obtain copies of the code of ethics, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

Exemptive Relief

We, Owl Rock Capital Advisors and certain of its affiliates have submitted an exemptive application to the SEC to permit us to co-invest with other funds managed by Owl Rock Capital Advisors or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. There can be no assurance that any such exemptive order will be granted. If such relief is granted, then we will be permitted to co-invest with our affiliates if a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our independent directors make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the transactions, including the consideration to be paid, are reasonable and fair to us and our stockholders and do not involve overreaching by us or our stockholders on the part of any person concerned and (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our stockholders and is consistent with our investment objective and strategies.

Cancellation of the Investment Advisory Agreement

Under the 1940 Act, the Investment Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act, by Owl Rock Capital Advisors. The Investment Advisory Agreement may be terminated at any time, without penalty, by us upon not less than 60 days’ written notice to Owl Rock Capital Advisors and may be terminated at any time, without penalty, by Owl Rock Capital Advisors upon 120 days’ written notice to us. The holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities may also terminate the Investment Advisory Agreement without penalty upon not less than 60 days’ written notice. Unless terminated earlier as described above, the Investment Advisory Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from the date it first become effective and will remain in effect from year-to-year thereafter if approved annually by our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, and, in either case, if also approved by a majority of our directors who are not “interested persons” as defined in the 1940 Act.

 

126


Table of Contents

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to Owl Rock Capital Advisors. The proxy voting policies and procedures of Owl Rock Capital Advisors are set out below. The guidelines are reviewed periodically by Owl Rock Capital Advisors and our directors who are not “interested persons,” and, accordingly, are subject to change. For purposes of these proxy voting policies and procedures described below, “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Owl Rock Capital Advisors.

Introduction

As an investment adviser registered under the Adviser Act, we have a fiduciary duty to act solely in the best interests of our clients. As part of this duty, we recognize that we must vote client securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in the best interests of our clients.

These policies and procedures for voting proxies for our investment advisory clients are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Advisers Act.

Proxy Policies

We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to Owl Rock Capital Advisors. The proxy voting policies and procedures of Owl Rock Capital Advisors are set forth below. The guidelines will be reviewed periodically by Owl Rock Capital Advisors and our non-interested directors, and, accordingly, are subject to change.

As an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, Owl Rock Capital Advisors has a fiduciary duty to act solely in the best interests of its clients. As part of this duty, it recognizes that it must vote client securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in the best interests of its clients.

These policies and procedures for voting proxies for the investment advisory clients of Owl Rock Capital Advisors are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 promulgated under, the Advisers Act.

Owl Rock Capital Advisors will vote proxies relating to our securities in the best interest of its clients’ stockholders. It will review on a case-by-case basis each proposal submitted for a stockholder vote to determine its impact on the portfolio securities held by its clients. Although Owl Rock Capital Advisors will generally vote against proposals that may have a negative impact on its clients’ portfolio securities, it may vote for such a proposal if there exists compelling long-term reasons to do so.

The proxy voting decisions of Owl Rock Capital Advisors are made by the senior officers who are responsible for monitoring each of its clients’ investments. To ensure that its vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, it will require that: (a) anyone involved in the decision-making process disclose to its chief compliance officer any potential conflict that he or she is aware of and any contact that he or she has had with any interested party regarding a proxy vote; and (b) employees involved in the decision making process or vote administration are prohibited from revealing how Owl Rock Capital Advisors intends to vote on a proposal in order to reduce any attempted influence from interested parties.

Proxy Voting Records

You may obtain information about how we voted proxies for Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, free of charge, by making a written request for proxy voting information to: Owl Rock Capital Corporation II, 245 Park Avenue, 41st Floor, New York, NY 10167, Attention: Investor Relations, or by calling Owl Rock Capital Corporation II at (212) 419-3000. The SEC also maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains such information.

 

127


Table of Contents

Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) imposes a wide variety of regulatory requirements on publicly-held companies and their insiders. Many of these requirements affect us. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act has required us to review our policies and procedures to determine whether we comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder. We will continue to monitor our compliance with all future regulations that are adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and will take actions necessary to ensure that we are in compliance therewith.

Other

We have adopted an investment policy that mirrors the requirements applicable to us as a business development company under the 1940 Act.

We are subject to periodic examination by the SEC for compliance with the Exchange Act and the 1940 Act.

We are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect us against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a business development company, we are prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

We and Owl Rock Capital Advisors have adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws, and will review these policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation. We and Owl Rock Capital Advisors have designated a chief compliance officer to be responsible for administering the policies and procedures.

Our internet address is www. [●].com. We make available free of charge on our website our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy statement and amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC.

 

128


Table of Contents

TAX MATTERS

The following discussion is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us and to an investment in our shares. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of the income tax considerations applicable to such an investment. For example, we have not described tax consequences that may be relevant to certain types of holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including stockholders subject to the alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, dealers in securities, pension plans and trusts, and financial institutions. This summary assumes that investors hold our common stock as capital assets (within the meaning of the Code). The discussion is based upon the Code, Treasury regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, each as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change, possibly retroactively, which could affect the continuing validity of this discussion. We have not sought and will not seek any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, regarding this offering. This summary does not discuss any aspects of U.S. estate or gift tax or foreign, state or local tax. It does not discuss the special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws that could result if we invested in tax-exempt securities or certain other investment assets.

A “U.S. stockholder” generally is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock who is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

    A citizen or individual resident of the United States;

 

    A corporation or other entity treated as a corporation, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

    A trust, if a court in the United States has primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all decisions of the trust, or the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person; or

 

    An estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

A “Non-U.S. stockholder” generally is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is not a U.S. stockholder.

If a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A prospective stockholder that is a partner in a partnership holding shares of our common stock should consult his, her or its tax Adviser with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock.

Tax matters are very complicated and the tax consequences to an investor of an investment in our shares will depend on the facts of his, her or its particular situation. We encourage investors to consult their own tax Adviser regarding the specific consequences of such an investment, including tax reporting requirements, the applicability of federal, state, local and foreign tax laws, eligibility for the benefits of any applicable tax treaty and the effect of any possible changes in the tax laws.

Election to be Taxed as a RIC

We intend to elect, beginning with our first taxable year subsequent to the date that we commence investment operations, to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level federal income taxes on any income that we distribute to our stockholders from our tax earnings and profits. To obtain and maintain our qualification as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements (as described below). In addition, in order to obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment, we must distribute to our stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90%

 

129


Table of Contents

of our “investment company taxable income,” which is generally our net ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses (the “Annual Distribution Requirement”).

Taxation as a Regulated Investment Company

For any taxable year in which we:

 

    maintain our qualification as a RIC; and

 

    satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement,

we generally will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of our income we distribute (or are deemed to distribute) to stockholders. We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular corporate rates on any income or capital gains not distributed (or deemed distributed) to our stockholders.

We will be subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax on certain undistributed income unless we distribute in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our net ordinary income for each calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (3) any income recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years and on which we paid no federal income tax (the “Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement”). We generally will endeavor in each taxable year to make sufficient distributions to our stockholders avoid any U.S. federal excise tax on our earnings.

In order to maintain our qualification as a RIC for federal income tax purposes, we must, among other things:

 

    continue to qualify as a business development company under the 1940 Act at all times during each taxable year;

 

    derive in each taxable year at least 90% of our gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities, loans, gains from the sale of stock or other securities or foreign currencies, net income from certain “qualified publicly traded partnerships,” or other income derived with respect to our business of investing in such stock or securities (the “90% Income Test”); and

 

    diversify our holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the taxable year:

 

    at least 50% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash-equivalents, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and

 

    no more than 25% of the value of our assets is invested in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer, of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable Code rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (the “Diversification Tests”).

Qualifying income may exclude such income as management fees received in connection with our subsidiaries or other potential outside managed funds and certain other fees.

For federal income tax purposes, we may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or debt instruments that were issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of

 

130


Table of Contents

whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as PIK interest, deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock, or certain income with respect to equity investments in foreign corporations. We anticipate that a portion of our income may constitute original issue discount or other income required to be included in taxable income prior to receipt of cash.

Because any original issue discount or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of the accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. As a result, we may have difficulty meeting the Annual Distribution Requirement necessary to obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code. We may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital, or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax. Our ability to dispose of assets to meet our distribution requirements may be limited by (1) the illiquid nature of our portfolio and/or (2) other requirements relating to our status as a RIC, including the Diversification Tests. If we dispose of assets in order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement or the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement, we may make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous.

Under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted to make distributions to our stockholders while our debt obligations and other senior securities are outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. See “Regulation — Senior Securities.” As a result, we may be prohibited from making distributions necessary to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement. Even if we are not prohibited from making distributions, our ability to raise additional capital to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement may be limited. If we are not able to make sufficient distributions to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

Certain of our investment practices may be subject to special and complex federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (1) treat dividends that would otherwise constitute qualified dividend income as non-qualified dividend income, (2) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (3) convert lower-taxed long-term capital gain into higher-taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (4) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (5) cause us to recognize income or gain without receipt of a corresponding distribution of cash, (6) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (7) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (8) produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test. We intend to monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections to mitigate the potential adverse effect of these provisions, but there can be no assurance that any adverse effects of these provisions will be mitigated.

Gain or loss realized by us from the sale or exchange of warrants acquired by us as well as any loss attributable to the lapse of such warrants generally will be treated as capital gain or loss. Such gain or loss generally will be long-term or short-term, depending on how long we held a particular warrant.

A RIC is limited in its ability to deduct expenses in excess of its “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, ordinary income plus net realized short-term capital gains in excess of net realized long-term capital losses). If our expenses in a given year exceed gross taxable income (e.g., as the result of large amounts of equity-based compensation), we would experience a net operating loss for that year. However, a RIC is not permitted to carry forward net operating losses to subsequent years. In addition, expenses can be used only to offset investment company taxable income, not net capital gain. Due to these limits on the deductibility of expenses, we may for tax purposes have aggregate taxable income for several years that we are required to distribute and that is taxable to our stockholders even if such income is greater than the aggregate net income we actually earned during those years. Such required distributions may be made from our cash assets or by

 

131


Table of Contents

liquidation of investments, if necessary. We may realize gains or losses from such liquidations. In the event we realize net capital gains from such transactions, you may receive a larger capital gain distribution than you would have received in the absence of such transactions.

Investment income received from sources within foreign countries, or capital gains earned by investing in securities of foreign issuers, may be subject to foreign income taxes withheld at the source. In this regard, withholding tax rates in countries with which the United States does not have a tax treaty are often as high as 35% or more. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries that may entitle us to a reduced rate of tax or exemption from tax on this related income and gains. The effective rate of foreign tax cannot be determined at this time since the amount of our assets to be invested within various countries is not now known. We do not anticipate being eligible for the special election that allows a RIC to treat foreign income taxes paid by such RIC as paid by its stockholders.

If we purchase shares in a “passive foreign investment company” (a “PFIC”), we may be subject to federal income tax on its allocable share of a portion of any “excess distribution” received on, or any gain from the disposition of, such shares even if our allocable share of such income is distributed as a taxable dividend to its stockholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest generally will be imposed on us in respect of deferred taxes arising from any such excess distribution or gain. If we invest in a PFIC and elects to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code (a “QEF”), in lieu of the foregoing requirements, we will be required to include in income each year our proportionate share of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the QEF, even if such income is not distributed by the QEF. Alternatively, we may be able to elect to mark-to-market at the end of each taxable year its shares in a PFIC; in this case, we will recognize as ordinary income our allocable share of any increase in the value of such shares, and as ordinary loss our allocable share of any decrease in such value to the extent that any such decrease does not exceed prior increases included in its income. Under either election, we may be required to recognize in a year income in excess of distributions from PFICs and proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that year, and such income will nevertheless be subject to the Annual Distribution Requirement and will be taken into account for purposes of the 4% excise tax.

Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by us in connection with certain transactions involving non-dollar debt securities, certain foreign currency futures contracts, foreign currency option contracts, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Code provisions that generally treat such gains and losses as ordinary income and losses and may affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to our stockholders. Any such transactions that are not directly related to our investment in securities (possibly including speculative currency positions or currency derivatives not used for hedging purposes) could, under future Treasury regulations, produce income that is not qualifying income under the 90% Income Test.

The remainder of this discussion assumes that we obtain and maintain our qualification as a RIC, and satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement.

Taxation of U.S. Stockholders

Distributions by us generally are taxable to U.S. stockholders as ordinary income or capital gains. Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” (which generally is our net ordinary income plus realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses) will be taxable as ordinary income to U.S. stockholders to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional common stock. To the extent such distributions paid by us to non-corporate stockholders (including individuals) are attributable to dividends from U.S. corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations, such distributions (“Qualifying Dividends”) may be eligible for a maximum tax rate of 20%, provided holding period and other requirements are met at both the stockholder and company levels. In this regard, it is anticipated that distributions paid by us will generally not be attributable to dividends and, therefore, generally will not qualify for the 20% maximum rate applicable to Qualifying Dividends.

 

132


Table of Contents

Distributions of our net capital gains (which generally are our realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) properly reported by us as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to a U.S. stockholder as long-term capital gains that are currently taxable at a maximum rate of 20% in the case of individuals, trusts or estates, regardless of the U.S. stockholder’s holding period for his, her or its common stock and regardless of whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional common stock. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits first will reduce a U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in such stockholder’s common stock and, after the adjusted basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to such U.S. stockholder.

We may retain some or all of our realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses, but designate the retained net capital gain as a “deemed distribution.” In that case, among other consequences, we will pay tax on the retained amount, each U.S. stockholder will be required to include his, her or its share of the deemed distribution in income as if it had been actually distributed to the U.S. stockholder, and the U.S. stockholder will be entitled to claim a credit equal to his, her or its allocable share of the tax paid thereon by us. Because we expect to pay tax on any retained capital gains at our regular corporate tax rate, and because that rate is in excess of the maximum rate currently payable by individuals on long-term capital gains, the amount of tax that individual U.S. stockholders will be treated as having paid will exceed the tax they owe on the capital gain distribution and such excess generally may be refunded or claimed as a credit against the U.S. stockholder’s other U.S. federal income tax obligations or may be refunded to the extent it exceeds a stockholder’s liability for federal income tax. A stockholder that is not subject to federal income tax or otherwise required to file a federal income tax return would be required to file a federal income tax return on the appropriate form in order to claim a refund for the taxes we paid. The amount of the deemed distribution net of such tax will be added to the U.S. stockholder’s cost basis for his, her or its common stock. In order to utilize the deemed distribution approach, we must provide written notice to our stockholders prior to the expiration of 60 days after the close of the relevant taxable year. We cannot treat any of our investment company taxable income as a “deemed distribution.”

In accordance with certain applicable Treasury regulations and private letter rulings issued by the IRS, a RIC may treat a distribution of its own stock as fulfilling its RIC distribution requirements if each stockholder may elect to receive his, her, or its entire distribution in either cash or stock of the RIC, subject to a limitation that the aggregate amount of cash to be distributed to all stockholders must be at least 20% of the aggregate declared distribution. If too many stockholders elect to receive cash, each stockholder electing to receive cash must receive a pro rata amount of cash (with the balance of the distribution paid in stock). In no event will any stockholder, electing to receive cash, receive less than 20% of his or her entire distribution in cash. If these and certain other requirements are met, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of the dividend paid in stock will be equal to the amount of cash that could have been received instead of stock. We have no current intention of paying dividends in shares of our stock in accordance with these Treasury regulations or private letter rulings.

For purposes of determining (1) whether the Annual Distribution Requirement is satisfied for any year and (2) the amount of distributions paid for that year, we may, under certain circumstances, elect to treat a distribution that is paid during the following taxable year as if it had been paid during the taxable year in question. If we make such an election, the U.S. stockholder will still be treated as receiving the distribution in the taxable year in which the distribution is made. However, any distribution declared by us in October, November or December of any calendar year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date in such a month and actually paid during January of the following year, will be treated as if it had been received by our U.S. stockholders on December 31 of the year in which the distribution was declared.

If an investor purchases shares of our common stock shortly before the record date of a distribution, the price of the shares will include the value of the distribution and the investor will be subject to tax on the distribution even though economically it may represent a return of his, her or its investment.

A U.S. stockholder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss if the U.S. stockholder sells or otherwise disposes of his, her or its shares of our common stock. The amount of gain or loss will be measured by the difference between such stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock sold and the amount of the

 

133


Table of Contents

proceeds received in exchange. Any gain arising from such sale or disposition generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the stockholder has held his, her or its shares for more than one year. Otherwise, it will be classified as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any capital loss arising from the sale or disposition of shares of our common stock held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received, or undistributed capital gain deemed received, with respect to such shares. In addition, all or a portion of any loss recognized upon a disposition of shares of our common stock may be disallowed if other shares of our common stock are purchased (whether through reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss

In general, individual U.S. stockholders currently are subject to a maximum federal income tax rate of 20% on their net capital gain (i.e., the excess of realized net long-term capital gains over realized net short-term capital losses), including any long-term capital gain derived from an investment in our shares. Such rate is lower than the maximum rate on ordinary income currently payable by individuals. In addition, for taxable years, individuals with modified adjusted gross incomes in excess of $200,000 ($250,000 in the case of married individuals filing jointly) and certain estates and trusts are subject to an additional 3.8% tax on their “net investment income,” which generally includes net income from interest, dividends, annuities, royalties and rents, and net capital gains (other than certain amounts earned from trades or businesses). Corporate U.S. stockholders currently are subject to federal income tax on net capital gain at the maximum 35% rate also applied to ordinary income. Non-corporate stockholders with net capital losses for a year (i.e., capital losses in excess of capital gains) generally may deduct up to $3,000 of such losses against their ordinary income each year; any net capital losses of a non-corporate stockholder in excess of $3,000 generally may be carried forward and used in subsequent years as provided in the Code. Corporate stockholders generally may not deduct any net capital losses for a year, but may carry back such losses for three years or carry forward such losses for five years.

We have adopted a distribution reinvestment plan through which a stockholder may elect to receive distributions in the form of additional shares of our common stock. See “Distribution Reinvestment Plan.” Any distributions made to a U.S. stockholder that are reinvested under the plan will nevertheless remain taxable to the U.S. stockholder. The U.S. stockholder will have an adjusted tax basis in the additional shares of our common stock purchased through the plan equal to the amount of the reinvested distribution. The additional shares will have a new holding period commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the U.S. stockholder’s account.

We (or the applicable withholding agent) will report to each of our U.S. stockholders, as promptly as possible after the end of each calendar year, a notice reporting, on a per share and per distribution basis, the amounts includible in such U.S. stockholder’s taxable income for such year as ordinary income and as long-term capital gain. In addition, the federal tax status of each year’s distributions generally will be reported to the IRS (including the amount of distributions, if any, eligible for the 20% maximum rate). Distributions paid by us generally will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction or the preferential tax rate applicable to Qualifying Dividends because our income generally will not consist of dividends. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on a U.S. stockholder’s particular situation.

In some taxable years, we may be subject to the alternative minimum tax (“AMT”). If we have tax items that are treated differently for AMT purposes than for regular tax purposes, we may apportion those items between us and our stockholders, and this may affect our stockholder’s AMT liabilities. Although regulations explaining the precise method of apportionment have not yet been issued by the IRS, we may apportion these items in the same proportion that dividends paid to each stockholder bear to our taxable income (determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction), unless we determine that a different method for a particular item is warranted under the circumstances. You should consult your own tax advisor to determine how an investment in our stock could affect your AMT liability.

We may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax (“backup withholding”) from all distributions to any U.S. stockholder (other than stockholders that qualify for an exemption) (1) who fails to furnish us with a

 

134


Table of Contents

correct taxpayer identification number or a certificate that such stockholder is exempt from backup withholding, or (2) with respect to whom the IRS notifies us that such stockholder has failed to properly report certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect. An individual’s taxpayer identification number is his or her social security number. Any amount withheld under backup withholding is allowed as a credit against the U.S. stockholder’s federal income tax liability, provided that proper information is provided to the IRS.

U.S. stockholders who hold our common stock through foreign accounts or intermediaries may be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% on dividends and proceeds of sale of shares of our common stock paid after December 31, 2018 if the holder of the foreign account or the intermediary through which they hold their shares is not in compliance with the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”).

Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders

Whether an investment in our shares is appropriate for a Non-U.S. stockholder will depend upon that person’s particular circumstances. An investment in our shares by a Non-U.S. stockholder may have adverse tax consequences. Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their tax Adviser before investing in our common stock.

Distributions of our investment company taxable income to Non-U.S. stockholders (including interest income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized long-term capital losses, which generally would be free of withholding if paid to Non-U.S. stockholders directly) will be subject to withholding of federal tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits unless an applicable exception applies. If the distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. stockholder, and, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States, we will not be required to withhold federal tax if the Non-U.S. stockholder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements, although the distributions will be subject to federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. persons. (Special certification requirements apply to a Non-U.S. stockholder that is a foreign partnership or a foreign trust, and such entities are urged to consult their own tax Adviser.)

In addition, no withholding is required with respect to certain dividend distributions if (i) the distributions are properly reported to our stockholders as “interest-related dividends” or “short-term capital gain dividends,” (ii) the distributions are derived from sources specified in the Code for such dividends and (iii) certain other requirements are satisfied. Currently, we do not anticipate that any significant amount of our distributions would be designated as eligible for this exemption from withholding.

Actual or deemed distributions of our net capital gains to a Non-U.S. stockholder, and gains realized by a Non-U.S. stockholder upon the sale of shares of our common stock, will not be subject to federal withholding tax and generally will not be subject to federal income tax unless the distributions or gains, as the case may be, are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. stockholder. Such amount may be subject to FATCA (as discussed below).

The tax consequences to Non-U.S. stockholders entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty or who are individuals present in the United States for 183 days or more during a taxable year may be different from those described herein. Non-U.S. stockholders are urged to consult their tax advisers with respect to the procedure for claiming the benefit of a lower treaty rate and the applicability of foreign taxes.

If we distribute our net capital gains in the form of deemed rather than actual distributions, a Non-U.S. stockholder will be entitled to a federal income tax credit or tax refund equal to the stockholder’s allocable share of the tax we pay on the capital gains deemed to have been distributed. In order to obtain the refund, the Non-U.S. stockholder must obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and file a federal income tax return even if the Non-U.S. stockholder would not otherwise be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number or file a federal income tax return. For a corporate Non-U.S. stockholder, distributions (both actual and deemed), and gains realized upon the sale of shares of our common stock that are effectively connected to a U.S. trade or

 

135


Table of Contents

business may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or at a lower rate if provided for by an applicable treaty). Accordingly, investment in the shares may not be appropriate for a Non-U.S. stockholder.

A Non-U.S. stockholder who is a non-resident alien individual, and who is otherwise subject to withholding of federal tax, may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding of federal income tax on dividends unless the Non-U.S. stockholder provides us or the dividend paying agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN (or an acceptable substitute form) or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a Non-U.S. stockholder or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding.

Legislation commonly referred to as “FATCA” generally imposes a 30% withholding tax on payments of certain types of income to foreign financial institutions that fail to enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to report certain required information with respect to accounts held by U.S. persons (or held by foreign entities that have U.S. persons as substantial owners), or that reside in a jurisdiction that has not entered into an intergovernmental agreement with the IRS to provide such information. The types of income subject to the tax include U.S. source interest and dividends, and the gross proceeds from the sale of any property that could produce U.S. source interest or dividends paid after December 31, 2018. The information required to be reported includes the identity and taxpayer identification number of each account holder that is a U.S. person and transaction activity within the holder’s account. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, this legislation also imposes a 30% withholding on payments to foreign entities that are not financial institutions unless the foreign entity certifies that it does not have a greater than 10% U.S. owner or provides the withholding agent with identifying information on each greater than 10% U.S. owner. Depending on the status of a Non-U.S. stockholder and the status of the intermediaries through which they hold their shares, Non-U.S. stockholders could be subject to this 30% withholding tax with respect to distributions on their shares and proceeds from the sale of their shares. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. stockholder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

Non-U.S. persons should consult their own tax Adviser with respect to the U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax, and state, local and foreign tax consequences of an investment in the shares.

Failure to Maintain Our Qualification as a RIC

If we fail to satisfy the 90% Income Test or the Diversification Tests for any taxable year, we may nevertheless continue to qualify as a RIC for such year if certain relief provisions are applicable (which may, among other things, require us to pay certain corporate-level federal taxes or to dispose of certain assets).

If we were unable to qualify for treatment as a RIC and the foregoing relief provisions are not applicable, we would be subject to tax on all of our taxable income at regular corporate rates, regardless of whether we make any distributions to our stockholders. Distributions would not be required, and any distributions would be taxable to our stockholders as ordinary dividend income that, subject to certain limitations, may be eligible for the 20% maximum rate to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, provided certain holding period and other requirements were met. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate distributions would be eligible for the dividends-received deduction. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. To requalify as a RIC in a subsequent taxable year, we would be required to satisfy the RIC qualification requirements for that year and dispose of any earnings and profits from any year in which we failed to qualify as a RIC. Subject to a limited exception applicable to RICs that qualified as such under Subchapter M of the Code for at least one year prior to disqualification and that requalify as a RIC no later than the second year following the nonqualifying year, we could be subject to tax on any unrealized net built-in appreciation on the assets held by us during the period in which we failed to qualify as a RIC that are recognized within the subsequent 5 years, unless we made a special election to pay corporate-level tax on such built-in gain at the time of our requalification as a RIC.

 

136


Table of Contents

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DISTRIBUTION PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR

Our securities are held under a custody agreement by State Street Bank and Trust Company. The address of the custodian is State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111-2900. DST Systems, Inc. will act as our transfer agent, distribution paying agent and registrar. The principal business address of our transfer agent is 1055 Broadway, 7th Floor, Kansas City, Missouri 64105, telephone number: [        -                ].

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

Since we will generally acquire and dispose of our investments in privately negotiated transactions, we will infrequently use broker-dealers in the normal course of our business. Subject to policies established by our board of directors, our Adviser will be primarily responsible for the execution of the publicly traded securities portion of our portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage commissions. Our Adviser does not expect to execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer, but will seek to obtain the best net results for us, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. While our Adviser generally will seek reasonably competitive trade execution costs, we will not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available. Subject to applicable legal requirements, our Adviser may select a broker-dealer based partly upon brokerage or research services provided to it and us and any other clients. In return for such services, we may pay a higher commission than other broker-dealers would charge if our Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The financial statements for Owl Rock Capital Corporation II as of September 30, 2016 included in this prospectus have been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, and have been so included in reliance on the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

137


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters regarding the shares of common stock offered hereby have been passed upon for us by Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2, together with all amendments and related exhibits, under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. The registration statement contains additional information about us and the shares of our common stock being offered by this prospectus.

We are required to file with or submit to the SEC annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information meeting the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. You may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as the registration statement and related exhibits and schedules, at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information filed electronically by us with the SEC, which are available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of these reports, proxy and information statements and other information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

STOCKHOLDER PRIVACY NOTICE

We collect nonpublic personal information about our stockholders in the ordinary course of establishing and servicing their accounts. Nonpublic personal information means personally identifiable financial information that is not publicly available and any list, description, or other grouping of stockholders that is derived using such information. For example, it includes a stockholder’s address, social security number, account balance, income, investment activity, and bank account information. We collect this information from the following sources:

 

    account applications or other required forms, correspondence (written or electronic), or from telephone contacts with customers inquiring about us;

 

    transaction history of a stockholder’s account; and

 

    service providers.

We do not disclose nonpublic personal information about you or your account(s) to anyone without your consent other than to:

 

    Our service providers, including our Adviser, as necessary for the servicing of your account. Our service providers in turn have an obligation to protect the confidentiality of your personal information.

 

    Companies that may perform marketing services on our behalf or pursuant to joint marketing agreements. These marketing companies also have an obligation to protect confidential information.

 

    Government officials or other persons unaffiliated with us, to the extent required by federal or Maryland law or our articles of incorporation, including in accordance with subpoenas, court orders, and requests from government regulators.

If you decide to close your account(s), we will continue to adhere to the practices described in this notice.

 

138


Table of Contents

If you invest in our common stock through a financial intermediary, such as a broker-dealer, bank or trust company, the privacy policy of your financial intermediary will govern how your nonpublic personal information will be shared with other parties.

We maintain physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards to protect your nonpublic personal information.

 

139


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following financial statements of Owl Rock Capital Corporation II are included in this prospectus.

 

     PAGE  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2016

     F-3   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-4   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Owl Rock Capital Corporation II:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Owl Rock Capital Corporation II as of September 30, 2016. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Owl Rock Capital Corporation II as of September 30, 2016 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP

New York, New York

November 22, 2016

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Owl Rock Capital Corporation II

Balance Sheet

 

     As of
September 30, 2016
 

Assets

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —     

Receivable from affiliate

     900   
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 900   
  

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (See Note 4)

  

Stockholders’ Equity

  

Common shares, $0.01 par value; 300,000,000 shares authorized; 100 shares issued and outstanding

   $ 1   

Additional paid-in-capital

     899   
  

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 900   
  

 

 

 

Net Asset Value Per Share

   $ 9.00   
  

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Notes to Financial Statements

 

1. Organization and Basis of Presentation

Organization

Owl Rock Capital Corporation II (“Owl Rock” or the “Company”) is a Maryland corporation formed on October 15, 2015. The Company was formed primarily to originate and make loans to, and make debt and equity investments in, U.S. middle market companies. The Company intends to elect to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). In addition, the Company intends to elect to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and to qualify annually, as a regulated investment company (“RIC”), as defined under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Company intends to be managed by Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC (the “Adviser”). As of September 30, 2016, the Company had not commenced its investing activities. As of September 30, 2016, the Company was still devoting substantially all of its efforts to establishing the business and its planned principal operations had not commenced.

The Company’s investment objective is to generate current income, and to a lesser extent, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns. The Company’s investment strategy focuses primarily on originating and making loans to, and making debt and equity investments in, U.S. middle market companies. The Company will invest in senior secured or unsecured loans, subordinated loans or mezzanine loans and, to a lesser extent, equity-related securities which includes common and preferred stock, securities convertible into common stock, and warrants. The Company defines “middle market companies” to generally mean companies with earnings before interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization, or “EBITDA,” between $10 million and $250 million annually and/or annual revenue of $50 million to $2.5 billion at the time of investment. The Company may on occasion invest in smaller or larger companies if an attractive opportunity presents itself, especially when there are dislocations in the capital markets, including the high yield and large syndicated loan markets. Once the Company raises sufficient capital, the target credit investments will typically have maturities between three and ten years and generally range in size between $10 million and $125 million, although the investment size will vary with the size of our capital base. Prior to raising sufficient capital, the Company may make a greater number of investments in syndicated loan opportunities than it otherwise would expect to make in the future.

On September 30, 2016, the Adviser purchased 100 shares of the Company’s common stock at $9.00 per share, which represents the initial public offering price of $9.47 per share, net of combined upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees. The Adviser will not tender these shares for repurchase as long as Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC remains the investment adviser of Owl Rock Capital Corporation II. There is no current intention for Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC to discontinue in its role.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to Regulation S-X. The Company is considered our investment company under U.S. GAAP and follows the accounting and reporting guidance applicable to investment companies. The Company has evaluated the impact of subsequent events through the date the financial statements were issued and filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

Fiscal Year End

The Company’s fiscal year ends on December 31.

 

F-4


Table of Contents
2. Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. Such amounts could differ from those estimates and such differences could be material.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of demand deposits and highly liquid investments (e.g. U.S. treasury notes) with original maturities of three months or less. Cash and cash equivalents are carried at cost which approximates fair value.

Organization Expenses

Costs associated with the organization of the Company will be expensed as incurred. These expenses consist primarily of legal fees and other costs of organizing the Company.

Offering Expenses

Costs associated with the offering of common shares of the Company will be capitalized as deferred offering expenses and included as prepaid and other assets on the balance sheet and amortized over a twelve-month period from incurrence. These expenses consist primarily of legal fees and other costs incurred in connection with the Company’s continuous public offering of its common shares, the preparation of the Company’s registration statement, and registration fees.

Income Taxes

The Company intends to elect to be treated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. The Company also intends to elect to be treated as a RIC under the Code for the taxable year ending December 31, 2017. So long as the Company maintains its status as a RIC, it generally will not pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that it distributes at least annually to its stockholders as dividends. Rather, any tax liability related to income earned and distributed by Owl Rock represents obligations of the Company’s investors and will not be reflected in the financial statements of the Company.

The Company evaluates tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing its consolidated financial statements to determine whether the tax positions are “more-likely-than-not” to be sustained by the applicable tax authority. Tax positions not deemed to meet the “more-likely-than-not” threshold are reserved and recorded as a tax benefit or expense in the current year. All penalties and interest associated with income taxes are included in income tax expense. Conclusions regarding tax positions are subject to review and may be adjusted at a later date based on factors including, but not limited to, on-going analyses of tax laws, regulations and interpretations thereof.

To qualify for and maintain qualification as a RIC, the Company must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements. In addition, to qualify for RIC tax treatment, the Company must distribute to its stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income” for that year, which is generally its ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of its realized net short-term capital gains over its realized net long-term capital losses.

Subsequent Events

The Company evaluates the need for disclosures and/or adjustments resulting from subsequent events through the date the financial statements are issued.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

New Accounting Standards

Management does not believe any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements.

 

3. Agreements and Related Party Transactions

Administration Agreement

The Company intends to enter into an Administration Agreement (the “Administration Agreement”) with the Adviser. Under the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Adviser will perform, or oversee the performance of, required administrative services, which includes providing office space, equipment and office services, maintaining financial records, preparing reports to shareholders and reports filed with the SEC, and managing the payment of expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered by others.

The Company will reimburse the Adviser for services performed for it pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Adviser may delegate its obligations under the Administration Agreement to an affiliate or to a third party and the Company will reimburse the Adviser for any services performed for it by such affiliate or third party.

No person who is an officer, director, or employee of the Adviser or its affiliates and who serves as a director of the Company receives any compensation from the Company for his or her services as a director. However, the Company reimburses the Adviser (or its affiliates) for an allocable portion of the compensation paid by the Adviser or its affiliates to the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other professionals who spend time on such related activities (based on the percentage of time those individuals devote, on an estimated basis, to the business and affairs of the Company). Directors who are not affiliated with the Adviser receive compensation for their services and reimbursement of expenses incurred to attend meetings.

Unless earlier terminated as described below, the Administration Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from the date it first becomes effective and will remain in effect from year to year thereafter if approved annually by (1) the vote of the Company’s Board of Directors, or by the vote of a majority of its outstanding voting securities, and (2) the vote of a majority of the Company’s directors who are not “interested persons” of the Company, of the Adviser or of any of their respective affiliates, as defined in the 1940 Act. The Administration Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, on 60 days’ written notice, by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company, or by the vote of the Board of Directors or by the Adviser.

Investment Advisory Agreement

The Company intends to enter into an Investment Advisory Agreement (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”) with the Adviser. Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser will be responsible for managing the Company’s business and activities, including sourcing investment opportunities, conducting research, performing diligence on potential investments, structuring its investments, and monitoring its portfolio companies on an ongoing basis through a team of investment professionals.

The Adviser’s services under the Investment Advisory Agreement are not exclusive, and it is free to furnish similar services to other entities so long as its services to the Company are not impaired.

Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Company will pay the Adviser a base management fee and an incentive fee. The cost of both the management fee and the incentive fee will ultimately be borne by the Company’s shareholders. The Company will commence accruing fees under the Investment Advisory Agreement upon commencement of the Company’s investment operations after it meets the minimum offering requirement.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

The management fee will be payable quarterly in arrears. The management fee will be payable at an annual rate of 1.75% of the average value of the Company’s gross assets, excluding cash and cash equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts at the end of the Company’s two most recently completed calendar quarters. The management fee for any partial quarter will be appropriately prorated.

The determination of gross assets will reflect changes in the fair value of the Company’s portfolio investments. The fair value of derivatives and swaps held in the Company’s portfolio, which will not necessarily equal the notional value of such derivatives and swaps, will be included in the calculation of gross assets.

The incentive fee will consist of two components that are independent of each other, with the result that one component may be payable even if the other is not. A portion of the incentive fee will be based on the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income and a portion will be based on the Company’s capital gains. The portion of the incentive fee based on pre-incentive fee net investment income will be determined and paid quarterly in arrears and equals (a) 100% of the pre-incentive fee net investment income between 1.5% quarterly preferred return, and 1.875%, referred to as the upper level breakpoint, of adjusted capital, plus (b) 20% of pre-incentive fee net investment income in excess of 1.875% of adjusted capital. Adjusted capital is defined as cumulative proceeds generated from sales of our common stock, including proceeds from our distribution reinvestment plan, net of sales load (upfront selling commissions and upfront dealer manager fees) reduced for (i) distributions paid to our stockholders that represent a return of capital on a tax basis and (ii) amounts paid for share repurchases pursuant to our share repurchase program, if any, measured as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter. The quarterly preferred return of 1.5% and upper level breakpoint of 1.875% are also adjusted for the actual number of days in each calendar quarter.

The second component of the incentive fee, the capital gains incentive fee, will be payable at the end of each calendar year in arrears, equals 20% of cumulative realized capital gains from inception through the end of each calendar year, less cumulative realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis from inception through the end of such calendar year, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fee for prior periods. In no event will the capital gains incentive fee payable pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement be in excess of the amount permitted by the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, including Section 205 thereof.

Unless earlier terminated as described below, the Investment Advisory Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from the date it first becomes effective and will remain in effect from year-to-year thereafter if approved annually by a majority of the Board of Directors or by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities and, in each case, by a majority of independent directors who are not “interested persons” of the Company as defined in the 1940 Act. The Investment Advisory Agreement will become effective as of the date that the Company meets the minimum offering requirement.

Under the intended terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, upon satisfaction of the minimum offering requirement, the Adviser will be entitled to receive up to 1.5% of gross offering proceeds raised in the continuous public offering until all organization and offering costs funded by the Adviser or its affiliates have been recovered. The offering expenses consist of costs incurred by the Adviser and its affiliates on the Company’s behalf for legal, accounting, printing and other offering expenses, including costs associated with technology integration between the Company’s systems and those of our participating broker-dealers, permissible due diligence reimbursements, marketing expenses, salaries and direct expenses of the Adviser’s employees, employees of its affiliates and others while engaged in registering and marketing our shares, which will include development of marketing materials and marketing presentations and training and educational meetings and generally coordinating the marketing process for the Company. Any such reimbursements will not exceed actual expenses incurred by the Adviser and its affiliates. The Adviser is responsible for the payment of the Company’s organization and offering expenses to the extent that these expenses exceed 1.5% of the aggregate gross offering proceeds, without recourse against or reimbursement by the Company.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

The Investment Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate within the meaning of the 1940 Act and related SEC guidance and interpretations in the event of its assignment. In accordance with the 1940 Act, without payment of any penalty, the Company may terminate the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser upon 60 days’ written notice. The decision to terminate the agreement may be made by a majority vote of the independent board of directors who are not “interested persons” of the Company or the shareholders holding a majority (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the outstanding shares of our common stock. In addition, without payment of any penalty, the Adviser may only be able to terminate the Investment Advisory Agreement upon 120 days’ written notice.

Dealer Manager Agreement

The Company intends to enter into a Dealer Manager Agreement (the “Dealer Manager Agreement”) with Owl Rock Capital Securities LLC (“Owl Rock Securities”), an affiliate of the Adviser. Under the terms of the Dealer Manager Agreement, Owl Rock Securities will serve as the dealer manager for the Company’s public offering of its shares of common stock. As dealer manager, Owl Rock Securities will earn a maximum sales load of up to 5.0% of the price per share for combined upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees, a portion of which will be reallowed to selling broker-dealers. In connection with purchases of shares pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan, the upfront selling commissions and dealer manager fees will not be paid.

Owl Rock Securities has applied for registration as a broker-dealer with the SEC and to become a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) and the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”). Owl Rock Securities will not act as the Company’s dealer manager unless and until it is registered with the SEC and a member of FINRA and the necessary conditions under to the Dealer Manager Agreement have been satisfied.

The Dealer Manager Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of the Company’s directors who are not “interested persons”, as defined in the 1940 Act, of the Company and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Company’s distribution plan or the Dealer Manager Agreement or by vote a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company, on not more than 60 days’ written notice to Owl Rock Securities and the Adviser. The Dealer Manager Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act.

Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement

The Company intends to enter into an Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement (the “Expense Support Agreement”) with the Adviser the purpose of which is to ensure that no portion of the Company’s distributions to stockholders will represent a return of capital for tax purposes. The Expense Support Agreement shall become effective as of the date that the Company meets the minimum offering requirement.

On a quarterly basis, the Adviser shall reimburse the Company for “Operating Expenses” (as defined below) in an amount equal to the excess of the Company’s cumulative distributions paid to the Company’s stockholders in each quarter over “Available Operating Funds” (as defined below) received by the Company on account of its investment portfolio during such quarter. Any payments required to be made by the Adviser pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be referred to herein as an “Expense Payment”.

Pursuant to the Expense Support Agreement, “Operating Expenses” means all of the Company’s operating costs and expenses incurred, as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for investment companies. “Available Operating Funds” means the sum of (i) the Company’s estimated investment company taxable income (including realized net short-term capital gains reduced by realized net long-term capital losses) (ii) the Company’s realized net capital gains (including the excess of realized net long-term capital gains over realized net short-term capital losses) and (iii) dividends and other distributions paid to the Company on account of preferred and common equity investments in portfolio companies, if any (to the extent such amounts listed in clause (iii) are not included under clauses (i) and (ii) above).

 

F-8


Table of Contents

The Adviser’s obligation to make an Expense Payment shall automatically become a liability of the Adviser and the right to such Expense Payment shall be an asset of the Company on the last business day of the applicable quarter. The Expense Payment for any quarter shall be paid by the Adviser to the Company in any combination of cash or other immediately available funds, and/or offset against amounts due from the Company to the Adviser no later than the earlier of (i) the date on which the Company closes its books for such quarter, or (ii) forty-five days after the end of such quarter.

Following any quarter in which Available Operating Funds exceed the cumulative distributions paid by the Company in respect of such quarter (the amount of such excess being hereinafter referred to as “Excess Operating Funds”), the Company shall pay such Excess Operating Funds, or a portion thereof, in accordance the stipulations below, as applicable, to the Adviser, until such time as all Expense Payments made by Adviser to the Company within three years prior to the last business day of such quarter have been reimbursed. Any payments required to be made by the Company are referred to as a “Reimbursement Payment”.

The amount of the Reimbursement Payment for any quarter shall equal the lesser of (i) the Excess Operating Funds in respect of such quarter and (ii) the aggregate amount of all Expense Payments made by the Adviser to the Company within three years prior to the last business day of such quarter that have not been previously reimbursed by the Company to the Adviser. The payment shall be reduced to the extent that such Reimbursement Payments, together with all other Reimbursement Payments paid during the fiscal year, would cause Other Operating Expenses defined as the Company’s total Operating Expenses, excluding base management fees, incentive fees, organization and offering expenses, distribution and shareholder servicing fees, financing fees and costs, interest expense, brokerage commissions and extraordinary expenses on an annualized basis and net of any Expense Payments received by the Company during the fiscal year exceeds the lesser of: (i) 1.75% of the Company’s average net assets attributable to the shares of the Company’s common stock for the fiscal year-to-date period after taking such Expense Payments into account; and (ii) the percentage of the Company’s average net assets attributable to shares of the Company’s common stock represented by Other Operating Expenses during the fiscal year in which such Expense Payment was made (provided, however, that this clause (ii) shall not apply to any Reimbursement Payment which relates to an Expense Payment made during the same fiscal year).

No Reimbursement Payment for any quarter shall be made if: (1) the “Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share” (as defined below) declared by the Company at the time of such Reimbursement Payment is less than or equal to the Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share at the time the Expense Payment was made to which such Reimbursement Payment relates, or (2) the Company’s “Operating Expense Ratio” (as defined below) at the time of such Reimbursement Payment is less than or equal to the Operating Expense Ratio at the time the Expense Payment was made to which such Reimbursement Payment relate. Pursuant to the Expense Support Agreement, “Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share” means the annualized rate (based on a 365 day year) of regular cash distributions per share exclusive of returns of capital, distribution rate reductions due to distribution and shareholder fees, and declared special dividends or special distributions, if any. The “Operating Expense Ratio” is calculated by dividing Operating Expenses, less organizational and offering expenses, base management and incentive fees owed to Adviser, and interest expense, by the Company’s net assets.

The specific amount of expenses reimbursed by the Adviser, if any, will be determined at the end of each quarter. The Company or the Adviser will be able to terminate the Expense Support Agreement at any time, with or without notice. The Expense Support Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of (a) the termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, or (b) the board of directors of the Company makes a determination to dissolve or liquidate the Company. Upon termination of the Expense Support Agreement, the Company will be required to fund any Expense Payments that have not been reimbursed by the Company to the Adviser.

 

F-9


Table of Contents
4. Commitments and Contingencies

From time to time, the Company may become a party to certain legal proceedings incidental to the normal course of its business. At September 30, 2016, management is not aware of any pending or threatened litigation.

The Adviser has incurred organization and offering costs on behalf of the Company in the amount of $1,254,360 for the period from October 15, 2015 (Inception) to September 30, 2016. Under the Investment Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement, there will be no liability on the Company’s part for the offering or organization costs funded by the Adviser until the Investment Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement are effective and the Company has satisfied the minimum offering requirement. At such time, the Adviser will be entitled to receive up to 1.5% of gross offering proceeds raised in the Company’s continuous public offering until all organization and offering costs funded by the Adviser have been recovered. As the minimum offering requirement has not been satisfied as of the date of the issuance of the financial statements, no such costs have been recorded by the Company. See Note 3 relating to the Company’s commitment to the Adviser and its affiliates for the reimbursement of organization and offering costs funded by the Adviser.

 

5. Income Taxes

The Company complies with the accounting and reporting requirements of FASB ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes,” (“ASC 740”) which requires an asset and liability approach to financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed for differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in future taxable or deductible amounts, based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. As of September 30, 2016 there was no current tax or deferred tax expense for federal or state income tax purposes. The Company will file a U.S. federal income tax return and may file income tax returns in various U.S. states. The Company may be subject to potential examination by U.S. federal, U.S. states or foreign jurisdiction authorities in the areas of income taxes. These potential examinations may include questioning the timing and amount of deductions, the nexus of income among various tax jurisdictions and compliance with U.S. federal, U.S. state and foreign tax laws.

 

6. Stockholders’ equity

In connection with its formation, the Company has the authority to issue 300,000,000 common shares at $0.01 per share par value. Pursuant to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-213716) filed with the SEC on November 22, 2016, the Company registered 264,000,000 common shares, par value of $0.01 per share, at an initial public offering price of $9.47 per share.

On September 30, 2016, the Company issued 100 common shares for $900 to the Adviser. The Company has not engaged in any other equity transactions as of September 30, 2016. The Company received $900 in cash from the Adviser on November 17, 2016.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A – FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

LOGO  

        Owl Rock Call Center

        Email: [    ]@owlrock.com

        Toll Free 1-800-XXX-XXXX Fax (XXX)–XXX-XXXX

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT for Owl Rock Capital Corporation II (referred to herein as the “Company” or “ORCC II”)

Section I – Subscription Amount & Investment/Purchase Type

Subscription Amount         $                        

 

Investment Type (select one)

 

¨ Initial Purchase ($5,000 minimum subscription amount)

 

Or

 

¨ Additional Purchase ($500 minimum subscription amount)

 

Purchase Type (select one)

 

¨ Public Offering Price

 

¨ Wrap Fee Agreement*

* Not all B/Ds are eligible, to confirm eligibility for ORCC II call/email your B/D or call/email Owl Rock Call Center

 

¨ Registered Investment Advisor (unaffiliated)

 

¨ Net of Commission**

**Eligible only for advisors purchasing shares on their own behalf

 

Section II – Form of Ownership

The information provided in Section III must be compliant with IRS Form W-9 and related instructions. Please refer to www.IRS.gov for Form W-9

Non-Qualified Account

Single Owner

¨ Individual         ¨ Individual with Transfer on Death*

Multiple Owners

¨ Joint Tenants with Right of Survivorship   ¨ Joint Tenants with Transfer on Death*

¨ Community Property   ¨ Tenants in Common

*Requires Transfer on Death form that can be found at (website “www. [    ].com”)

Trust

¨ Taxable Trust                 ¨ Tax Exempt Trust

Name of Trust                                                                                     Tax ID Number                                                  

 

A-1


Table of Contents

Minor Account

 

¨ Uniform Gift to Minors Act   ¨ Uniform Transfers to Minors Act  
     State of                                             State of                                       
     Date of Birth                                    Date of Birth                             

Qualified Plan Account:

 

¨ Traditional IRA  ¨ ROTH IRA  ¨ SEP/IRA  ¨ Rollover IRA Beneficial IRA*
      *Beneficial IRA Decedent Name                                                              

Other Account:

¨ C Corporation   ¨ Pension Plan   ¨ S Corporation   ¨ Profit Sharing Plan   ¨ Non-Profit Organization

¨ Disregarded Entity   ¨ Partnership   ¨ Other                     

Name of Corporation/Plan Name/Disregarded Entity/Other                  Tax ID Number

 

                                                                                                                                           

Section III – Investor Information (please print)

Name of Investor/Trustee                                  SSN/Tax ID #                              Date of Birth                         

Name of Co-Investor/Trustee                                 SSN/Tax ID#                              Date of Birth                         

(if applicable)

Primary Address

Street Address                                          City                                  State          Zip Code                     

Email Address                                                       Daytime Phone                          Evening Phone                     

Optional Mailing Address (USA Address Only)

PO Box                            Street Address                              City                      State          Zip Code                     

Citizenship (select one)

¨  U.S. Citizen     ¨  Resident Alien     ¨  U.S. Citizen residing outside USA     Country                                      

Custodian Info (if applicable)

Name                                Tax ID Number                          Custodian/Brokerage Acct. Number                             

Address                                                           City                      State          Zip Code                     

Section IV – Distribution Instructions (check one of the following four options)

¨ Reinvest in Owl Rock Capital Corporation II (Refer to the prospectus for terms of the Distribution Reinvestment Plan.)

If you participate in the Distribution Reinvestment Plan or make subsequent purchases of shares of the Company, and you fail to meet the minimum net worth or annual income requirements for making an investment or you can

 

A-2


Table of Contents

no longer make the representations or warranties set forth in this section, you are expected to promptly notify your broker dealer, financial advisor or investment advisor in writing of the change and to terminate your participation in the Distribution Reinvestment Plan.

¨ Electronic Deposit*:

*Attach a voided check or instructions from your financial institution. (A deposit ticket does not contain the required ACH information.)

¨ Checking     ¨ Savings     ¨ Brokerage Account

Name of Financial Institution                                                  

ABA Routing Number                                        Account Number                                                  

The Company is authorized to deposit distributions to the checking, savings or brokerage account indicated above. This authority will remain in force until the Company is notified otherwise in writing. If the Company erroneously deposits funds into the account, the Company is authorized to debit the account for an amount not to exceed the amount of the erroneous deposit.

¨ Mail a check to Investor/Trustee Optional Mailing Address entered in Section III

     (Cash distributions for custodial and brokerage accounts will be sent to the custodian of record.)

¨ Mail a check to Brokerage Account

Name of Financial Institution                                                                  

FBO                                                                                Account Number                                                      

Address                                                               City                            State          Zip Code                     

Section V – Electronic Delivery Form (Optional)

By signing below, I (we) confirm that, to the extent possible, I (we) would like to receive stockholder communications electronically (including, but not limited to, proxy materials, annual and quarterly reports, investor communications, account statements, tax forms and other required reports) and consent to stop delivery of the paper versions. I (we) acknowledge that I (we) will not receive paper copies of stockholder communications unless (i) I (we) change or revoke my election at any time by notifying [    ] at the number below, (ii) my (our) consent is terminated by an invalid email address; or (iii) I (we) specifically request a paper copy of a particular stockholder communication, which I (we) have the right to do at any time.

I (we) further agree that by consenting to electronic delivery for one product, the delivery preferences for my (our) other investment products or share classes serviced by [    ] will also be affected and changed to electronic delivery. I (we) have provided a valid email address and if that email address changes, I (we) will send a notice of the new address by contacting [    ]. I (we) understand that any changes to my (our) election may take up to 30 days to take effect and that I (we) have the right to request a paper copy of any electronic communication by contacting [    ].

 

A-3


Table of Contents

The electronic delivery service is free; however, I (we) may incur certain costs, such as usage charges from an Internet service provider, printing costs, software download costs or other costs associated with access to electronic communications. I (we) understand this electronic delivery program may be changed or discontinued and that the terms of this agreement may be amended at any time. I (we) understand that there are possible risks associated with electronic delivery such as emails not transmitting, links failing to function properly and system failures of online service providers, and that there is no warranty or guarantee given concerning the transmissions of email, the availability of the website, or information on it, other than as required by law.

Signature of Investor/Trustee OR Custodian                                                                                        Date                                     

Email Address (please print)                                                                                                                       

Signature of Co-Investor/Trustee OR Custodian                                                         Date                                 

Email Address (please print)                                                                                                                       

 

A-4


Table of Contents

Section VI – Subscriber Initials/Signatures

In order to induce the Company to accept this subscription, I (we) hereby represent and warrant as follows*:

* A power of attorney may not be granted to any person to make such representations on behalf of investor(s). Only fiduciaries such as trustees, guardians, conservators, custodians and personal representatives may make such representations on behalf of investor(s).

 

     Primary Investor      Co-Investor  
     Initials      Initials  
Each investor must initial representations a through d:      
a) I/we have received the prospectus (as amended or supplemented) for the Company at least five business days prior to the date hereof:                                          
b) I (we) acknowledge that shares of this offering are illiquid and appropriate only as a long term investment:                                          
c) I (we) represent that I am/(we are) am either purchasing the shares for my (our) own account, or if I am (we are) purchasing shares on behalf of a trust or other entity of which I am (we are) a trustee or authorized agent, I (we) have due authority to execute this subscription agreement and do hereby legally bind the trust or other entity of which I am (we are) trustee or authorized agent:                                          
d) I (we), represent that I (we) either have (i) a net worth of at least $250,000 or (ii) a net worth of at least $70,000 and a gross annual income of at least $70,000. (Net worth does not include home, home furnishings and personal automobiles):                                          
e) Initial only if applicable, I (we) also meet the additional suitability requirements imposed by my (our) state of primary residence as set forth in the prospectus (as amended or supplemented as of the date hereof) under the section entitled “Suitability Standards” and attached hereto as Appendix 1 (applies to the following list of states: Alabama, California, Iowa, Kentucky, Missouri, New Jersey, New Mexico, Oregon and Tennessee).                                          

 

Substitute IRS Form W-9 Certification:

 

Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:

 

(1) the number shown on this subscription agreement is my correct taxpayer identification number or (I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), and

 

(2) I am not subject to backup withholding because (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding, and

 

(3) I am a U.S. citizen or other U.S. person (defined in IRS Form W-9 instructions).

 

CERTIFICATION INSTRUCTIONS YOU MUST CROSS OUT CERTIFICATION (2) IF YOU HAVE BEEN NOTIFIED BY THE IRS THAT YOU ARE CURRENTLY SUBJECT TO BACKUP WITHHOLDING BECAUSE YOU HAVE FAILED TO REPORT ALL INTEREST AND DIVIDENDS ON YOUR TAX RETURN.

 

The IRS does not require your consent to any provision of this document other than the certifications required to avoid backup withholding.

 

 

A-5


Table of Contents

By signing below, you also acknowledge:

 

    You should not expect to be able to sell your shares regardless of how we perform

 

    The Company may offer to repurchase a limited number of shares and/or you may be able to sell your shares, in either case it is likely you will receive less than your initial purchase price

 

    We do not intend to list our shares on any securities exchange for what may be a significant time and we do not expect a secondary market in the shares to develop

 

    You should consider that you may not have access to the money you invest for an indefinite period of time.

 

    Because you will be unable to sell your shares, you will be unable to reduce your exposure in any market downturn

 

    The Company may pay distributions from sources other than earnings which may affect future distributions

 

    The amount of distributions, if any, are uncertain and at the discretion of the Company’s board of directors

 

    An investment in our shares is not suitable for you if you need access to the money you invest.

 

    Our distributions may be funded from unlimited amounts of offering proceeds or borrowings, which may constitute a return of capital and reduce the amount of capital available to us for investment. Any capital returned to stockholders through distributions will be distributed after payment of fees and expenses.

 

    Our distributions to stockholders may be funded in significant part from the reimbursement of certain expenses, including through the waiver of certain investment advisory fees, that will be subject to repayment to our investment adviser. Significant portions of these distributions may not be based on our investment performance and such waivers and reimbursements may not continue in the future. The repayment of any amounts owed will reduce the future distributions to which you would otherwise be entitled.

Each investor must sign: (Custodians must sign on a custodial account)

Signature of Investor/Trustee OR Custodian                                                                                      Date                                 

Signature of Co-Investor/Trustee OR Custodian                                                                Date                                  

Section VII – Financial Advisor or Investor Representative Information & Signature

The financial advisor or investor representative (each, an “Investor Representative”) signing below hereby warrants that he/she is duly licensed and may lawfully sell shares in the state designated as the investor’s legal residence or is exempt from such licensing.

Name of Participating Broker/Dealer or Financial Institution                                                                                   

Name of Financial Advisor(s)/Investor Representative(s)                      Rep/Advisor Number/Team ID             

Mailing Address                                                               City                      State          Zip Code                     

Office Telephone                                                              Cell Phone                                                                        

Fax                                                           Email Address                                                                                           

 

A-6


Table of Contents

The undersigned confirms by its signature that it (i) has reasonable grounds to believe that the information and representations concerning the investor(s) identified herein are true, correct and complete in all respects; (ii) has verified that the form of ownership selected is accurate and, if other than individual ownership, has verified that the individual executing on behalf of the investor(s) is properly authorized and identified; (iii) has discussed such investors’ prospective purchase of shares with such investor(s); (iv) has advised such investor(s) of all pertinent facts with regard to the liquidity and marketability of the shares; (v) has delivered the prospectus and related amendments and supplements, if any, to such investor(s); (vi) no sale of shares shall be completed until at least five business days after the date the investor(s) receives a copy of the prospectus, as amended or supplemented; and (vii) has reasonable grounds to believe that the purchase of shares is a suitable investment for such investor(s), that such investor(s) meets the Suitability Standards applicable to such investor(s) set forth in the prospectus (as amended or supplemented as of the date hereof), and that such investor is in a financial position to enable such investor to realize the benefits of such an investment and to suffer any loss that may occur with respect thereto. The above-identified entity, acting in its capacity as agent, financial advisor or investor representative, has performed functions required by federal and state securities laws and, as applicable, FINRA rules and regulations, including, but not limited to Know Your Customer, Suitability and PATRIOT Act (AML, Customer Identification) as required by its relationship with the investor(s) identified on this document. By checking the Net of Commission Purchase, Wrap Fee Agreement or Registered Investment Advisor box in Section I, you affirm that in accordance with the prospectus (i) this investment meets applicable qualifying criteria, and (ii) fees due are reduced or waived as disclosed therein.

THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND ALL RIGHTS HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.

I understand this Subscription Agreement is for the offering of ORCC II.

Signature of Financial Advisor/Investor Representative                                                               Date                     

Signature of Supervisory Principal                                                                                                 Date                     

Section VIII Delivery Instructions*

 

*Cash, money order, or counter checks, third party checks and travelers checks will NOT be accepted.   To ensure the fastest possible processing of this Subscription Agreement, all relevant information must be completed. Each subscription will be accepted or rejected as soon as reasonably possible. However, the Company has up to 30 days to accept or reject each subscription from the date the subscription is received by [            ], the Company’s Transfer Agent. Investors will receive a confirmation of their purchase.
If a check received from an investor is returned for insufficient funds or otherwise not honored, ORCC II, or its agent, may return the check with no attempt to redeposit. In such event, any issuance of the shares or declaration of distributions on shares may be rescinded by ORCC II, ORCC II may reject any subscription, in whole or in part, in its sole discretion.  

Custodial accounts, forward subscription agreement to the custodian.

 

 

Make check payable to “[                        ], as EA for Owl Rock Capital Corporation II”, or if purchasing for a qualified plan or brokerage account, the custodian of record. Standard Mail: Overnight Mail:

 

 

By Wire Transfer

[                    ],

EA for ORCC II

ABA Routing # TBD

Account # TBD

FBO (Investor’s Name)

 

Standard Mail:

ORCC II

c/o [                    ]

[                    ]

Processing Agent

Address TBD

 

Overnight Mail:

ORCC II

c/o [                    ]

[                    ]

Address TBD

 

A-7


Table of Contents

Appendix 1 to

Subscription Agreement

Investors in the following states have the additional suitability standards as set forth below:

Alabama – In addition to the suitability standards set forth above, an investment in us will only be sold to Alabama residents that have a liquid net worth of at least 10 times their investment in us and our affiliates.

California – In addition to the suitability standards set forth above, California residents may not invest more than 10% of their liquid net worth in us.

Iowa – Iowa investors must have either (a) an annual gross income of at least $100,000 and a net worth of at least $100,000, or (b) a net worth of at least $350,000 (net worth should be determined exclusive of home, auto and home furnishings); and (ii) Iowa investors must limit their aggregate investment in this offering and in the securities of other non-traded business development companies (BDCs) to 10% of such investor’s liquid net worth (liquid net worth should be determined as that portion of net worth that consists of cash, cash equivalents and readily marketable securities).

Kentucky – A Kentucky investor may not invest more than 10% of its liquid net worth in us or our affiliates. “Liquid net worth” is defined as that portion of net worth that is comprised of cash, cash equivalents and readily marketable securities.

Missouri – In addition to the suitability standards set forth above, Missouri residents may not invest more than 10% of their liquid net worth in us.

New Jersey – New Jersey investors must have either (a) a minimum liquid net worth of $100,000 and a minimum annual gross income of $85,000, or (b) a minimum liquid net worth of $350,000. For these purposes, “liquid net worth” is defined as that portion of net worth (total assets exclusive of home, home furnishings, and automobiles, minus total liabilities) that consists of cash, cash equivalents and readily marketable securities. In addition, a New Jersey investor’s investment in us, our affiliates, and other non-publicly traded direct investment programs (including real estate investment trusts, business development companies, oil and gas programs, equipment leasing programs, and commodity pools, but excluding unregistered, Federally and state exempt private offerings) may not exceed 10% of his or her liquid net worth.

New Mexico – In addition to the general suitability standards listed above, a New Mexico investor may not invest, and we may not accept from an investor more than ten percent (10%) of that investor’s liquid net worth in shares of us, our affiliates, and in other non-traded business development companies. Liquid net worth is defined as that portion of net worth which consists of cash, cash equivalents, and readily marketable securities.

Oregon – In addition to the suitability standards set forth above, Oregon investors may not invest more than 10% of their liquid net worth. Liquid net worth is defined as net worth excluding the value of the investor’s home, home furnishings and automobile.

Tennessee – In addition to the suitability standards set forth above, Tennessee investors may not invest more than ten percent (10%) of their liquid net worth (exclusive of home, home furnishings, and automobiles) in us.


Table of Contents

 

 

OWL ROCK CAPITAL CORPORATION II

Maximum Offering of 264,000,000 Shares of Common Stock

Minimum Offering of 263,992 Shares of Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to make any representations other than those contained in the prospectus and supplemental literature authorized by Owl Rock Capital Corporation II and referred to in this prospectus, and, if given or made, such information and representations must not be relied upon. This prospectus is not an offer to sell nor is it seeking an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of these securities. You should not assume that the delivery of this prospectus or that any sale made pursuant to this prospectus implies that the information contained in this prospectus will remain fully accurate and correct as of any time subsequent to the date of this prospectus.

Until [●] (90 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as soliciting dealers with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

                    , 2016

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART C

Other Information

Item 25. Financial Statements And Exhibits

(1) Financial Statements

The following financial statements of Owl Rock Capital Corporation II are included in Part A of this Registration Statement.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2016

     F-3   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-4   

(2) Exhibits

 

(a)(1)   Articles of Incorporation(1)
(a)(2)   Articles of Amendment*
(a)(3)   Form of Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the Registrant*
(b)   Form of Bylaws of the Registrant(1)
(d)   Form of Subscription Agreement (included in the prospectus as Appendix A and incorporated herein by reference)*
(e)   Form of Distribution Reinvestment Plan*
(g)(1)   Form of Investment Advisory Agreement(1)
(h)(1)   Form of Dealer Manager Agreement*
(h)(2)   Form of Participating Broker-Dealer Agreement*
(j)   Form of Custodian Agreement*
(k)(1)   Form of Administration Agreement(1)
(k)(2)   Form of License Agreement*
(k)(3)   Form of Escrow Agreement*
(k)(4)   Form of Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement by and among the Registrant and Adviser*
(l)   Opinion of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP(2)
(n)(1)   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm*
(n)(2)   Consent to be named as director(1)
(n)(3)   Consent to be named as director(1)
(n)(4)   Consent to be named as director(1)
(n)(5)   Consent to be named as director(1)
(n)(6)   Consent to be named as director(1)
(n)(7)   Consent to be named as director(1)

 

* Filed herewith.
(1) Previously filed.
(2) To be filed by amendment.

 

C-1


Table of Contents

Item 26. Marketing Arrangements

The information contained under the heading “Plan of Distribution” in this Registration Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 27. Other Expenses Of Issuance And Distribution

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 268,169   

FINRA filing fee

   $ 225,500   

Legal

   $ 4,000,000   

Printing

   $ 1,400,000   

Accounting

   $ 2,750,000   

Blue Sky Expenses

   $ 1,000,000   

Advertising and Sales

   $ 1,500,000   

Literature

   $ 1,500,000   

Due Diligence

   $ 4,500,000   

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

   $ 1,606,931   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 18,750,600   
  

 

 

 

Item 28. Persons Controlled By Or Under Common Control

Immediately prior to this offering, Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, will own 100% of the outstanding common stock of the Registrant. Following the completion of this offering, Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC’s share ownership is expected to represent less than 1% of the Registrant’s outstanding common stock.

See “Management of the Company,” “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Control Persons and Principal Stockholders” in the Prospectus contained herein.

Item 29. Number Of Holders Of Securities

The following table sets forth the number of record holders of the Registrant’s common stock at November 22, 2016.

 

Title of Class

   Number of
Record Holders
 

Common stock, $0.01 par value

     1   

Item 30. Indemnification

The information contained under the heading “Description of our Capital Stock” is incorporated herein by reference.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions described above, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of an

 

C-2


Table of Contents

action suit or proceeding) is asserted by a director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is again public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The Registrant carries liability insurance for the benefit of its directors and officers (other than with respect to claims resulting from the willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office) on a claims-made basis.

The Registrant has agreed to indemnify the underwriters against specified liabilities for actions taken in their capacities as such, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Item 31. Business and Other Connections of Adviser

A description of any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC, and each managing director, director or executive officer of Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC, is or has been during the past two fiscal years, engaged in for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee, is set forth in Part A of this Registration Statement in the section entitled “The Adviser.” Additional information regarding Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC and its officers and directors is set forth in its Form ADV, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC File No. 801-107232), and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 32. Location of Accounts and Records

All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the rules thereunder are maintained at the offices of:

 

  (1) the Registrant;

 

  (2) the Transfer Agent;

 

  (3) the Custodian;

 

  (4) the Investment Adviser; and

 

  (5) the Administrator.

Item 33. Management Services

Not Applicable.

Item 34. Undertakings

We hereby undertake:

(1) to suspend the offering of shares until the prospectus is amended if (i) subsequent to the effective date of this registration statement, our net asset value declines more than ten percent from our net asset value as of the effective date of this registration statement, or (ii) our net asset value increases to an amount greater than our net proceeds as stated in the prospectus;

(2) to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement

(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement; and

 

C-3


Table of Contents

(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(3) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment will be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of those securities at that time will be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

(4) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering; and

(5) that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C 17 CFR 230.430C: Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 497(b), (c), (d) or (e) under the Securities Act 17 CFR 230.497(b), (c), (d) or (e) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A under the Securities Act 17 CFR 230.430A, will be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use; and

(6) that for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities. The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in an offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser.

(i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act 17 CFR 230.497;

(ii) the portion of any advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act 17 CFR 230.482 relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and

(iii) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

 

C-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form N-2 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York and the State of New York, on the 22nd day of November, 2016.

 

OWL ROCK CAPITAL CORPORATION II
By:  

/s/ Alan Kirshenbaum

Name:   Alan Kirshenbaum
Title:   Chief Operating Officer

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENT, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Alan Kirshenbaum and Rebecca Tabb and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement on Form N-2 and any and all amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments and any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated. This document may be executed by the signatories hereto on any number of counterparts, all of which constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Edward D’Alelio

Edward D’Alelio

  

Chairman of the Board

  November 22, 2016

/s/ Brian Finn

Brian Finn

  

Director

  November 22, 2016

/s/ Eric Kaye

Eric Kaye

  

Director

  November 22, 2016

/s/ Alan Kirshenbaum

Alan Kirshenbaum

  

Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Director

  November 22, 2016

/s/ Douglas I. Ostrover

Douglas I. Ostrover

  

Director

  November 22, 2016

/s/ Craig W. Packer

Craig W. Packer

  

Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

  November 22, 2016

/s/ Christopher M. Temple

Christopher M. Temple

  

Director

  November 22, 2016

 

C-5